Professional Documents
Culture Documents
Rev. New
IM02602005E
EMR-3000
Metering
74
TC
50P
51P
50
BF
50R
51R
37
66
Fundamental and
RMS,
Max/Min/Avg
Currents
THD current
Current phasors
Sequence Currents
3
CTS
49/
51
46
49S/
51
51J
Oscillography
Recorders
1
Zone Interlocking
Motor
Load
14
50X
Event
Disturbance
Fault
Start
Statistic
Trend
Manual Trigger
51X
IRIG-B00X
4-20 ma Output
URTD Assembly
49
Option
www.eaton.com
Standard
EMR-3000
IM02602005E
Device.............................................................................................................................................22
Device Planning.............................................................................................................................................22
Device Planning Parameters of the Device....................................................................................................23
Output 20 mA...............................................................................................................................128
Global Protection Parameters of the 20 mA Output.....................................................................................129
EMR-3000
IM02602005E
Trend Recorder............................................................................................................................133
Functional Description..................................................................................................................................133
Managing Trend Records.............................................................................................................................133
Configuring the Trend Recorder...................................................................................................................133
Global Protection Parameters of the Trend Recorder..................................................................................133
Trend Recorder Module Signals (Output States).........................................................................................143
Direct Commands of the Trend Recorder....................................................................................................144
Front Panel..................................................................................................................................190
Basic Menu Control .....................................................................................................................................194
PowerPort-E Keyboard Commands.............................................................................................................195
PowerPort-E.................................................................................................................................196
Installation of PowerPort-E...........................................................................................................................196
Uninstalling PowerPort-E.............................................................................................................................196
Setting up the Serial Connection PC - Device..............................................................................................197
Set Up a Connection Via Serial Interface Under Windows 2000...............................................................197
Set Up a Serial Connection Via Serial Interface Under Windows XP........................................................198
Set up a Connection Via Serial Interface Under Windows Vista or Windows 7.........................................199
Calling Up Web Site While Connected to a Device...................................................................................200
Establishing the Serial Connection Via a USB-/RS232-Adapter................................................................201
Set-up a Connection Via Ethernet - TCP/IP...............................................................................................201
Set-up a Connection Via Modbus Tunnel..................................................................................................204
PowerPort-E Troubleshooting....................................................................................................................206
PowerPort-E Persistent Connection Problems..........................................................................................207
Loading of Device Data When Using PowerPort-E......................................................................................207
Restoring Device Data When Using PowerPort-E........................................................................................208
Backup and Documentation When Using PowerPort-E...............................................................................209
Printing of Device Data When Using PowerPort-E (Setting List)...............................................................209
Exporting Data as a txt File Via PowerPort-E..........................................................................................209
Off-line Device Planning Via PowerPort-E...................................................................................................210
Measuring Values........................................................................................................................211
Read Out Measured Values.........................................................................................................................211
Read Out of Measured Values Via PowerPort-E........................................................................................211
Current - Measured Values..........................................................................................................................211
Statistics......................................................................................................................................215
Read Out Statistics......................................................................................................................................215
Statistics to Be Read Out Via PowerPort-E...............................................................................................215
Statistics (Configuration)..............................................................................................................................215
Statistics (Configuration) Via PowerPort-E................................................................................................216
Direct Commands........................................................................................................................................216
Global Protection Parameters of the Statistics Module................................................................................216
States of the Inputs of the Statistics Module................................................................................................217
Signals of the Statistics Module...................................................................................................................218
Counters of the Module Statistics.................................................................................................................218
Resets..........................................................................................................................................219
Manual Acknowledgment.............................................................................................................................220
Manual Acknowledgment Via PowerPort-E................................................................................................220
www.eaton.com
EMR-3000
IM02602005E
External Acknowledgments..........................................................................................................................220
External Acknowledge Via PowerPort-E....................................................................................................221
External LED - Acknowledgment Signals...................................................................................................221
Manual Resets.............................................................................................................................223
Manual Resets Via PowerPort-E..................................................................................................................223
Current - Statistic Values...........................................................................................................................223
Assignment List..........................................................................................................................228
Status Display..............................................................................................................................251
Status Display via PowerPort E....................................................................................................................251
Parameters...................................................................................................................................282
Parameter Definitions..................................................................................................................................282
Device Parameters....................................................................................................................................282
System Parameters...................................................................................................................................282
Protection Parameters...............................................................................................................................282
Device Planning Parameters.....................................................................................................................283
Direct Commands......................................................................................................................................283
State of the Module Inputs.........................................................................................................................283
Signals.......................................................................................................................................................283
Adaptive Parameter Sets...........................................................................................................................284
Adaptive Parameters via HMI......................................................................................................................286
Adaptive Parameter Set Activation Signals................................................................................................288
Operational Modes (Access Authorization)..................................................................................................288
Operational Mode Display Only..........................................................................................................288
Operation Mode Parameter Setting and Planning..............................................................................288
Password.....................................................................................................................................................289
www.eaton.com
EMR-3000
IM02602005E
System Parameters.....................................................................................................................296
Blocking.......................................................................................................................................298
Permanent Blocking.....................................................................................................................................298
Temporary Blocking.....................................................................................................................................298
To Activate or Deactivate the Tripping Command of a Protection Module....................................................301
Activate, Deactivate Respectively to Block Temporary Protection Functions...............................................302
Breaker Wear...............................................................................................................................320
Principle General Use...............................................................................................................................320
Device Planning Parameters of the Breaker Wear Module..........................................................................320
Global Protection Parameters of the Breaker Wear Module........................................................................320
Breaker Wear Input States...........................................................................................................................321
Breaker Wear Signals (Output States).........................................................................................................322
Breaker Wear Counter Values.....................................................................................................................322
Breaker Wear Values...................................................................................................................................323
Direct Commands of the Breaker Wear Module..........................................................................................323
Application...................................................................................................................................324
Ground Fault Protection...............................................................................................................................324
IOC Function................................................................................................................................................325
JAM..............................................................................................................................................................326
Device Planning Parameters for JAM Protection.......................................................................................327
Global Protection Parameters for JAM Protection.....................................................................................327
Setting Group Parameters for JAM Protection...........................................................................................328
JAM Protection Module Input States..........................................................................................................329
JAM Protection Signals (Output States)....................................................................................................330
JAM Protection Values..............................................................................................................................330
Load Shedding.............................................................................................................................................331
Device Planning Parameters of the Load Shedding..................................................................................331
Global Protection Parameters of the Load Shedding.................................................................................331
Setting Group Parameters of the Load Shedding......................................................................................332
Load Shedding Input States......................................................................................................................333
Load Shedding Signals (Output States).....................................................................................................333
Locked Rotor Protection..............................................................................................................................334
Motor Starting and Control Module..............................................................................................................335
General Principle Use.............................................................................................................................335
Motor Cycle Monitoring..............................................................................................................................335
Start Control Module..................................................................................................................................336
Global Protection Parameters of the Motor Start Module..........................................................................340
6
www.eaton.com
EMR-3000
IM02602005E
EMR-3000
IM02602005E
Zone Interlocking........................................................................................................................436
Principle General Use...............................................................................................................................436
Description of the Functions and Features...................................................................................................436
Device Planning Parameters of the Zone Interlocking.................................................................................437
Global Protection Parameters of the Zone Interlocking................................................................................437
Setting Group Parameters of the Zone Interlocking.....................................................................................437
Zone Interlocking Output Logic [X2]..........................................................................................................440
Zone Interlocking Input States...................................................................................................................446
Zone Interlocking Signals (Output States)....................................................................................................446
Zone Interlocking Wiring..............................................................................................................................447
Hardware Terminals for Zone Interlocking.................................................................................................448
www.eaton.com
EMR-3000
IM02602005E
IRIG-B00X.....................................................................................................................................486
Principle - General Use................................................................................................................................486
Function.......................................................................................................................................................487
IRIG-B Control Commands..........................................................................................................................487
Device Planning Parameters of the IRIG-B00X............................................................................................487
Direct Commands of the IRIG-B00X............................................................................................................487
Global Protection Parameters of the IRIG-B00X..........................................................................................488
Signals of the IRIG-B00X (Output States)....................................................................................................490
IRIG-B00X Values........................................................................................................................................490
Device Parameters......................................................................................................................491
Date and Time.............................................................................................................................................491
Synchronize Date and Time Via PowerPort-E...........................................................................................491
Version.........................................................................................................................................................491
Version Via PowerPort-E..............................................................................................................................491
TCP/IP Settings...........................................................................................................................................491
Direct Commands of the System Module.....................................................................................................492
Global Protection Parameters of the System...............................................................................................494
System Module Input States........................................................................................................................497
System Module Signals................................................................................................................................498
Special Values of the System Module..........................................................................................................499
Commissioning...........................................................................................................................500
Commissioning/Protection Test....................................................................................................................500
Decommissioning Removing the Plug from the Relay..............................................................................501
Service.........................................................................................................................................502
General......................................................................................................................................................502
Maintenance Mode......................................................................................................................................502
Principle General Use...............................................................................................................................502
Before Use...................................................................................................................................................503
How to Use the Maintenance Mode.............................................................................................................503
Forcing the Relay Output Contacts..............................................................................................................505
Principle General Use.............................................................................................................................505
Disarming the Relay Output Contacts..........................................................................................................505
Principle General Use.............................................................................................................................505
Failure Simulator (Sequencer).....................................................................................................................506
Self Supervision..........................................................................................................................508
Error Messages / Codes..............................................................................................................................509
Analog Output..............................................................................................................................................509
Technical Data.............................................................................................................................510
Climatic Environmental Conditions...............................................................................................................510
Degree of Protection EN 60529...................................................................................................................510
Routine Test.................................................................................................................................................510
Housing........................................................................................................................................................510
Current and Ground Current Measurement..................................................................................................511
Plug-in Connector with Integrated Short-Circuiter......................................................................................511
(Conventional Current Inputs)....................................................................................................................511
Voltage Supply.............................................................................................................................................511
Power Consumption.....................................................................................................................................511
Display.........................................................................................................................................................512
Front Interface RS232..................................................................................................................................512
Real Time Clock...........................................................................................................................................512
Digital Inputs................................................................................................................................................512
Relay Output Contacts.................................................................................................................................513
Time Synchronization IRIG-B00X.................................................................................................................513
Zone Interlocking.........................................................................................................................................514
Boot Phase..................................................................................................................................................514
RS485*........................................................................................................................................................514
Fiber Optic*..................................................................................................................................................514
URTD-Interface*..........................................................................................................................................514
Standards.....................................................................................................................................515
Approvals.....................................................................................................................................................515
Design Standards........................................................................................................................................515
High Voltage Tests (IEC 60255-6)................................................................................................................515
www.eaton.com
EMR-3000
IM02602005E
Specifications..............................................................................................................................518
Specifications of the Real Time Clock..........................................................................................................518
Specifications of the Measured Value Acquisition........................................................................................518
Phase and Ground Current Measuring......................................................................................................518
Protection Elements Accuracy.....................................................................................................................518
Appendix......................................................................................................................................524
Instantaneous Current Curves (Phase)........................................................................................................530
Time Current Curves (PHASE)....................................................................................................................531
Instantaneous Current Curves (Ground Current Calculated).......................................................................543
Instantaneous Current Curves (Ground Current Measured)........................................................................544
Time Current Curves (Ground Current)........................................................................................................545
10
www.eaton.com
EMR-3000
IM02602005E
1efe0798345679b146e1b8d55849a47d
8be4ced92c6efee5eb463e44a0d877e0
RMS Handoff: 0
File: C:\p4_data\deliverEMR-3000\generated\EMR-3000_user_manual_eaton_en.odt
This manual applies to devices (version):
Version 1.0.c
Build: 11385
www.eaton.com
11
EMR-3000
IM02602005E
All functions concerning the type code will be defined. Should there be a description of any functions,
parameters, or inputs/outputs that do not apply to the device in use, please ignore that information.
All details and references are explained to the best of our knowledge and are based on our experience and
observations.
This manual describes the full featured versions of the devices, including all options.
All technical information and data included in this manual reflect their state at the time this document was issued.
Eaton Corporation reserves the right to carry out technical modifications in line with further development without
changing this manual and without previous notice. Therefore no claim can be brought based on the information
and descriptions included in this manual.
Text, graphics, and formulas do not always apply to the actual delivery scope. The drawings and graphics are
not true to scale. Eaton Corporation does not accept any liability for damage and operational failures caused by
operating errors or disregarding the directions of this manual.
No part of this manual is allowed to be reproduced or passed on to others in any form, unless Eaton Corporation
has issued advanced approval in writing.
This User manual is part of the delivery scope when purchasing the device. In case the device is passed on
(sold) to a third party, the manual has to be passed on as well.
Any repair work carried out on the device requires skilled and competent personnel with verifiable knowledge
and experienced with local safety regulations and have the necessary experience with working on electronic
protection devices and power installations.
IMPORTANT DEFINITIONS
The symbol/word combinations detailed below are designed to call the User's attention to issues that could affect
User safety and well being as well as the operating life of the device.
DANGER indicates a hazardous situation which, if not avoided, will result in
death or serious injury.
WARNING indicates a hazardous situation which, if not avoided, could
result in death or serious injury.
CAUTION, used with the safety alert symbol, indicates a hazardous
situation which, if not avoided, could result in minor or moderate injury.
CAUTION, without the safety alert symbol, is used to address practices not
related to personal injury.
12
www.eaton.com
EMR-3000
IM02602005E
Feeder protection;
Mains protection;
Machine protection.
This device is not designed for any usage beyond these applications. The
manufacturer cannot be held liable for any resulting damage. The User
alone bears the risk if this device is used for any application for which it
was not designed. As to the appropriate use of the device: the technical
data specified by Eaton Corporation has to be met.
www.eaton.com
13
EMR-3000
IM02602005E
OUT-OF-DATE PUBLICATION
This publication may have been revised or updated since this copy was
produced. To verify that you have the latest revision, be sure to check the
Eaton Corporation website:
www.eaton.com
The latest versions of most publications are available at this site.
If the User's publication is not found on the web site, please contact Eaton
Customer Support to get the latest copy.
ELECTROSTATIC DISCHARGE AWARENESS
All electronic equipment is sensitive to electrostatic discharge, some
components more than others. To protect these components from
electrostatic damage, the User must take special precautions to minimize or
eliminate electrostatic discharges.
Follow these precautions when working with or near the device.
14
1.
2.
3.
4.
Do not remove any printed circuit board (PCB) from the device cabinet
unless absolutely necessary. If you must remove the PCB from the
device cabinet, follow these precautions:
When replacing a PCB, keep the new PCB in the plastic, antistatic protective bag it comes in until you are ready to install
the PCB. Immediately after removing the old PCB from the
device cabinet, place it in the anti-static protective bag.
www.eaton.com
EMR-3000
IM02602005E
Eaton Corporation reserves the right to update any portion of this publication at any time. Information provided
by Eaton Corporation is believed to be correct and reliable. However, no responsibility is assumed by Eaton
Corporation unless otherwise expressly undertaken.
Eaton Corporation, 2010. All Rights Reserved.
www.eaton.com
15
EMR-3000
IM02602005E
1 Protective Relay;
1 Mount (Standard or Projection);
1 Quick Start Guide; and
2 CDs
Disk 1 - Contains the User's Manual, Modbus Datapoint List, Wiring Diagram, and Device
Template for Off-line Parameter Setting;
Disk 2 - Contains PowerPort-E and Quality Manager software applications.
Disk1 contains the device templates. The device templates MUST BE
installed to allow PowerPort-E to configure a device off-line.
Please make sure the product label, wiring diagram, type code, and materials and description pertain to this
device. If you have any doubts, please contact Eaton Corporation's Customer Service Department.
Storage
The devices must not be stored outdoors. If stored, it must be stored in an area with temperature and humidity
control (see the Technical Data section contained in this manual).
Important Information
In line with the customers requirement, the devices are combined in a
modular way (in compliance with the order code). The terminal assignment
of the device can be found on the top of the device (wiring diagram). In
addition, it can be found within the Appendix of this manual (see Wiring
Diagrams).
16
www.eaton.com
www.eaton.com
Measured Values:
Internal message
Signal:
Device Planning:
Setting Value:
AR.t-D
Active
Inactive
IG.nondir Trip at
VG=0
t-D
IG
<Name>.*int Alm L1
<Name>
<Name>.I
IC
IB
IA
<20%Vn
I/ In
No assignment,1..n
1..n,
1..n,
Assignment
VeEnableList
No assignment 1
<Name>
<Name>
Active
Inactive
Bkr.Latched
Direct Command
Selection List
<Name>
Adaptive Parameter
EMR-3000
IM02602005E
Symbols
17
18
www.eaton.com
Analog Value
Comparator
Analog Values
Band-pass (filter)
IH2
Band-pass (filter)
IH1
Negated Output
Negated Input
Inverting
Exclusive-XR
Or
And
IH1
IH2
IH2
IH1
XOR
OR
AND
RS flip-flop
abcd
0 0 Unchanged
0101
1010
1101
b
Counter
t2
t2
c
d
Bkr.t-TripCmd
t1
t1
Delay Timer
R1
t1
Delay Timer
t2
EMR-3000
IM02602005E
www.eaton.com
Please Refer to Diagram: Direction Decision
Ground Fault
10a
10
VTS.Pickup
VTS.Pickup
12
11
IH2.Blo IG
IH2.Blo Phase C
IH2.Blo Phase B
IH2.Blo Phase A
Name.Active
Name.Blo TripCmd
Name.Active
Prot.Available
Input Signal
Output Signal
Name.TripCmd
Name.TripCmd
Name.TripCmd
Name.TripCmd
Name.TripCmd
Name.Trip Phase C
Name.Trip Phase C
Name.Trip Phase C
Name.Trip Phase B
Name.Trip Phase B
Name.Trip Phase B
Name.Trip Phase A
Name.TripCmd
Name.Trip Phase A
Name.Pickup
Name.Trip Phase A
19d
19c
19b
19a
19
18b
18a
18
17b
17a
17
16b
16a
16
15
14
EMR-3000
IM02602005E
19
20
www.eaton.com
Name.Pickup IC
Name.Pickup IC
Name.Pickup IC
Name.Pickup IB
Name.Pickup IB
Name.Pickup IB
Name.Pickup IA
Name.Pickup IA
Name.Pickup IA
Name.Trip
Name.Trip Phase C
Name.Trip Phase B
Name.Trip Phase A
26b
26a
26
25b
25a
25
24b
24a
24
23
22
21
20
LOP.LOP Blo
Bkr.Pos Disturb
Bkr.Pos Indeterm
Bkr.Pos OPEN
Bkr.Pos CLOSE
Bkr.State
Prot.Blo TripCmd
Name.Pickup
Name.Pickup Phase C
Name.Pickup Phase B
Name.Pickup Phase A
Name.Pickup
Name.Pickup
Name.Pickup
Name.Pickup
Name.Pickup
38
37
36
35
34
33
32
31
30
29
28
27d
27c
27b
27a
27
EMR-3000
IM02602005E
IM02602005E
EMR-3000
General Conventions
Parameters are indicated by right and left double arrow heads and written in italic
SIGNALS are indicated by right and left double arrow heads and small caps
Pushbuttons
.]
, Modes , and Menu entries are indicated by right and left double arrow heads
Image References
(Squares )
www.eaton.com
21
EMR-3000
IM02602005E
Device
EMR-3000
Device Planning
Planning of a device means to reduce the functional range to a degree that suits the protection task to be fulfilled
(i.e.: the device shows only those functions needed or desired). If the User, for example, deactivates the voltage
protection function, all parameter branches related to this function will not appear in the parameter. All
corresponding events, signals, etc. will also be deactivated. Due to this change, the parameter trees become
very transparent.
Planning also involves adjustment of all basic system data (frequency, etc.).
It MUST be taken into account that by deactivating, for instance, protective
functions, the User also changes the functionality of the device. If the User
cancels the directional feature of the overcurrent protections, then the
device no longer trips in a directional way but merely in a non-directional
way.
The manufacturer does not accept liability for any personal or material
damage as a result of incorrect planning.
Contact your Eaton Customer Service representative for more information.
Beware of the inadvertent deactivating of protective functions/modules.
If the User is deactivating modules within the device planning, all
parameters of those modules will be set on default.
If the User is activating one of these modules, again, all parameters of
those reactivated modules will be set on default.
22
www.eaton.com
IM02602005E
EMR-3000
Description
Options
Default
Menu Path
Hardware Variant 1
Optional Hardware
Extension
A 4 Digital Inputs |
4 Relay Output
Contacts | Analog
Output | IRIG-B
4 Digital Inputs | 4
[EMR-3000]
Relay Output
Contacts | Zone
Interlocking | IRIG-B
B 4 Digital Inputs |
4 Relay Output
Contacts | Zone
Interlocking | IRIG-B
Hardware Variant 2
Optional Hardware
Extension
0 Without
0 Without
[EMR-3000]
RS485 term /
Ethernet
[EMR-3000]
A Standard
[EMR-3000]
1 Sensitive
Ground Current
Communication
Communication
B Modbus RTU:
RS485 / Terminals
I RS485 term /
Ethernet
There are two mounts available for the EMR-3000: a Standard Mount and a Projection Mount. To order the
EMR-3000 with a Standard Mount, append the device code with a zero (0). To order the EMR-3000 with a Projection Mount, append the device code with a one (1). Refer to the table for details of the available device options.
A retrofit kit for Eaton IQ cutouts is available (Style No. 66D2217G01 Catalog No. ER-IQEDRKIT). This kit is
required when replacing an IQ-1000 or MP-3000 with the EMR-3000.
Ordering Information
Sample Catalog Number
The catalog number identification chart defines the electrical characteristics and operation features included in the
EMR-3000. For example, if the catalog number were EMR-3000A0BA1, the device would have the following:
EMR-3000
(A)
- 4 Digital Inputs, 4 Relay Output Contacts, 1 4-20 mA Analog Output, URTD Interface
(0)
- 5A/1A phase and ground CTs, Power Supply Range: 19-300 Vdc, 40-250 Vac
(B)
- Modbus-RTU (RS-485)
(A)
(1)
www.eaton.com
23
EMR-3000
24
www.eaton.com
IM02602005E
EMR-3000
IM02602005E
www.eaton.com
25
EMR-3000
IM02602005E
26
www.eaton.com
EMR-3000
IM02602005E
www.eaton.com
27
IM02602005E
EMR-3000
Housing B1
Slot2
Slot3
X1
X2
X3
X100
X101
Slot1
X103
Schematic Diagram
Grounding
The housing must be carefully grounded. Connect a ground cable (4 to 6
mm2 [AWG 12-10] / 1.7 Nm [15 In-lb]) to the housing, using the screw that is
marked with the ground symbol (at the rear side of the device).
The power supply card needs a separate ground connection (2.5 mm2
[AWG 14] / 0.56-0.79 Nm [5-7 In-lb]) at terminal X1.
28
www.eaton.com
IM02602005E
EMR-3000
X100
Slot2
Slot3
X2
X3
X101
Slot1
X103
(DI-4P X1): This assembly group comprises a wide-range power supply unit;
and four (4) digital inputs (grouped).
(DI-8P X1): This assembly group comprises a wide-range power supply unit;
and two (2) non-grouped digital inputs and six (6) digital inputs (grouped).
www.eaton.com
29
EMR-3000
IM02602005E
The auxiliary voltage inputs (wide-range power supply unit) are non-polarized. The device could be
provided with AC or DC voltage.
Digital Inputs
For each digital input group, the related voltage input range has to be
configured. Wrong switching thresholds can result in malfunctions/wrong
signal transfer times.
The digital inputs are provided with different switching thresholds (can be configured) (two AC and five DC input
ranges). The following switching levels can be defined:
24 Vdc;
48 Vdc
60 Vdc;
110/120 Vac/dc; and
230/240 Vac/dc.
If a voltage >80% of the set switching threshold is applied at the digital input, the state change is recognized
(logically 1). If the voltage is below 40% of the set switching threshold, the device detects logically 0.
The ground terminal has to be connected to the - pole when using DC
supply.
30
www.eaton.com
EMR-3000
IM02602005E
Terminal Marking
X?.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
PE
V+ Power Supply
VN.C.
N.C.
N.C.
N.C.
N.C.
C OM1
CO M2
N.C.
N.C.
DI1
DI2
DI3
DI4
Do not use
Do not use
Pin Assignment
1
2
3
4
N.C.
N.C.
N.C.
N.C.
Po w er S upply
V-
N.C.
V+
C O M1
18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10
PE
0+E aton-N T
C O M2
N.C.
N.C.
D I1
D I2
D I3
D I4
D o not u se
D o not use
www.eaton.com
31
IM02602005E
EMR-3000
Slot X2: Relay Output Contacts Card with IRIG-B, Analog Out, SC
Slot2
Slot3
X1
X2
X3
X100
X101
Slot1
X103
(RO-4A X2): Assembly Group with 3 Relay Output Contacts + 1 Supervision Contact, Analog Output and
IRIG-B.
Two Relay Output Contacts are Form A and two are Form C contacts.
(RO-3ZI X2): Assembly Group with 3 Relay Output Contacts + 1 Supervision Contact, Zone Interlocking
and IRIG-B00X.
The available combinations can be gathered from the ordering code.
Please carefully consider the current carrying capacity of the Relay Output
Contacts. Please refer to the Technical Data.
The System-OK contact (SC relay) cannot be configured. The system contact is a Form C contact that picks
up when the device is free from internal faults. While the device is booting up, the System OK relay (SC) remains dropped-off (unenergized). As soon as the system is properly started (and protection is active), the Sys32
www.eaton.com
IM02602005E
EMR-3000
tem Contact picks up and the assigned LED is activated accordingly (please refer to the Self Supervision
chapter).
For details on the Analog Output, please refer to the Technical Data.
Terminal Marking
X?.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
IRIG-B+
IRIG-B-
RO3
SC
PE
+
(4...20 mA)
N.C.
N.C.
N.C.
Pin Assignment
IRIG-BRO1 N.O.
IRIG-B+
RO-3AI X
RO3 N.C.
RO3 CMN
18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9
RO2 N.O.
RO3 N.O.
SC N.C.
SC CMN
SC N.O.
PE
+
(4...20 mA)
N.C.
N.C.
N.C.
www.eaton.com
33
EMR-3000
IM02602005E
Please carefully consider the current carrying capacity of the Relay Output
Contacts. Please refer to the Technical Data.
The System-OK contact (SC relay) cannot be configured. The system contact is a Form C contact that picks
up when the device is free from internal faults. While the device is booting up, the System OK relay (SC) remains dropped-off (unenergized). As soon as the system is properly started (and protection is active), the System Contact picks up and the assigned LED is activated accordingly (please refer to the Self Supervision
chapter).
34
www.eaton.com
IM02602005E
EMR-3000
Terminal Marking
X?.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
IRIG -B+
IRIG -B-
RO3
SC
OUT
COM
IN
COM
Pin Assignment
IRIG-BRO1 N.O.
IRIG-B+
RO-3ZI X
7
8
RO3 CMN
RO3 N.O.
18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10
RO3 N.C.
RO2 N.O.
SC N.C.
SC CMN
SC N.O.
OUT
COM
IN
COM
www.eaton.com
35
IM02602005E
EMR-3000
Slot3
X1
X2
X3
X100
X101
Slot1
X103
36
www.eaton.com
EMR-3000
IM02602005E
Make sure the transformer ratios and the power of the CTs are
correctly rated. If the rating of the CTs is not correct (overrated),
then the normal operational conditions may not be recognized. The
pickup value of the measuring unit amounts to approximately 3% of
the rated current of the device. Also, the CTs need a current greater
than approximately 3% of the rated current to ensure sufficient
accuracy.
Example: For a 600 A CT (primary current), any currents below 18 A
cannot be detected.
www.eaton.com
37
IM02602005E
EMR-3000
Terminal Markings
X?.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
1A
5A
IA
N
1A
5A
IB
N
1A
5A
IC
N
1A
5A
IX
Pin Assignment
0+HTL-TI-x
IA-1A
IA-5A
IB-1A
IB-5A
IC-1A
IC-5A
IX-1A
10
IX-5A
IA-N
IB-N
IC-N
12
IX-N
11
38
www.eaton.com
EMR-3000
IM02602005E
www.eaton.com
39
IM02602005E
EMR-3000
Terminal Markings
X?.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
1A
5A
IA
N
1A
5A
IB
N
1A
5A
IC
N
0.1A
0.5A
IX
Pin Assignment
IA-1A
IA-5A
IB-1A
IB-5A
IC-1A
IC-5A
IX-0.1A
IX-0.5A
IA-N
IB-N
IC-N
12
IX-N
10
11
CT Wiring
Check the installation direction.
It is imperative that the secondary sides of measuring transformers be
grounded.
The current measuring inputs may exclusively be connected to current
measuring transformers (with galvanic separation).
40
www.eaton.com
IM02602005E
EMR-3000
X3.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
IA'
IB'
IA
IC'
IB
1A
5A
IA
N
1A
5A
IB
N
1A
5A
IC
N
1A
5A
IX
IC
IR calc= IA + IB + IC = IG
www.eaton.com
41
IM02602005E
EMR-3000
IA'
IB'
IA
IC'
IB
IX'
X3.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
1A
5A
IA
N
1A
5A
IB
N
1A
5A
IC
N
1A
5A
IX
IC
IR calc= IA + IB + IC
IX meas= IG
42
www.eaton.com
IM02602005E
EMR-3000
X3.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
IA'
IA'
IB'
IA
IB'
IC'
IB
IC'
1A
5A
IA
N
1A
5A
IB
N
1A
5A
IC
N
1A
5A
IX
IX'
IC
www.eaton.com
43
IM02602005E
EMR-3000
X3.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
IA'
IA'
IB'
IA
IB'
IC'
IB
IC'
1A
5A
IA
N
1A
5A
IB
N
1A
5A
IC
N
1A
5A
IX
IX'
IC
44
www.eaton.com
IM02602005E
EMR-3000
IA'
IA'
IA
IB'
IC'
IB
IC'
IX'
X3.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
1A
5A
IA
N
1A
5A
IB
N
1A
5A
IC
N
1A
5A
IX
IC
Z e ro S e q u e n c e C u rre n t
T ra n s fo rm :eMr e a s u re s th e
g ro u n d cu rre(s
n tu m o f th e
th re e p h a se c u rre).nCtsa n
b e u se d fo r m e a s u rin g th e
g ro u n d cu rre n t in is o la te d
a n d co m p e n s a te d n e tw. o rks
T h e s h ie ld is to b e re tu rn e d
th ro u g h th e z e ro s e q u e n c e
c u rre n t tra n s fo rm
. er
IR calc= IA + IB + IC
IX m eas= IG
www.eaton.com
45
IM02602005E
EMR-3000
X3.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
IA'
IA'
IC'
IA
IC'
IB'
IC
IB'
1A
5A
IA
N
1A
5A
IC
N
1A
5A
IB
N
1A
5A
IX
IX'
IB
Slot3
X1
X2
X3
X100
X101
Slot1
X103
46
www.eaton.com
IM02602005E
EMR-3000
If the device is equipped with an Ethernet, the interface is dependent on the ordered device type.
The available combinations can be gathered from the ordering code.
Ethernet - RJ45
N.C.
N.C.
RxD
N.C.
N.C.
RxD +
TxD
TxD +
Terminal Marking
X100
Slot2
Slot3
X2
X3
X101
Slot1
X103
www.eaton.com
47
IM02602005E
EMR-3000
IRIG-B00X
Make sure that the tightening torque is 5-7 In-lb [0.56-0.79 Nm].
Terminal Markings
X101
1
2
IRIG-B+
IRIG-B-
2 1
IRIG -B+
IRIG -B-
Slot3
X1
X2
X3
X100
X101
Slot1
X103
RS485 Terminals
The available combinations can be gathered from the ordering code.
48
www.eaton.com
IM02602005E
EMR-3000
Terminal Marking
Protective Relay
GND
+5V
N.C.
A(-)
B(+)
1
2
3
4
5
6
X103
560
120
N.C.
560
Pin Assignment
Protective Relay
+5V
GND
N.C.
R1
N.C.
A(-)
R2
B(+)
R1
R1 = 560
R2 = 120
1 2 3 4 5 6
www.eaton.com
49
IM02602005E
EMR-3000
Protective Relay
+5V
R1
GND
R2
R1
R1 = 560
R2 = 120
1 2 3 4 5 6
B(+)
B(+)*
A(-)*
A(-)
Wiring Example: Device at the End of the BUS (Using the Integrated Terminal Resistor)
Protective Relay
+5V
R1
GND
R2
R1
1 2 3 4 5 6
B(+)
A(-)
50
www.eaton.com
R1 = 560
R2 = 120
IM02602005E
EMR-3000
Common
Shield
TR-N
A(-)
TR-P
2.2nF
(internal)
B(+)
Shield
TR-N
Common
B(+)
A(-)
2.2nF
(internal)
TR-P
Common
Shield
TR-N
Shield
B(+)
Common
A(-)
TR-N
2.2nF
(internal)
TR-P
B(+)
A(-)
TR-P
2.2nF
(internal)
www.eaton.com
Shield
Common
A(-)
TR-N
B(+)
2.2nF
(internal)
TR-P
Shield
Common
TR-N
A(-)
B(+)
2.2nF
(internal)
TR-P
Shield
Shield
Common
Common
TR-N
TR-N
A(-)
A(-)
TR-P
B(+)
2.2nF
(internal)
B(+)
TR-P
2.2nF
(internal)
51
IM02602005E
EMR-3000
PC Interface - X120
The interface is a 9-pole D-Sub at all device fronts.
Pin Assignment
1
6
5
9
1 DCD
2 RxD
3 TxD
4 DTR
5 GND
6 DSR
7 RTS
8 CTS
9 RI
Housing shielded
Signal
RxD
TxD
DTR
DSR, DCD
RTS
CTS
GND (Ground)
Ring Signal
Dsub -9 (Female)
3
2
6,1
4
8
7
5
9
52
www.eaton.com
Signal
TxD
RxD
DSR, DCD
DTR
CTS
RTS
GND (Ground)
Ring Signal
EMR-3000
IM02602005E
www.eaton.com
53
IM02602005E
EMR-3000
Wiring Diagrams
Typical Schematic for Feeder Breaker for the EMR-3000.
5
CS
T
EMR-3000
86
X
2-5
X
2-6
X1-13
X2-8
50/51/N
X1-2
X1-9
X1-3
X2-9
PWR
SUP
7A
86A
B
lock
S
ta rt
b
V
V17
5B
10K
C
S
C
10K
P 30A
V
V
1
(+)
www.eaton.com
V
V 17
Spare
61
Spare
57
b
58
56
V 16
V
10
V
V 15
3
b
62
b
54
52
V
V 18
55
53
51
Spare
See
SCH
Spare
86
13
V 20
V
1D
V 19
V
54
B6
86
14
3A
7
6
D
D
b
L
C
S L
S
Y L
bb
TC
D
V 21
V
V
V
V 24
V
5R
7
D
V
V
P
S
1
V
V
P 30A
V
V
PS2
bb
V
V
V
V
2
(-)
V
V
V
V
LS
bb
V
V
V
V
13
86
V 22
V
IM02602005E
EMR-3000
CTs
X1 X2
Gnd.
GFCT
EMR-3000
EMR
X2-3
X2-4
EMR
X1-14
X2-7
EMR
X2-8
X1-9
www.eaton.com
55
IM02602005E
EMR-3000
Nominal voltage;
Debouncing time: A state change will only be adopted by the digital input after the debouncing time
has expired; and
DI Slot X.DI x
XOR
State of the Digital Input.
Nom Voltage
Debouncing Time
t
Input Signal
The debouncing time will be started each time the state of the input signal alternates.
In addition to the debouncing time that can be set via software, there is always a
hardware debouncing time (approx 12 ms) that cannot be turned of.
DI-4P X Settings
Name of the Assembly group:
DI Slot X1
56
www.eaton.com
IM02602005E
EMR-3000
Description
Setting Range
Default
Menu Path
Nom Voltage
Nominal voltage of
the digital inputs
24 V dc,
24 V dc
[Device Para
48 V dc,
/Digital Inputs
60 V dc,
110/120 V dc,
230/240 V dc,
110/120 V ac,
230/240 V ac
Inverting 1
Inactive,
Inactive
Active
[Device Para
/Digital Inputs
/DI Slot X1]
Debouncing Time 1
A change of the
state of a digital
input will only be
recognized after the
debouncing time has
expired (become
effective). Thus,
transient signals will
not be
misinterpreted.
No Debouncing
Time,
No Debouncing
Time
[Device Para
/Digital Inputs
20 ms,
50 ms,
100 ms
Inverting 2
Inactive,
Inactive
Active
[Device Para
/Digital Inputs
/DI Slot X1]
Debouncing Time 2
A change of the
state of a digital
input will only be
recognized after the
debouncing time has
expired (become
effective). Thus,
transient signals will
not be
misinterpreted.
No Debouncing
Time,
20 ms,
50 ms,
No Debouncing
Time
[Device Para
/Digital Inputs
/DI Slot X1]
100 ms
www.eaton.com
57
IM02602005E
EMR-3000
Parameter
Description
Setting Range
Default
Menu Path
Inverting 3
Inactive,
Inactive
[Device Para
Active
/Digital Inputs
/DI Slot X1]
Debouncing Time 3
A change of the
state of a digital
input will only be
recognized after the
debouncing time has
expired (become
effective). Thus,
transient signals will
not be
misinterpreted.
No Debouncing
Time,
No Debouncing
Time
[Device Para
/Digital Inputs
20 ms,
50 ms,
100 ms
Inverting 4
Inactive,
Inactive
Active
[Device Para
/Digital Inputs
/DI Slot X1]
Debouncing Time 4
A change of the
state of a digital
input will only be
recognized after the
debouncing time has
expired (become
effective). Thus,
transient signals will
not be
misinterpreted.
No Debouncing
Time,
No Debouncing
Time
/Digital Inputs
20 ms,
50 ms,
100 ms
Description
DI 1
DI 2
DI 3
DI 4
58
[Device Para
www.eaton.com
EMR-3000
IM02602005E
Set the following parameters for each of the relay output contacts.
Each relay output contact can be set as Latched (Latched = active or inactive). A latched relay output
contact will return to it's latched position after a loss of power to the protective device. A latched relay
output contact will keep its position as long as it has not been reset and as long as the power supply
feeds the protective relay. In the case of a loss of power to the protective device, the relays will return to
the latched position once the power is restored to the protective device (latched = relay output contacts
have a memory). A latched state of a relay output contact always needs to be reset after a power loss
even if the assignments are taken away (if the assignments are reprogrammed).
Latched = inactive: If the latching function is inactive, the relay output and, respectively, the relay
output contact will adopt the state of those pickups that were assigned.
Latched = active: If the latching function is active, the state of the relay output and, respectively,
the relay output contact that was set by the pickups will be stored (they have a memory that needs to be
reset).
The relay output contact can only be acknowledged after reset of those signals that had
initiated the setting of the relay and after expiration of the t-OFF delay.
At signal changes, the minimal latching time (t-OFF delay) ensures that the relay will be maintained as
picked-up or released for at least this period.
If the relay output contacts are configured as Latched=active, they will
keep their position even if there is a power outage within the power supply
of the protective device.
If the relay output contacts are configured as Latched=active, they will
also retain their position even if they are reprogrammed in another way.
This also applies if the relay output contacts are set to Latched is set to
inactive. Resetting a relay output contact that has latched a signal will
always require an acknowledgement.
The System OK Relay (watchdog) cannot be configured.
www.eaton.com
59
EMR-3000
IM02602005E
Acknowledgment Options
Relay output contacts can be acknowledged:
If Latched is active, each relay output contact can be acknowledged by a signal (for example: it could
be reset by the state of a digital input);
Via the module Ex Acknowledge where all relay output contacts can be acknowledged at once if the
signal for external acknowledgment that was selected from the Assignment list becomes true (e.g.:
the state of a digital input); and
Via Communication (Comm), all relay output contacts can be acknowledged at once.
Relay output contacts can be set by force or disarmed (for commisioning support,
please refer to the Service/Disarming the Relay Output Contacts and
Service/Forcing the Relay Output Contacts sections).
60
www.eaton.com
www.eaton.com
Latched
Acknowledge-Comm
Acknowledge -HMI
Active
Inactive
Inverting 7
Assignment 7
Inverting 6
Assignment 6
Inverting 5
Assignment 5
Inverting 4
Assignment 4
Inverting 3
Assignment 3
Inverting 2
Assignment 2
Inverting 1
Assignment 1
Inverting
OR
XOR
XOR
XOR
XOR
XOR
XOR
XOR
OR
XOR
AND
R1
S
Q
OR
t-Off Delay
OR
EMR-3000
IM02602005E
61
IM02602005E
EMR-3000
RO-3 X Settings
RO-3 X2
Description
Setting Range
DISARMED
Default
Menu Path
Inactive
[Service
/Test
/DISARMED
/RO-3 X2]
62
By means of this
Normal,
function the normal
Relay Output State
can be overwritten
De-Energized,
(forced). The relay
can be set from
normal operation
Energized
(relay works
according to the
assigned signals) to
"force energized" or
"force de-energized"
state. Forcing all
relay output contacts
of an entire
assembly group has
precedence to
forcing a single relay
output.
www.eaton.com
Normal
[Service
/Test
/Force RO
/RO-3 X2]
IM02602005E
EMR-3000
Parameter
Description
Setting Range
Default
Menu Path
Force RO1
By means of this
Normal,
function the normal
Relay Output State
can be overwritten
De-Energized,
(forced). The relay
can be set from
normal operation
Energized
(relay works
according to the
assigned signals) to
"force energized" or
"force de-energized"
state.
Normal
[Service
By means of this
Normal,
function the normal
Relay Output State
can be overwritten
De-Energized,
(forced). The relay
can be set from
normal operation
Energized
(relay works
according to the
assigned signals) to
"force energized" or
"force de-energized"
state.
Normal
By means of this
Normal,
function the normal
Relay Output State
can be overwritten
De-Energized,
(forced). The relay
can be set from
normal operation
Energized
(relay works
according to the
assigned signals) to
"force energized" or
"force de-energized"
state.
Normal
Force RO2
Force RO3
www.eaton.com
/Test
/Force RO
/RO-3 X2]
[Service
/Test
/Force RO
/RO-3 X2]
[Service
/Test
/Force RO
/RO-3 X2]
63
IM02602005E
EMR-3000
Description
Setting Range
Default
Menu Path
t-Off Delay
0.00 - 300.00s
0.1s
[Device Para
/Relay Output
Contacts
/RO-3 X2
/RO 1]
Latched
Inactive
[Device Para
/Relay Output
Contacts
/RO-3 X2
/RO 1]
Acknowledgment
Acknowledgment
1..n, Assignment List -.Signal - An
acknowledgment
signal (that
acknowledges the
corresponding Relay
Output) can be
assigned to each
Relay Output. The
acknowledgmentsignal is only
effective if the
parameter "Latched"
is set to active.
[Device Para
/Relay Output
Contacts
/RO-3 X2
/RO 1]
Inactive
[Device Para
/Relay Output
Contacts
/RO-3 X2
/RO 1]
64
www.eaton.com
IM02602005E
EMR-3000
Parameter
Description
Setting Range
Default
Assignment 1
Assignment
Menu Path
[Device Para
/Relay Output
Contacts
/RO-3 X2
/RO 1]
Inverting 1
Inactive
[Device Para
/Relay Output
Contacts
/RO-3 X2
/RO 1]
Assignment 2
Assignment
[Device Para
/Relay Output
Contacts
/RO-3 X2
/RO 1]
Inverting 2
Inactive
[Device Para
/Relay Output
Contacts
/RO-3 X2
/RO 1]
Assignment 3
Assignment
[Device Para
/Relay Output
Contacts
/RO-3 X2
/RO 1]
www.eaton.com
65
IM02602005E
EMR-3000
Parameter
Description
Setting Range
Inverting 3
Default
Menu Path
Inactive
[Device Para
/Relay Output
Contacts
/RO-3 X2
/RO 1]
Assignment 4
Assignment
[Device Para
/Relay Output
Contacts
/RO-3 X2
/RO 1]
Inverting 4
Inactive
[Device Para
/Relay Output
Contacts
/RO-3 X2
/RO 1]
Assignment 5
Assignment
[Device Para
/Relay Output
Contacts
/RO-3 X2
/RO 1]
Inverting 5
Inactive
[Device Para
/Relay Output
Contacts
/RO-3 X2
/RO 1]
66
www.eaton.com
IM02602005E
EMR-3000
Parameter
Description
Setting Range
Default
Assignment 6
Assignment
Menu Path
[Device Para
/Relay Output
Contacts
/RO-3 X2
/RO 1]
Inverting 6
Inactive
[Device Para
/Relay Output
Contacts
/RO-3 X2
/RO 1]
Assignment 7
Assignment
[Device Para
/Relay Output
Contacts
/RO-3 X2
/RO 1]
Inverting 7
Inactive
[Device Para
/Relay Output
Contacts
/RO-3 X2
/RO 1]
t-Off Delay
0.00 - 300.00s
0.00s
[Device Para
/Relay Output
Contacts
/RO-3 X2
/RO 2]
www.eaton.com
67
IM02602005E
EMR-3000
Parameter
Description
Setting Range
Latched
Default
Menu Path
Inactive
[Device Para
/Relay Output
Contacts
/RO-3 X2
/RO 2]
Acknowledgment
Acknowledgment
1..n, Assignment List -.Signal - An
acknowledgment
signal (that
acknowledges the
corresponding Relay
Output) can be
assigned to each
Relay Output. The
acknowledgmentsignal is only
effective if the
parameter "Latched"
is set to active.
[Device Para
/Relay Output
Contacts
/RO-3 X2
/RO 2]
Inactive
Active
[Device Para
/Relay Output
Contacts
/RO-3 X2
/RO 2]
Assignment 1
Assignment
[Device Para
/Relay Output
Contacts
/RO-3 X2
/RO 2]
68
www.eaton.com
IM02602005E
EMR-3000
Parameter
Description
Setting Range
Inverting 1
Default
Menu Path
Inactive
[Device Para
/Relay Output
Contacts
/RO-3 X2
/RO 2]
Assignment 2
Assignment
[Device Para
/Relay Output
Contacts
/RO-3 X2
/RO 2]
Inverting 2
Inactive
[Device Para
/Relay Output
Contacts
/RO-3 X2
/RO 2]
Assignment 3
Assignment
[Device Para
/Relay Output
Contacts
/RO-3 X2
/RO 2]
Inverting 3
Inactive
[Device Para
/Relay Output
Contacts
/RO-3 X2
/RO 2]
www.eaton.com
69
IM02602005E
EMR-3000
Parameter
Description
Setting Range
Default
Assignment 4
Assignment
Menu Path
[Device Para
/Relay Output
Contacts
/RO-3 X2
/RO 2]
Inverting 4
Inactive
[Device Para
/Relay Output
Contacts
/RO-3 X2
/RO 2]
Assignment 5
Assignment
[Device Para
/Relay Output
Contacts
/RO-3 X2
/RO 2]
Inverting 5
Inactive
[Device Para
/Relay Output
Contacts
/RO-3 X2
/RO 2]
Assignment 6
Assignment
[Device Para
/Relay Output
Contacts
/RO-3 X2
/RO 2]
70
www.eaton.com
IM02602005E
EMR-3000
Parameter
Description
Setting Range
Inverting 6
Default
Menu Path
Inactive
[Device Para
/Relay Output
Contacts
/RO-3 X2
/RO 2]
Assignment 7
Assignment
[Device Para
/Relay Output
Contacts
/RO-3 X2
/RO 2]
Inverting 7
Inactive
[Device Para
/Relay Output
Contacts
/RO-3 X2
/RO 2]
t-Off Delay
0.00 - 300.00s
0.00s
[Device Para
/Relay Output
Contacts
/RO-3 X2
/RO 3]
Latched
Inactive
[Device Para
/Relay Output
Contacts
/RO-3 X2
/RO 3]
www.eaton.com
71
IM02602005E
EMR-3000
Parameter
Description
Setting Range
Default
Acknowledgment
Acknowledgment
1..n, Assignment List -.Signal - An
acknowledgment
signal (that
acknowledges the
corresponding Relay
Output) can be
assigned to each
Relay Output. The
acknowledgmentsignal is only
effective if the
parameter "Latched"
is set to active.
Menu Path
[Device Para
/Relay Output
Contacts
/RO-3 X2
/RO 3]
Inactive
Active
[Device Para
/Relay Output
Contacts
/RO-3 X2
/RO 3]
Assignment 1
Assignment
[Device Para
/Relay Output
Contacts
/RO-3 X2
/RO 3]
Inverting 1
Inactive
[Device Para
/Relay Output
Contacts
/RO-3 X2
/RO 3]
72
www.eaton.com
IM02602005E
EMR-3000
Parameter
Description
Setting Range
Default
Assignment 2
Assignment
Menu Path
[Device Para
/Relay Output
Contacts
/RO-3 X2
/RO 3]
Inverting 2
Inactive
[Device Para
/Relay Output
Contacts
/RO-3 X2
/RO 3]
Assignment 3
Assignment
[Device Para
/Relay Output
Contacts
/RO-3 X2
/RO 3]
Inverting 3
Inactive
[Device Para
/Relay Output
Contacts
/RO-3 X2
/RO 3]
Assignment 4
Assignment
[Device Para
/Relay Output
Contacts
/RO-3 X2
/RO 3]
www.eaton.com
73
IM02602005E
EMR-3000
Parameter
Description
Setting Range
Inverting 4
Default
Menu Path
Inactive
[Device Para
/Relay Output
Contacts
/RO-3 X2
/RO 3]
Assignment 5
Assignment
[Device Para
/Relay Output
Contacts
/RO-3 X2
/RO 3]
Inverting 5
Inactive
[Device Para
/Relay Output
Contacts
/RO-3 X2
/RO 3]
Assignment 6
Assignment
[Device Para
/Relay Output
Contacts
/RO-3 X2
/RO 3]
Inverting 6
Inactive
[Device Para
/Relay Output
Contacts
/RO-3 X2
/RO 3]
74
www.eaton.com
IM02602005E
EMR-3000
Parameter
Description
Setting Range
Default
Assignment 7
Assignment
Menu Path
[Device Para
/Relay Output
Contacts
/RO-3 X2
/RO 3]
Inverting 7
Inactive
[Device Para
/Relay Output
Contacts
/RO-3 X2
/RO 3]
DISARMED Ctrl
Disarm Mode
Enables and
Inactive,
disables the
disarming of the
relay output
Active
contacts. This is the
first step of a two
step process, to
inhibit the operation
or the relay output
contacts. Please
refer to
"DISARMED" for the
second step.
Inactive
Permanent
www.eaton.com
[Service
/Test
/DISARMED
/RO-3 X2]
[Service
/Test
/DISARMED
/RO-3 X2]
75
IM02602005E
EMR-3000
Parameter
Description
Setting Range
Default
Menu Path
t-Timeout DISARM
0.00 - 300.00s
0.03s
[Service
/Test
/DISARMED
/RO-3 X2]
Force Mode
t-Timeout Force
By means of this
Permanent,
function the normal
Relay Output States
can be overwritten
Timeout
(forced) in case that
the Relay Output is
not in a disarmed
state. The relays
can be set from
normal operation
(relay works
according to the
assigned signals) to
"force energized" or
"force de-energized"
state.
Permanent
0.03s
76
www.eaton.com
[Service
/Test
/Force RO
/RO-3 X2]
[Service
/Test
/Force RO
/RO-3 X2]
IM02602005E
EMR-3000
Description
Assignment Via
RO1.1
[Device Para
/Relay Output Contacts
/RO-3 X2
/RO 1]
RO1.2
[Device Para
/Relay Output Contacts
/RO-3 X2
/RO 1]
RO1.3
[Device Para
/Relay Output Contacts
/RO-3 X2
/RO 1]
RO1.4
[Device Para
/Relay Output Contacts
/RO-3 X2
/RO 1]
RO1.5
[Device Para
/Relay Output Contacts
/RO-3 X2
/RO 1]
www.eaton.com
77
IM02602005E
EMR-3000
Name
Description
Assignment Via
RO1.6
[Device Para
/Relay Output Contacts
/RO-3 X2
/RO 1]
RO1.7
[Device Para
/Relay Output Contacts
/RO-3 X2
/RO 1]
Ack signal RO 1
RO2.1
[Device Para
/Relay Output Contacts
/RO-3 X2
/RO 2]
RO2.2
[Device Para
/Relay Output Contacts
/RO-3 X2
/RO 2]
78
www.eaton.com
IM02602005E
EMR-3000
Name
Description
Assignment Via
RO2.3
[Device Para
/Relay Output Contacts
/RO-3 X2
/RO 2]
RO2.4
[Device Para
/Relay Output Contacts
/RO-3 X2
/RO 2]
RO2.5
[Device Para
/Relay Output Contacts
/RO-3 X2
/RO 2]
RO2.6
[Device Para
/Relay Output Contacts
/RO-3 X2
/RO 2]
RO2.7
[Device Para
/Relay Output Contacts
/RO-3 X2
/RO 2]
www.eaton.com
79
IM02602005E
EMR-3000
Name
Description
Assignment Via
Ack signal RO 2
RO3.1
[Device Para
/Relay Output Contacts
/RO-3 X2
/RO 3]
RO3.2
[Device Para
/Relay Output Contacts
/RO-3 X2
/RO 3]
RO3.3
[Device Para
/Relay Output Contacts
/RO-3 X2
/RO 3]
RO3.4
[Device Para
/Relay Output Contacts
/RO-3 X2
/RO 3]
80
www.eaton.com
IM02602005E
EMR-3000
Name
Description
Assignment Via
RO3.5
[Device Para
/Relay Output Contacts
/RO-3 X2
/RO 3]
RO3.6
[Device Para
/Relay Output Contacts
/RO-3 X2
/RO 3]
RO3.7
[Device Para
/Relay Output Contacts
/RO-3 X2
/RO 3]
Ack signal RO 3
www.eaton.com
81
IM02602005E
EMR-3000
Signals of RO-3 X
Name
Description
RO 1
RO 2
RO 3
DISARMED!
Outs forced
82
www.eaton.com
IM02602005E
EMR-3000
RO-3ZI X - Settings
RO-ZI X2
Description
Setting Range
DISARMED
Default
Menu Path
Inactive
[Service
/Test
/DISARMED
/RO-ZI X2]
By means of this
Normal,
function the normal
Relay Output State
can be overwritten
De-Energized,
(forced). The relay
can be set from
normal operation
Energized
(relay works
according to the
assigned signals) to
"force energized" or
"force de-energized"
state. Forcing all
relay output contacts
of an entire
assembly group has
precedence to
forcing a single relay
output.
www.eaton.com
Normal
[Service
/Test
/Force RO
/RO-ZI X2]
83
IM02602005E
EMR-3000
Parameter
Description
Setting Range
Force ZI RO
Default
Menu Path
Normal
[Service
De-Energized,
/Test
Energized
/Force RO
/RO-ZI X2]
Force RO1
Force RO2
Force RO3
84
By means of this
Normal,
function the normal
Relay Output State
can be overwritten
De-Energized,
(forced). The relay
can be set from
normal operation
Energized
(relay works
according to the
assigned signals) to
"force energized" or
"force de-energized"
state.
Normal
By means of this
Normal,
function the normal
Relay Output State
can be overwritten
De-Energized,
(forced). The relay
can be set from
normal operation
Energized
(relay works
according to the
assigned signals) to
"force energized" or
"force de-energized"
state.
Normal
By means of this
Normal,
function the normal
Relay Output State
can be overwritten
De-Energized,
(forced). The relay
can be set from
normal operation
Energized
(relay works
according to the
assigned signals) to
"force energized" or
"force de-energized"
state.
Normal
www.eaton.com
[Service
/Test
/Force RO
/RO-ZI X2]
[Service
/Test
/Force RO
/RO-ZI X2]
[Service
/Test
/Force RO
/RO-ZI X2]
IM02602005E
EMR-3000
Description
Setting Range
Default
Menu Path
t-Off Delay
0.00 - 300.00s
0.1s
[Device Para
/Relay Output
Contacts
/RO-ZI X2
/RO 1]
Latched
Inactive
[Device Para
/Relay Output
Contacts
/RO-ZI X2
/RO 1]
Acknowledgment
Acknowledgment
1..n, Assignment List -.Signal - An
acknowledgment
signal (that
acknowledges the
corresponding Relay
Output) can be
assigned to each
Relay Output. The
acknowledgmentsignal is only
effective if the
parameter "Latched"
is set to active.
[Device Para
/Relay Output
Contacts
/RO-ZI X2
/RO 1]
Inactive
[Device Para
/Relay Output
Contacts
/RO-ZI X2
/RO 1]
www.eaton.com
85
IM02602005E
EMR-3000
Parameter
Description
Setting Range
Default
Assignment 1
Assignment
Menu Path
[Device Para
/Relay Output
Contacts
/RO-ZI X2
/RO 1]
Inverting 1
Inactive
[Device Para
/Relay Output
Contacts
/RO-ZI X2
/RO 1]
Assignment 2
Assignment
[Device Para
/Relay Output
Contacts
/RO-ZI X2
/RO 1]
Inverting 2
Inactive
[Device Para
/Relay Output
Contacts
/RO-ZI X2
/RO 1]
Assignment 3
Assignment
[Device Para
/Relay Output
Contacts
/RO-ZI X2
/RO 1]
86
www.eaton.com
IM02602005E
EMR-3000
Parameter
Description
Setting Range
Inverting 3
Default
Menu Path
Inactive
[Device Para
/Relay Output
Contacts
/RO-ZI X2
/RO 1]
Assignment 4
Assignment
[Device Para
/Relay Output
Contacts
/RO-ZI X2
/RO 1]
Inverting 4
Inactive
[Device Para
/Relay Output
Contacts
/RO-ZI X2
/RO 1]
Assignment 5
Assignment
[Device Para
/Relay Output
Contacts
/RO-ZI X2
/RO 1]
Inverting 5
Inactive
[Device Para
/Relay Output
Contacts
/RO-ZI X2
/RO 1]
www.eaton.com
87
IM02602005E
EMR-3000
Parameter
Description
Setting Range
Default
Assignment 6
Assignment
Menu Path
[Device Para
/Relay Output
Contacts
/RO-ZI X2
/RO 1]
Inverting 6
Inactive
[Device Para
/Relay Output
Contacts
/RO-ZI X2
/RO 1]
Assignment 7
Assignment
[Device Para
/Relay Output
Contacts
/RO-ZI X2
/RO 1]
Inverting 7
Inactive
[Device Para
/Relay Output
Contacts
/RO-ZI X2
/RO 1]
t-Off Delay
0.00 - 300.00s
0.00s
[Device Para
/Relay Output
Contacts
/RO-ZI X2
/RO 2]
88
www.eaton.com
IM02602005E
EMR-3000
Parameter
Description
Setting Range
Latched
Default
Menu Path
Inactive
[Device Para
/Relay Output
Contacts
/RO-ZI X2
/RO 2]
Acknowledgment
Acknowledgment
1..n, Assignment List -.Signal - An
acknowledgment
signal (that
acknowledges the
corresponding Relay
Output) can be
assigned to each
Relay Output. The
acknowledgmentsignal is only
effective if the
parameter "Latched"
is set to active.
[Device Para
/Relay Output
Contacts
/RO-ZI X2
/RO 2]
Inactive
Active
[Device Para
/Relay Output
Contacts
/RO-ZI X2
/RO 2]
Assignment 1
Assignment
[Device Para
/Relay Output
Contacts
/RO-ZI X2
/RO 2]
www.eaton.com
89
IM02602005E
EMR-3000
Parameter
Description
Setting Range
Inverting 1
Default
Menu Path
Inactive
[Device Para
/Relay Output
Contacts
/RO-ZI X2
/RO 2]
Assignment 2
Assignment
[Device Para
/Relay Output
Contacts
/RO-ZI X2
/RO 2]
Inverting 2
Inactive
[Device Para
/Relay Output
Contacts
/RO-ZI X2
/RO 2]
Assignment 3
Assignment
[Device Para
/Relay Output
Contacts
/RO-ZI X2
/RO 2]
Inverting 3
Inactive
[Device Para
/Relay Output
Contacts
/RO-ZI X2
/RO 2]
90
www.eaton.com
IM02602005E
EMR-3000
Parameter
Description
Setting Range
Default
Assignment 4
Assignment
Menu Path
[Device Para
/Relay Output
Contacts
/RO-ZI X2
/RO 2]
Inverting 4
Inactive
[Device Para
/Relay Output
Contacts
/RO-ZI X2
/RO 2]
Assignment 5
Assignment
[Device Para
/Relay Output
Contacts
/RO-ZI X2
/RO 2]
Inverting 5
Inactive
[Device Para
/Relay Output
Contacts
/RO-ZI X2
/RO 2]
Assignment 6
Assignment
[Device Para
/Relay Output
Contacts
/RO-ZI X2
/RO 2]
www.eaton.com
91
IM02602005E
EMR-3000
Parameter
Description
Setting Range
Inverting 6
Default
Menu Path
Inactive
[Device Para
/Relay Output
Contacts
/RO-ZI X2
/RO 2]
Assignment 7
Assignment
[Device Para
/Relay Output
Contacts
/RO-ZI X2
/RO 2]
Inverting 7
Inactive
[Device Para
/Relay Output
Contacts
/RO-ZI X2
/RO 2]
t-Off Delay
0.00 - 300.00s
0.00s
[Device Para
/Relay Output
Contacts
/RO-ZI X2
/RO 3]
Latched
Inactive
[Device Para
/Relay Output
Contacts
/RO-ZI X2
/RO 3]
92
www.eaton.com
IM02602005E
EMR-3000
Parameter
Description
Setting Range
Default
Acknowledgment
Acknowledgment
1..n, Assignment List -.Signal - An
acknowledgment
signal (that
acknowledges the
corresponding Relay
Output) can be
assigned to each
Relay Output. The
acknowledgmentsignal is only
effective if the
parameter "Latched"
is set to active.
Menu Path
[Device Para
/Relay Output
Contacts
/RO-ZI X2
/RO 3]
Inactive
Active
[Device Para
/Relay Output
Contacts
/RO-ZI X2
/RO 3]
Assignment 1
Assignment
[Device Para
/Relay Output
Contacts
/RO-ZI X2
/RO 3]
Inverting 1
Inactive
[Device Para
/Relay Output
Contacts
/RO-ZI X2
/RO 3]
www.eaton.com
93
IM02602005E
EMR-3000
Parameter
Description
Setting Range
Default
Assignment 2
Assignment
Menu Path
[Device Para
/Relay Output
Contacts
/RO-ZI X2
/RO 3]
Inverting 2
Inactive
[Device Para
/Relay Output
Contacts
/RO-ZI X2
/RO 3]
Assignment 3
Assignment
[Device Para
/Relay Output
Contacts
/RO-ZI X2
/RO 3]
Inverting 3
Inactive
[Device Para
/Relay Output
Contacts
/RO-ZI X2
/RO 3]
Assignment 4
Assignment
[Device Para
/Relay Output
Contacts
/RO-ZI X2
/RO 3]
94
www.eaton.com
IM02602005E
EMR-3000
Parameter
Description
Setting Range
Inverting 4
Default
Menu Path
Inactive
[Device Para
/Relay Output
Contacts
/RO-ZI X2
/RO 3]
Assignment 5
Assignment
[Device Para
/Relay Output
Contacts
/RO-ZI X2
/RO 3]
Inverting 5
Inactive
[Device Para
/Relay Output
Contacts
/RO-ZI X2
/RO 3]
Assignment 6
Assignment
[Device Para
/Relay Output
Contacts
/RO-ZI X2
/RO 3]
Inverting 6
Inactive
[Device Para
/Relay Output
Contacts
/RO-ZI X2
/RO 3]
www.eaton.com
95
IM02602005E
EMR-3000
Parameter
Description
Setting Range
Default
Assignment 7
Assignment
Menu Path
[Device Para
/Relay Output
Contacts
/RO-ZI X2
/RO 3]
Inverting 7
Inactive
[Device Para
/Relay Output
Contacts
/RO-ZI X2
/RO 3]
DISARMED Ctrl
Disarm Mode
96
Enables and
Inactive,
disables the
disarming of the
relay output
Active
contacts. This is the
first step of a two
step process, to
inhibit the operation
or the relay output
contacts. Please
refer to
"DISARMED" for the
second step.
Inactive
Permanent
www.eaton.com
[Service
/Test
/DISARMED
/RO-ZI X2]
[Service
/Test
/DISARMED
/RO-ZI X2]
IM02602005E
EMR-3000
Parameter
Description
Setting Range
Default
Menu Path
t-Timeout DISARM
0.00 - 300.00s
0.03s
[Service
/Test
/DISARMED
/RO-ZI X2]
Force Mode
t-Timeout Force
By means of this
Permanent,
function the normal
Relay Output States
can be overwritten
Timeout
(forced) in case that
the Relay Output is
not in a disarmed
state. The relays
can be set from
normal operation
(relay works
according to the
assigned signals) to
"force energized" or
"force de-energized"
state.
Permanent
0.03s
[Service
/Test
/Force RO
/RO-ZI X2]
[Service
/Test
/Force RO
/RO-ZI X2]
www.eaton.com
97
IM02602005E
EMR-3000
Description
Assignment Via
RO1.1
[Device Para
/Relay Output Contacts
/RO-ZI X2
/RO 1]
RO1.2
[Device Para
/Relay Output Contacts
/RO-ZI X2
/RO 1]
RO1.3
[Device Para
/Relay Output Contacts
/RO-ZI X2
/RO 1]
RO1.4
[Device Para
/Relay Output Contacts
/RO-ZI X2
/RO 1]
RO1.5
[Device Para
/Relay Output Contacts
/RO-ZI X2
/RO 1]
98
www.eaton.com
IM02602005E
EMR-3000
Name
Description
Assignment Via
RO1.6
[Device Para
/Relay Output Contacts
/RO-ZI X2
/RO 1]
RO1.7
[Device Para
/Relay Output Contacts
/RO-ZI X2
/RO 1]
Ack signal RO 1
RO2.1
[Device Para
/Relay Output Contacts
/RO-ZI X2
/RO 2]
RO2.2
[Device Para
/Relay Output Contacts
/RO-ZI X2
/RO 2]
www.eaton.com
99
IM02602005E
EMR-3000
Name
Description
Assignment Via
RO2.3
[Device Para
/Relay Output Contacts
/RO-ZI X2
/RO 2]
RO2.4
[Device Para
/Relay Output Contacts
/RO-ZI X2
/RO 2]
RO2.5
[Device Para
/Relay Output Contacts
/RO-ZI X2
/RO 2]
RO2.6
[Device Para
/Relay Output Contacts
/RO-ZI X2
/RO 2]
RO2.7
[Device Para
/Relay Output Contacts
/RO-ZI X2
/RO 2]
100
www.eaton.com
IM02602005E
EMR-3000
Name
Description
Assignment Via
Ack signal RO 2
RO3.1
[Device Para
/Relay Output Contacts
/RO-ZI X2
/RO 3]
RO3.2
[Device Para
/Relay Output Contacts
/RO-ZI X2
/RO 3]
RO3.3
[Device Para
/Relay Output Contacts
/RO-ZI X2
/RO 3]
RO3.4
[Device Para
/Relay Output Contacts
/RO-ZI X2
/RO 3]
www.eaton.com
101
IM02602005E
EMR-3000
Name
Description
Assignment Via
RO3.5
[Device Para
/Relay Output Contacts
/RO-ZI X2
/RO 3]
RO3.6
[Device Para
/Relay Output Contacts
/RO-ZI X2
/RO 3]
RO3.7
[Device Para
/Relay Output Contacts
/RO-ZI X2
/RO 3]
Ack signal RO 3
102
www.eaton.com
IM02602005E
EMR-3000
Signals of RO-3ZI X
Name
Description
ZI OUT
RO 1
RO 2
RO 3
DISARMED!
Outs forced
LED Configuration
The LEDs can be configured within menu:
[Device Para/LEDs/Group X]
Attention must be paid to insure that there are no overlapping functions
due to double or multiple LED assignment of colors and flashing codes.
If LEDs are configured as Latched=active, they will keep (return to) their
blink code and color even if there is a power outage within the power
supply of the protective device.
If the LEDs are configured as Latched=active, they will also retain their
blink code and color even if the LEDs are reprogrammed in another way.
This also applies if the LEDs are set to Latched = inactive. Resetting a
LED that has latched a signal will always require an acknowledgement.
This chapter contains information on the LEDs that are placed on the left
hand side of the display (Group A).
If your device is also equipped with LEDs on the right hand side of the
display (Group B), the analog information in this chapter is valid. The only
difference between Group A and Group B is within the menu paths.
Via the INFO push-button, it is always possible to display the current pickups and alarm texts that are
assigned to an LED. Please refer to the Navigation section for a description of the INFO push-button
functionality.
Set the following parameters for each LED.
Lat c hin g (s elf holding fun ction) : If Lat c hin g is set to A ctiv e , the state that is set by the pickups
will be stored until it is reset. If Lat c hin g is set to Ina ctiv e , the LED always adopts the state of those
pickups that were assigned.
103
EMR-3000
IM02602005E
L E D activ e color : LED lights up in this color when at least one of the allocated functions is valid (red,
red-flashing, green, green flashing, off).
L E D inactiv e color : LED lights up in this color when none of the allocated functions is valid (red, redflashing, green, green flashing, off).
Assignment 1...n: Apart from the LED for System OK, each LED can be assigned up to five functions
(e.g. pickups) out of the Assignment list.
Acknowledgment Options
LEDs can be acknowledged by:
A signal from the LED Reset list (e.g. digital inputs or communication signals) (If Latched = active);
The Ex Acknowledge module - all LEDs can be acknowledged at once, if the signal for external
acknowledgment becomes true (e.g.: the state of a digital input); and
104
www.eaton.com
www.eaton.com
XOR
XOR
XOR
XOR
XOR
Acknowledge-Comm
Acknowledge -HMI
Active
Inactive
Latched
Inverting 5
Assignment 5
Inverting 4
Assignment 4
Inverting 3
Assignment 3
Inverting 2
Assignment 2
Inverting 1
Assignment 1
OR
OR
AND
Q
Q
S
R1
OR
EMR-3000
IM02602005E
105
IM02602005E
EMR-3000
LED Settings
LED
Description
Setting Range
Default
Menu Path
Latched
Inactive,
Inactive
[Device Para
Active
/LEDs
/LED 1]
Ack signal
Acknowledgment
1..n, Assignment List -.signal for the LED. If
latching is set to
active the LED can
only be
acknowledged if all
signals that initiated
the setting of the
LED are no longer
present.
[Device Para
/LEDs
/LED 1]
Dependency Only
available if: Latched
= Active
LED Active Color
106
www.eaton.com
Red
[Device Para
/LEDs
/LED 1]
IM02602005E
EMR-3000
Parameter
Description
Setting Range
Default
Menu Path
[Device Para
/LEDs
Red flash,
/LED 1]
Green flash,
Assignment 1
Assignment
[Device Para
/LEDs
/LED 1]
Inverting 1
Inactive
[Device Para
/LEDs
/LED 1]
Assignment 2
Assignment
[Device Para
/LEDs
/LED 1]
Inverting 2
Inactive
[Device Para
/LEDs
/LED 1]
Assignment 3
Assignment
[Device Para
/LEDs
/LED 1]
Inverting 3
Inactive
[Device Para
/LEDs
/LED 1]
www.eaton.com
107
IM02602005E
EMR-3000
Parameter
Description
Setting Range
Default
Assignment 4
Assignment
Menu Path
[Device Para
/LEDs
/LED 1]
Inverting 4
Inactive
[Device Para
/LEDs
/LED 1]
Assignment 5
Assignment
[Device Para
/LEDs
/LED 1]
Inverting 5
Inactive
[Device Para
/LEDs
/LED 1]
Latched
Inactive,
Inactive
Active
[Device Para
/LEDs
/LED 2]
Ack signal
Acknowledgment
1..n, Assignment List -.signal for the LED. If
latching is set to
active the LED can
only be
acknowledged if all
signals that initiated
the setting of the
LED are no longer
present.
Only available if:
Latched = Active
108
www.eaton.com
[Device Para
/LEDs
/LED 2]
IM02602005E
EMR-3000
Parameter
Description
Setting Range
Default
Menu Path
Red
[Device Para
/LEDs
Red flash,
/LED 2]
Green flash,
LED Inactive Color
[Device Para
/LEDs
Red flash,
/LED 2]
Green flash,
Assignment 1
Assignment
[Device Para
/LEDs
/LED 2]
Inverting 1
Inactive
[Device Para
/LEDs
/LED 2]
Assignment 2
Assignment
[Device Para
/LEDs
/LED 2]
Inverting 2
Inactive
[Device Para
/LEDs
/LED 2]
www.eaton.com
109
IM02602005E
EMR-3000
Parameter
Description
Setting Range
Default
Assignment 3
Assignment
Menu Path
[Device Para
/LEDs
/LED 2]
Inverting 3
Inactive
[Device Para
/LEDs
/LED 2]
Assignment 4
Assignment
[Device Para
/LEDs
/LED 2]
Inverting 4
Inactive
[Device Para
/LEDs
/LED 2]
Assignment 5
Assignment
[Device Para
/LEDs
/LED 2]
Inverting 5
Inactive
[Device Para
/LEDs
/LED 2]
Latched
Inactive,
Active
Inactive
[Device Para
/LEDs
/LED 3]
110
www.eaton.com
IM02602005E
EMR-3000
Parameter
Description
Setting Range
Default
Ack signal
Acknowledgment
1..n, assignment List -.signal for the LED. If
latching is set to
active the LED can
only be
acknowledged if all
signals that initiated
the setting of the
LED are no longer
present.
Menu Path
[Device Para
/LEDs
/LED 3]
Red
[Device Para
/LEDs
Red flash,
/LED 3]
Green flash,
LED Inactive Color
[Device Para
/LEDs
Red flash,
/LED 3]
Green flash,
Assignment 1
Assignment
[Device Para
/LEDs
/LED 3]
Inverting 1
Inactive
[Device Para
/LEDs
/LED 3]
www.eaton.com
111
IM02602005E
EMR-3000
Parameter
Description
Setting Range
Default
Assignment 2
Assignment
Menu Path
[Device Para
/LEDs
/LED 3]
Inverting 2
Inactive
[Device Para
/LEDs
/LED 3]
Assignment 3
Assignment
[Device Para
/LEDs
/LED 3]
Inverting 3
Inactive
[Device Para
/LEDs
/LED 3]
Assignment 4
Assignment
[Device Para
/LEDs
/LED 3]
Inverting 4
Inactive
[Device Para
/LEDs
/LED 3]
Assignment 5
Assignment
[Device Para
/LEDs
/LED 3]
Inverting 5
Inactive
[Device Para
/LEDs
/LED 3]
112
www.eaton.com
IM02602005E
EMR-3000
Parameter
Description
Setting Range
Default
Menu Path
Latched
Inactive,
Inactive
[Device Para
Active
/LEDs
/LED 4]
Ack signal
Acknowledgment
1..n, Assignment List -.signal for the LED. If
latching is set to
active the LED can
only be
acknowledged if all
signals that initiated
the setting of the
LED are no longer
present.
[Device Para
/LEDs
/LED 4]
Red
[Device Para
/LEDs
Red flash,
/LED 4]
Green flash,
LED Inactive Color
Red flash,
[Device Para
/LEDs
/LED 4]
Green flash,
Assignment 1
Assignment
[Device Para
/LEDs
/LED 4]
www.eaton.com
113
IM02602005E
EMR-3000
Parameter
Description
Setting Range
Inverting 1
Default
Menu Path
Inactive
[Device Para
/LEDs
/LED 4]
Assignment 2
Assignment
[Device Para
/LEDs
/LED 4]
Inverting 2
Inactive
[Device Para
/LEDs
/LED 4]
Assignment 3
Assignment
[Device Para
/LEDs
/LED 4]
Inverting 3
Inactive
[Device Para
/LEDs
/LED 4]
Assignment 4
Assignment
[Device Para
/LEDs
/LED 4]
Inverting 4
Inactive
[Device Para
/LEDs
/LED 4]
Assignment 5
Assignment
[Device Para
/LEDs
/LED 4]
114
www.eaton.com
IM02602005E
EMR-3000
Parameter
Description
Setting Range
Inverting 5
Default
Menu Path
Inactive
[Device Para
/LEDs
/LED 4]
Latched
Inactive,
Inactive
Active
[Device Para
/LEDs
/LED 5]
Ack signal
Acknowledgment
1..n, Assignment List -.signal for the LED. If
latching is set to
active the LED can
only be
acknowledged if all
signals that initiated
the setting of the
LED are no longer
present.
[Device Para
/LEDs
/LED 5]
Red
[Device Para
/LEDs
Red flash,
/LED 5]
Green flash,
LED Inactive Color
[Device Para
/LEDs
/LED 5]
Green flash,
-
www.eaton.com
115
IM02602005E
EMR-3000
Parameter
Description
Setting Range
Default
Assignment 1
Assignment
Menu Path
[Device Para
/LEDs
/LED 5]
Inverting 1
Inactive
[Device Para
/LEDs
/LED 5]
Assignment 2
Assignment
[Device Para
/LEDs
/LED 5]
Inverting 2
Inactive
[Device Para
/LEDs
/LED 5]
Assignment 3
Assignment
[Device Para
/LEDs
/LED 5]
Inverting 3
Inactive
[Device Para
/LEDs
/LED 5]
Assignment 4
Assignment
[Device Para
/LEDs
/LED 5]
Inverting 4
Inactive
[Device Para
/LEDs
/LED 5]
116
www.eaton.com
IM02602005E
EMR-3000
Parameter
Description
Setting Range
Default
Assignment 5
Assignment
Menu Path
[Device Para
/LEDs
/LED 5]
Inverting 5
Inactive
[Device Para
/LEDs
/LED 5]
Latched
Inactive,
Inactive
Active
[Device Para
/LEDs
/LED 6]
Ack signal
Acknowledgment
1..n, Assignment List -.signal for the LED. If
latching is set to
active the LED can
only be
acknowledged if all
signals that initiated
the setting of the
LED are no longer
present.
[Device Para
/LEDs
/LED 6]
Red
[Device Para
/LEDs
/LED 6]
Green flash,
-
www.eaton.com
117
IM02602005E
EMR-3000
Parameter
Description
Setting Range
Default
Menu Path
[Device Para
/LEDs
Red flash,
/LED 6]
Green flash,
Assignment 1
Assignment
[Device Para
/LEDs
/LED 6]
Inverting 1
Inactive
[Device Para
/LEDs
/LED 6]
Assignment 2
Assignment
[Device Para
/LEDs
/LED 6]
Inverting 2
Inactive
[Device Para
/LEDs
/LED 6]
Assignment 3
Assignment
[Device Para
/LEDs
/LED 6]
Inverting 3
Inactive
[Device Para
/LEDs
/LED 6]
118
www.eaton.com
IM02602005E
EMR-3000
Parameter
Description
Setting Range
Default
Assignment 4
Assignment
Menu Path
[Device Para
/LEDs
/LED 6]
Inverting 4
Inactive
[Device Para
/LEDs
/LED 6]
Assignment 5
Assignment
[Device Para
/LEDs
/LED 6]
Inverting 5
Inactive
[Device Para
/LEDs
/LED 6]
Latched
Inactive,
Inactive
Active
[Device Para
/LEDs
/LED 7]
Ack signal
Acknowledgment
1..n, Assignment List -.signal for the LED. If
latching is set to
active the LED can
only be
acknowledged if all
signals that initiated
the setting of the
LED are no longer
present.
[Device Para
/LEDs
/LED 7]
www.eaton.com
119
IM02602005E
EMR-3000
Parameter
Description
Setting Range
Default
Menu Path
Red
[Device Para
/LEDs
Red flash,
/LED 7]
Green flash,
LED Inactive Color
[Device Para
/LEDs
Red flash,
/LED 7]
Green flash,
Assignment 1
Assignment
[Device Para
/LEDs
/LED 7]
Inverting 1
Inactive
[Device Para
/LEDs
/LED 7]
Assignment 2
Assignment
[Device Para
/LEDs
/LED 7]
Inverting 2
Inactive
[Device Para
/LEDs
/LED 7]
120
www.eaton.com
IM02602005E
EMR-3000
Parameter
Description
Setting Range
Default
Assignment 3
Assignment
Menu Path
[Device Para
/LEDs
/LED 7]
Inverting 3
Inactive
[Device Para
/LEDs
/LED 7]
Assignment 4
Assignment
[Device Para
/LEDs
/LED 7]
Inverting 4
Inactive
[Device Para
/LEDs
/LED 7]
Assignment 5
Assignment
[Device Para
/LEDs
/LED 7]
Inverting 5
Inactive
[Device Para
/LEDs
/LED 7]
www.eaton.com
121
IM02602005E
EMR-3000
Description
Assignment Via
LED1.1
[Device Para
/LEDs
/LED 1]
LED1.2
[Device Para
/LEDs
/LED 1]
LED1.3
[Device Para
/LEDs
/LED 1]
LED1.4
[Device Para
/LEDs
/LED 1]
LED1.5
[Device Para
/LEDs
/LED 1]
Acknow Sig 1
[Device Para
/LEDs
/LED 1]
LED2.1
[Device Para
/LEDs
/LED 2]
122
www.eaton.com
IM02602005E
EMR-3000
Name
Description
Assignment Via
LED2.2
[Device Para
/LEDs
/LED 2]
LED2.3
[Device Para
/LEDs
/LED 2]
LED2.4
[Device Para
/LEDs
/LED 2]
LED2.5
[Device Para
/LEDs
/LED 2]
Acknow Sig 2
[Device Para
/LEDs
/LED 2]
LED3.1
[Device Para
/LEDs
/LED 3]
LED3.2
[Device Para
/LEDs
/LED 3]
LED3.3
[Device Para
/LEDs
/LED 3]
www.eaton.com
123
IM02602005E
EMR-3000
Name
Description
Assignment Via
LED3.4
[Device Para
/LEDs
/LED 3]
LED3.5
[Device Para
/LEDs
/LED 3]
Acknow Sig 3
[Device Para
/LEDs
/LED 3]
LED4.1
[Device Para
/LEDs
/LED 4]
LED4.2
[Device Para
/LEDs
/LED 4]
LED4.3
[Device Para
/LEDs
/LED 4]
LED4.4
[Device Para
/LEDs
/LED 4]
LED4.5
[Device Para
/LEDs
/LED 4]
124
www.eaton.com
IM02602005E
EMR-3000
Name
Description
Assignment Via
Acknow Sig 4
[Device Para
/LEDs
/LED 4]
LED5.1
[Device Para
/LEDs
/LED 5]
LED5.2
[Device Para
/LEDs
/LED 5]
LED5.3
[Device Para
/LEDs
/LED 5]
LED5.4
[Device Para
/LEDs
/LED 5]
LED5.5
[Device Para
/LEDs
/LED 5]
Acknow Sig 5
[Device Para
/LEDs
/LED 5]
LED6.1
[Device Para
/LEDs
/LED 6]
www.eaton.com
125
IM02602005E
EMR-3000
Name
Description
Assignment Via
LED6.2
[Device Para
/LEDs
/LED 6]
LED6.3
[Device Para
/LEDs
/LED 6]
LED6.4
[Device Para
/LEDs
/LED 6]
LED6.5
[Device Para
/LEDs
/LED 6]
Acknow Sig 6
[Device Para
/LEDs
/LED 6]
LED7.1
[Device Para
/LEDs
/LED 7]
LED7.2
[Device Para
/LEDs
/LED 7]
LED7.3
[Device Para
/LEDs
/LED 7]
126
www.eaton.com
IM02602005E
EMR-3000
Name
Description
Assignment Via
LED7.4
[Device Para
/LEDs
/LED 7]
LED7.5
[Device Para
/LEDs
/LED 7]
Acknow Sig 7
[Device Para
/LEDs
/LED 7]
www.eaton.com
127
EMR-3000
IM02602005E
Output 20 mA
Available Elements:
20 mA Output
The 4-20 mA output is located on pins 13, 14, and 15 of connector X2 located on the rear panel of the relay.
This output is configured by the User to represent the status of User programmed parameters that are available
from the relay. The User will find the configuration menu for this feature under the Device Para, 20mA Output
menu option. Here the User can define to which parameter the 4-20 mA. output will correlate. As with any
parameter, a password is required to configure this feature.
To program this feature, the User will select the 20 mA Output option under the main menu item Device PARA.
Then select the wrench icon which will allow the assignment of the output to a parameter monitored by the relay.
One of the following parameters may be selected:
Once the assignment has been made, the User can select the expected range of the parameter that will
correlate to the 4-20 mA output. The User will be required to enter a Range min, and Range max. The
Range min will determine the value at which 4 mA will be transmitted by the relay. Likewise, the Range max
value will determine the value that will result in the transmission of a 20 mA output.
128
www.eaton.com
IM02602005E
EMR-3000
Description
Setting Range
Default
Menu Path
Assignment
Assignment
-,
[Device Para
I3PFla avg,
/20mA Output]
www.eaton.com
129
IM02602005E
EMR-3000
Parameter
Description
Setting Range
Default
Menu Path
Range min
Adjustable range
minimum
0 - 200
[Device Para
___________
__
Range max
Adjustable range
maximum
/20mA Output]
0 - 200
___________
__
130
200
[Device Para
/20mA Output]
www.eaton.com
IM02602005E
EMR-3000
Similarly, data at the time of start can be viewed in the Quality Manager software. Here, the User can view the
RMS value of the phase currents, thermal capacity used, and temperatures measured by the URTD module if a
URTD is installed and attached to the relay.
The start recorder data is downloaded from the device when the User has selected the Start Rec feature. To
navigate to this feature, the User must go to the Operations / Recorders menu. Here the User will find the Start
Rec menu item. By selecting Start Rec, the Start Recorder Window will appear. To access data that has
been stored in the device using PowerPort E, the User must select the Receive Start Recorder button in the
upper left hand corner of the Start Rec window. When selected, the PowerPort-E software will retrieve the
stored records from the device.
A summary of the Start Recorder data can be retrieved by selecting the Receive Summary Data button in the
upper left hand corner of the Start Rec window. A list of all currently available Start Records is viewable by
selecting the Refresh Start Recorder button on the start recorder.
It is possible to delete individual recorders. First, select Receive Start Recorder, and then select the recorder
to be deleted by clicking on the record number, or record date followed by the selection of the Delete Start
Record button in the upper left hand corner of the Start Rec window.
To permanently remove all start records within a device's start recorder, select the Delete All Start Records
button also located in the upper left hand corner of the Start Rec window. This will remove all previously stored
start records within the device to which the User is presently connected.
When using PowerPort-E to view the Start Recorder data, the Start Recorder features can also be found by right
clicking anywhere within the Start Rec window.
Description
Setting Range
Default
Menu Path
Resolution
Resolution
(recording
frequency)
50ms,
50ms
[Device Para
100ms,
/Recorders
1s
/Start rec]
www.eaton.com
131
IM02602005E
EMR-3000
Description
Assignment Via
MotorStart
MotorRun
[]
Motor Speed2
[]
ITransit
[]
Description
Storing
Description
Setting Range
Default
Menu Path
Res StartRec
Inactive,
Inactive
[Operation
Active
/Reset
/Flags]
Res StatisticRec
Inactive,
Inactive
Active
[Operation
/Reset
/Flags]
Description
Default
Size
Menu Path
Number Of
RecordsCr
Number of saved
records
0 - 65535
[Operation
/Count and RevData
/Start rec]
Current Entry
Current entry
0 - 65535
[Operation
/Count and RevData
/Start rec]
132
www.eaton.com
IM02602005E
EMR-3000
Trend Recorder
Available Elements:
Trend Rec.
Functional Description
The Trend Data are data points stored by the Trend Recorder on the relay device over fixed intervals of time,
and can be downloaded from the device using PowerPort-E. The Trend Recorder is viewable using the Quality
Monitor software by selecting files saved by PowerPort-E with a file extension of .ErTr. The list of available
trend recorder data is viewable by selecting [Operation/ Recorders/Trend Recorders] on the front panel of the
relay.
Selecting the Receive Trend Recorder button will download date from the relay to the User's PC. By selecting
the Refresh Trend Recorder, PowerPort E updates the list of the Trend Recorder. The Delete Trend
Recorder function will clear all trend data from the relay, leaving the data files on the User's PC.
To view data using the Quality Manager, first the User must open the desired .ErTr file to be viewed from a
folder location previously designated by the User. Once the .ErTr file is open, the User will see the Analog
Channels that are monitored by the Trend Recorder. By clicking on the Analog Channels, all monitored
parameters are listed. To view a channel, the User must click on the left mouse key, then drag and drop the
channel onto the right side of the Quality Manager screen. The channel is then listed under the Displayed
Channels.
To remove a channel from view, the User must select the Trend Data to be removed in the Displayed
Channels tree menu, then click on the right mouse button to bring up the a menu options. Here, the User will
find the Remove menu option that when selected, will remove the trend data.
Description
Setting Range
Default
Menu Path
Resolution
Resolution
(recording
frequency)
60 min,
15 min
[Device Para
30 min,
/Recorders
15 min,
/Trend rec]
10 min,
5 min
www.eaton.com
133
IM02602005E
EMR-3000
Parameter
Description
Setting Range
Default
Menu Path
Observed Value1
Observed Value 1
-,
IA RMS,
IA max RMS,
IA avg RMS,
IA min RMS,
IB RMS,
IB max RMS,
IB avg RMS,
IB min RMS,
IC RMS,
IC max RMS,
IC avg RMS,
IC min RMS,
I0 Fund.,
I1 Fund.,
I2 Fund.,
%(I2/I1),
%(I2/I1) max,
IA FLA,
I2T Used,
Hottest WD,
Hottest MB ,
Hottest LB ,
WD1,
WD1 max,
WD2,
WD2 max,
WD3,
WD3 max,
WD4,
WD4 max,
WD5,
WD5 max,
WD6,
WD6 max,
MB1,
MB1 max,
MB2,
MB2 max,
LB1,
LB1 max,
LB2,
LB2 max,
Aux,
Aux max,
RTD Max
IA RMS
[Device Para
/Recorders
/Trend rec]
134
www.eaton.com
IM02602005E
EMR-3000
Parameter
Description
Setting Range
Default
Menu Path
Observed Value2
Observed Value 2
-,
IA RMS,
IA max RMS,
IA avg RMS,
IA min RMS,
IB RMS,
IB max RMS,
IB avg RMS,
IB min RMS,
IC RMS,
IC max RMS,
IC avg RMS,
IC min RMS,
I0 Fund.,
I1 Fund.,
I2 Fund.,
%(I2/I1),
%(I2/I1) max,
IA FLA,
I2T Used,
Hottest WD,
Hottest MB ,
Hottest LB ,
WD1,
WD1 max,
WD2,
WD2 max,
WD3,
WD3 max,
WD4,
WD4 max,
WD5,
WD5 max,
WD6,
WD6 max,
MB1,
MB1 max,
MB2,
MB2 max,
LB1,
LB1 max,
LB2,
LB2 max,
Aux,
Aux max,
RTD Max
IB RMS
[Device Para
/Recorders
/Trend rec]
www.eaton.com
135
IM02602005E
EMR-3000
Parameter
Description
Setting Range
Default
Menu Path
Observed Value3
Observed Value 3
-,
IA RMS,
IA max RMS,
IA avg RMS,
IA min RMS,
IB RMS,
IB max RMS,
IB avg RMS,
IB min RMS,
IC RMS,
IC max RMS,
IC avg RMS,
IC min RMS,
I0 Fund.,
I1 Fund.,
I2 Fund.,
%(I2/I1),
%(I2/I1) max,
IA FLA,
I2T Used,
Hottest WD,
Hottest MB ,
Hottest LB ,
WD1,
WD1 max,
WD2,
WD2 max,
WD3,
WD3 max,
WD4,
WD4 max,
WD5,
WD5 max,
WD6,
WD6 max,
MB1,
MB1 max,
MB2,
MB2 max,
LB1,
LB1 max,
LB2,
LB2 max,
Aux,
Aux max,
RTD Max
IC RMS
[Device Para
/Recorders
/Trend rec]
136
www.eaton.com
IM02602005E
EMR-3000
Parameter
Description
Setting Range
Default
Menu Path
Observed Value4
Observed Value 4
-,
IA RMS,
IA max RMS,
IA avg RMS,
IA min RMS,
IB RMS,
IB max RMS,
IB avg RMS,
IB min RMS,
IC RMS,
IC max RMS,
IC avg RMS,
IC min RMS,
I0 Fund.,
I1 Fund.,
I2 Fund.,
%(I2/I1),
%(I2/I1) max,
IA FLA,
I2T Used,
Hottest WD,
Hottest MB ,
Hottest LB ,
WD1,
WD1 max,
WD2,
WD2 max,
WD3,
WD3 max,
WD4,
WD4 max,
WD5,
WD5 max,
WD6,
WD6 max,
MB1,
MB1 max,
MB2,
MB2 max,
LB1,
LB1 max,
LB2,
LB2 max,
Aux,
Aux max,
RTD Max
IA FLA
[Device Para
/Recorders
/Trend rec]
www.eaton.com
137
IM02602005E
EMR-3000
Parameter
Description
Setting Range
Default
Menu Path
Observed Value5
Observed Value 5
-,
%(I2/I1)
[Device Para
/Recorders
/Trend rec]
IA RMS,
IA max RMS,
IA avg RMS,
IA min RMS,
IB RMS,
IB max RMS,
IB avg RMS,
IB min RMS,
IC RMS,
IC max RMS,
IC avg RMS,
IC min RMS,
I0 Fund.,
I1 Fund.,
I2 Fund.,
%(I2/I1),
%(I2/I1) max,
IA FLA,
I2T Used,
Hottest WD,
Hottest MB ,
Hottest LB ,
WD1,
WD1 max,
WD2,
WD2 max,
WD3,
WD3 max,
WD4,
WD4 max,
WD5,
WD5 max,
WD6,
WD6 max,
MB1,
MB1 max,
MB2,
MB2 max,
LB1,
LB1 max,
LB2,
LB2 max,
Aux,
Aux max,
RTD Max
138
www.eaton.com
IM02602005E
EMR-3000
Parameter
Description
Setting Range
Default
Menu Path
Observed Value6
Observed Value 6
-,
IA RMS,
IA max RMS,
IA avg RMS,
IA min RMS,
IB RMS,
IB max RMS,
IB avg RMS,
IB min RMS,
IC RMS,
IC max RMS,
IC avg RMS,
IC min RMS,
I0 Fund.,
I1 Fund.,
I2 Fund.,
%(I2/I1),
%(I2/I1) max,
IA FLA,
I2T Used,
Hottest WD,
Hottest MB ,
Hottest LB ,
WD1,
WD1 max,
WD2,
WD2 max,
WD3,
WD3 max,
WD4,
WD4 max,
WD5,
WD5 max,
WD6,
WD6 max,
MB1,
MB1 max,
MB2,
MB2 max,
LB1,
LB1 max,
LB2,
LB2 max,
Aux,
Aux max,
RTD Max
I2T Used
[Device Para
/Recorders
/Trend rec]
www.eaton.com
139
IM02602005E
EMR-3000
Parameter
Description
Setting Range
Default
Menu Path
Observed Value7
Observed Value 7
,
IA RMS,
IA max RMS,
IA avg RMS,
IA min RMS,
IB RMS,
IB max RMS,
IB avg RMS,
IB min RMS,
IC RMS,
IC max RMS,
IC avg RMS,
IC min RMS,
I0 Fund.,
I1 Fund.,
I2 Fund.,
%(I2/I1),
%(I2/I1) max,
IA FLA,
I2T Used,
Hottest WD,
Hottest MB ,
Hottest LB ,
WD1,
WD1 max,
WD2,
WD2 max,
WD3,
WD3 max,
WD4,
WD4 max,
WD5,
WD5 max,
WD6,
WD6 max,
MB1,
MB1 max,
MB2,
MB2 max,
LB1,
LB1 max,
LB2,
LB2 max,
Aux,
Aux max,
RTD Max
Hottest WD
[Device Para
/Recorders
/Trend rec]
140
www.eaton.com
IM02602005E
EMR-3000
Parameter
Description
Setting Range
Default
Menu Path
Observed Value8
Observed Value 8
-,
IA RMS,
IA max RMS,
IA avg RMS,
IA min RMS,
IB RMS,
IB max RMS,
IB avg RMS,
IB min RMS,
IC RMS,
IC max RMS,
IC avg RMS,
IC min RMS,
I0 Fund.,
I1 Fund.,
I2 Fund.,
%(I2/I1),
%(I2/I1) max,
IA FLA,
I2T Used,
Hottest WD,
Hottest MB ,
Hottest LB ,
WD1,
WD1 max,
WD2,
WD2 max,
WD3,
WD3 max,
WD4,
WD4 max,
WD5,
WD5 max,
WD6,
WD6 max,
MB1,
MB1 max,
MB2,
MB2 max,
LB1,
LB1 max,
LB2,
LB2 max,
Aux,
Aux max,
RTD Max
Hottest MB
[Device Para
/Recorders
/Trend rec]
www.eaton.com
141
IM02602005E
EMR-3000
Parameter
Description
Setting Range
Default
Menu Path
Observed Value9
Observed Value 9
-,
A RMS,
IA max RMS,
IA avg RMS,
IA min RMS,
IB RMS,
IB max RMS,
IB avg RMS,
IB min RMS,
IC RMS,
IC max RMS,
IC avg RMS,
IC min RMS,
I0 Fund.,
I1 Fund.,
I2 Fund.,
%(I2/I1),
%(I2/I1) max,
IA FLA,
I2T Used,
Hottest WD,
Hottest MB ,
Hottest LB ,
WD1,
WD1 max,
WD2,
WD2 max,
WD3,
WD3 max,
WD4,
WD4 max,
WD5,
WD5 max,
WD6,
WD6 max,
MB1,
MB1 max,
MB2,
MB2 max,
LB1,
LB1 max,
LB2,
LB2 max,
Aux,
Aux max,
RTD Max
Hottest LB
[Device Para
/Recorders
/Trend rec]
142
www.eaton.com
IM02602005E
EMR-3000
Parameter
Description
Setting Range
Default
Menu Path
Observed Value10
Observed Value 10
-,
IA RMS,
IA max RMS,
IA avg RMS,
IA min RMS,
IB RMS,
IB max RMS,
IB avg RMS,
IB min RMS,
IC RMS,
IC max RMS,
IC avg RMS,
IC min RMS,
I0 Fund.,
I1 Fund.,
I2 Fund.,
%(I2/I1),
%(I2/I1) max,
IA FLA,
I2T Used,
Hottest WD,
Hottest MB ,
Hottest LB ,
WD1,
WD1 max,
WD2,
WD2 max,
WD3,
WD3 max,
WD4,
WD4 max,
WD5,
WD5 max,
WD6,
WD6 max,
MB1,
MB1 max,
MB2,
MB2 max,
LB1,
LB1 max,
LB2,
LB2 max,
Aux,
Aux max,
RTD Max
Aux
[Device Para
/Recorders
/Trend rec]
Description
Hand Reset
Hand Reset
www.eaton.com
143
IM02602005E
EMR-3000
Description
Setting Range
Default
Menu Path
Reset
Inactive,
Inactive
[Operation
Active
/Reset
/Flags]
144
www.eaton.com
EMR-3000
IM02602005E
Each individual Alarm Function will have a threshold setting range, and can be individually enabled or
disabled. Since the temperature cannot change instantaneously (which is a way that temperature differs
from current), the delay is essentially built in to the function due to the fact that the temperature will
take some time to increase from room temperature to the trip threshold level.
www.eaton.com
145
146
Active
Inactive
RTD.Trip Function
www.eaton.com
Superv
RTD Temperature
Active
Inactive
RTD.Alarm Function
RTD Temperature
OR
RTD.Alarm
RTD.Trip
W1-A, W1-B, W1-C, W2-A, W2-B,W2-C, Amb1, Amb2, Aux1, Aux2, Aux3
RTD
AND
AND
t-Delay
AND
AND
15
14
RTD.Invalid
RTD.Alarm
RTD.Timeout Alarm
RTD.TripCmd
EMR-3000
IM02602005E
IM02602005E
EMR-3000
Description
Options
Default
Menu Path
Mode
Mode
Do not use,
Use
[Device Planning]
Use
Description
Setting Range
Default
ExBlo1
External blocking of
the module, if
blocking is activated
(allowed) within a
parameter set and if
the state of the
assigned signal is
true.
Menu Path
[Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/Temp-Prot
/RTD]
ExBlo2
External blocking of
the module, if
blocking is activated
(allowed) within a
parameter set and if
the state of the
assigned signal is
true.
[Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/Temp-Prot
/RTD]
ExBlo TripCmd
[Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/Temp-Prot
/RTD]
Developer only: wd
[Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/Temp-Prot
/RTD]
www.eaton.com
147
IM02602005E
EMR-3000
Parameter
Description
Setting Range
Developer only: mb
Default
Menu Path
[Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/Temp-Prot
/RTD]
Developer only: lb
10
[Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/Temp-Prot
/RTD]
Description
Setting Range
Function
Default
Menu Path
Inactive
[Protection Para
/<n>
/Temp-Prot
/RTD
/General Settings]
ExBlo Fc
148
Activate (allow) or
Inactive,
inactivate (disallow)
blocking of the
module/element.
Active
This parameter is
only effective if a
signal is assigned to
the corresponding
global protection
parameter. If the
signal becomes true,
those
modules/elements
are blocked that are
configured "ExBlo
Fc=active".
www.eaton.com
Inactive
[Protection Para
/<n>
/Temp-Prot
/RTD
/General Settings]
IM02602005E
EMR-3000
Parameter
Description
Setting Range
Default
Menu Path
Blo TripCmd
Permanent blocking
of the Trip
Command of the
module/element.
Inactive,
Inactive
[Protection Para
Active
/<n>
/Temp-Prot
/RTD
/General Settings]
ExBlo TripCmd Fc
WD 1 Alarm
Function
Activate (allow) or
Inactive,
inactivate (disallow)
blocking of the
module/element.
Active
This parameter is
only effective if a
signal is assigned to
the corresponding
global protection
parameter. If the
signal becomes true,
those
modules/elements
are blocked that are
configured "ExBlo
TripCmd Fc=active".
Inactive
Winding 1 Alarm
Function.
Active
Inactive,
[Protection Para
/<n>
/Temp-Prot
/RTD
/General Settings]
Active
[Protection Para
/<n>
/Temp-Prot
/RTD
/WD 1]
WD 1 Trip Function
Winding 1 Trip
Function.
Inactive,
Active
Active
[Protection Para
/<n>
/Temp-Prot
/RTD
/WD 1]
www.eaton.com
149
IM02602005E
EMR-3000
Parameter
Description
Setting Range
WD 1 Alarm
Default
Menu Path
105C [221F]
[Protection Para
/<n>
/Temp-Prot
/RTD
/WD 1]
WD 1 t-Delay
1 min
[Protection Para
/<n>
/Temp-Prot
/RTD
/WD 1]
WD 1 Trip
110C [230F]
[Protection Para
/<n>
/Temp-Prot
/RTD
/WD 1]
WD 2 Alarm
Function
Winding 2 Alarm
Function.
Inactive,
Active
Active
[Protection Para
/<n>
/Temp-Prot
/RTD
/WD 2]
150
www.eaton.com
IM02602005E
EMR-3000
Parameter
Description
Setting Range
Default
Menu Path
WD 2 Trip Function
Winding 2 Trip
Function.
Inactive,
Active
[Protection Para
Active
/<n>
/Temp-Prot
/RTD
/WD 2]
WD 2 Alarm
105C [221F]
[Protection Para
/<n>
/Temp-Prot
/RTD
/WD 2]
WD 2 t-Delay
1 min
[Protection Para
/<n>
/Temp-Prot
/RTD
/WD 2]
WD 2 Trip
110C [230F]
[Protection Para
/<n>
/Temp-Prot
/RTD
/WD 2]
www.eaton.com
151
IM02602005E
EMR-3000
Parameter
Description
Setting Range
Default
Menu Path
WD 3 Alarm
Function
Winding 3 Alarm
Function.
Inactive,
Active
[Protection Para
Active
/<n>
/Temp-Prot
/RTD
/WD 3]
WD 3 Trip Function
Winding 3 Trip
Function.
Inactive,
Active
Active
[Protection Para
/<n>
/Temp-Prot
/RTD
/WD 3]
WD 3 Alarm
105C [221F]
[Protection Para
/<n>
/Temp-Prot
/RTD
/WD 3]
WD 3 t-Delay
1 min
[Protection Para
/<n>
/Temp-Prot
/RTD
/WD 3]
152
www.eaton.com
IM02602005E
EMR-3000
Parameter
Description
Setting Range
WD 3 Trip
Default
Menu Path
110C [230F]
[Protection Para
/<n>
/Temp-Prot
/RTD
/WD 3]
WD 4 Alarm
Function
Winding 4 Alarm
Function.
Inactive,
Active
Active
[Protection Para
/<n>
/Temp-Prot
/RTD
/WD 4]
WD 4 Trip Function
Winding 4 Trip
Function.
Inactive,
Active
Active
[Protection Para
/<n>
/Temp-Prot
/RTD
/WD 4]
WD 4 Alarm
105C [221F]
[Protection Para
/<n>
/Temp-Prot
/RTD
/WD 4]
www.eaton.com
153
IM02602005E
EMR-3000
Parameter
Description
Setting Range
WD 4 t-Delay
Default
Menu Path
1 min
[Protection Para
/<n>
/Temp-Prot
/RTD
/WD 4]
WD 4 Trip
110C [230F]
[Protection Para
/<n>
/Temp-Prot
/RTD
/WD 4]
WD 5 Alarm
Function
Winding 5 Alarm
Function.
Inactive,
Active
Active
[Protection Para
/<n>
/Temp-Prot
/RTD
/WD 5]
WD 5 Trip Function
Winding 5 Trip
Function.
Inactive,
Active
Active
[Protection Para
/<n>
/Temp-Prot
/RTD
/WD 5]
154
www.eaton.com
IM02602005E
EMR-3000
Parameter
Description
Setting Range
WD 5 Alarm
Default
Menu Path
105C [221F]
[Protection Para
/<n>
/Temp-Prot
/RTD
/WD 5]
WD 5 t-Delay
1 min
[Protection Para
/<n>
/Temp-Prot
/RTD
/WD 5]
WD 5 Trip
110C [230F]
[Protection Para
/<n>
/Temp-Prot
/RTD
/WD 5]
WD 6 Alarm
Function
Winding 6 Alarm
Function.
Inactive,
Active
Active
[Protection Para
/<n>
/Temp-Prot
/RTD
/WD 6]
www.eaton.com
155
IM02602005E
EMR-3000
Parameter
Description
Setting Range
Default
Menu Path
WD 6 Trip Function
Winding 6 Trip
Function.
Inactive,
Active
[Protection Para
Active
/<n>
/Temp-Prot
/RTD
/WD 6]
WD 6 Alarm
105C [221F]
[Protection Para
/<n>
/Temp-Prot
/RTD
/WD 6]
WD 6 t-Delay
1 min
[Protection Para
/<n>
/Temp-Prot
/RTD
/WD 6]
WD 6 Trip
110C [230F]
[Protection Para
/<n>
/Temp-Prot
/RTD
/WD 6]
156
www.eaton.com
IM02602005E
EMR-3000
Parameter
Description
Setting Range
Default
Menu Path
Inactive,
Active
[Protection Para
Active
/<n>
/Temp-Prot
/RTD
/MB 1]
MB 1 Trip Function
Active
Active
[Protection Para
/<n>
/Temp-Prot
/RTD
/MB 1]
MB 1 Alarm
Motor Bearing 1
Threshold for
Temperature Alarm.
105C [221F]
[Protection Para
/<n>
/Temp-Prot
/RTD
/MB 1]
MB 1 t-Delay
Motor Bearing 1 If
0 360 min
this time is expired a
Temperature Alarm
will be generated.
Only available if:
Device Planning:
Alarm Function =
Use.
1 min
[Protection Para
/<n>
/Temp-Prot
/RTD
/MB 1]
www.eaton.com
157
IM02602005E
EMR-3000
Parameter
Description
Setting Range
Default
Menu Path
MB 1 Trip
Motor Bearing 1
Threshold for
Temperature Trip.
110C [230F]
[Protection Para
/<n>
/Temp-Prot
/RTD
/MB 1]
Inactive,
Active
Active
[Protection Para
/<n>
/Temp-Prot
/RTD
/MB 2]
MB 2 Trip Function
Active
Active
[Protection Para
/<n>
/Temp-Prot
/RTD
/MB 2]
MB 2 Alarm
Motor Bearing 2
Threshold for
Temperature Alarm.
105C [221F]
[Protection Para
/<n>
/Temp-Prot
/RTD
/MB 2]
158
www.eaton.com
IM02602005E
EMR-3000
Parameter
Description
Setting Range
MB 2 t-Delay
Motor Bearing 2 If
0 - 360 min
this time is expired a
Temperature Alarm
will be generated.
Default
Menu Path
1 min
[Protection Para
/<n>
/Temp-Prot
/RTD
/MB 2]
MB 2 Trip
Motor Bearing 2
Threshold for
Temperature Trip.
110C [230F]
[Protection Para
/<n>
/Temp-Prot
/RTD
/MB 2]
Inactive,
Active
Active
[Protection Para
/<n>
/Temp-Prot
/RTD
/LB 1]
LB 1 Trip Function
Inactive,
Active
Active
[Protection Para
/<n>
/Temp-Prot
/RTD
/LB 1]
www.eaton.com
159
IM02602005E
EMR-3000
Parameter
Description
Setting Range
Default
Menu Path
LB 1 Alarm
Load Bearing 1
Threshold for
Temperature Alarm.
105C [221F]
[Protection Para
/<n>
/Temp-Prot
/RTD
/LB 1]
LB 1 t-Delay
Load Bearing 1 If
0 - 360 min
this time is expired a
Temperature Alarm
will be generated.
1 min
[Protection Para
/<n>
/Temp-Prot
/RTD
/LB 1]
LB 1 Trip
Load Bearing 1
Threshold for
Temperature Trip.
110C [230F]
[Protection Para
/<n>
/Temp-Prot
/RTD
/LB 1]
Inactive,
Active
Active
[Protection Para
/<n>
/Temp-Prot
/RTD
/LB 2]
160
www.eaton.com
IM02602005E
EMR-3000
Parameter
Description
Setting Range
Default
Menu Path
LB 2 LB
Inactive,
Active
[Protection Para
Active
/<n>
/Temp-Prot
/RTD
/LB 2]
LB 2 Alarm
Load Bearing 2
Threshold for
Temperature Alarm.
105C [221F]
[Protection Para
/<n>
/Temp-Prot
/RTD
/LB 2]
LB 2 t-Delay
Load Bearing 2 If
0 - 360 min
this time is expired a
Temperature Alarm
will be generated.
1 min
[Protection Para
/<n>
/Temp-Prot
/RTD
/LB 2]
LB 2 Trip
Load Bearing 2
Threshold for
Temperature Trip.
110C [230F]
[Protection Para
/<n>
/Temp-Prot
/RTD
/LB 2]
www.eaton.com
161
IM02602005E
EMR-3000
Parameter
Description
Setting Range
Default
Menu Path
Auxiliary Alarm
Function.
Inactive,
Active
[Protection Para
Active
/<n>
/Temp-Prot
/RTD
/Aux]
Auxiliary Trip
Function.
Inactive,
Active
Active
[Protection Para
/<n>
/Temp-Prot
/RTD
/Aux]
Aux Alarm
Auxiliary Threshold
for Temperature
Alarm.
105C [221F]
[Protection Para
/<n>
/Temp-Prot
/RTD
/Aux]
Aux t-Delay
0 - 360 min
1.min
[Protection Para
/<n>
/Temp-Prot
/RTD
/Aux]
162
www.eaton.com
IM02602005E
EMR-3000
Parameter
Description
Setting Range
Default
Menu Path
Aux Trip
Auxiliary Threshold
for Temperature
Trip.
110C [230F]
[Protection Para
/<n>
/Temp-Prot
/RTD
/Aux]
WD Alarm Function
Winding Alarm
Function.
Inactive,
Inactive
Active
[Protection Para
/<n>
/Temp-Prot
/RTD
/WD]
WD Trip Function
Winding Trip
Function.
Inactive,
Inactive
Active
[Protection Para
/<n>
/Temp-Prot
/RTD
/WD]
WD Alarm
Winding Threshold
for Temperature
Alarm.
80C [176F]
[Protection Para
/<n>
/Temp-Prot
/RTD
/WD]
www.eaton.com
163
IM02602005E
EMR-3000
Parameter
Description
Setting Range
Default
Menu Path
WD t-Delay
0 - 360 min
1 min
[Protection Para
/<n>
/Temp-Prot
/RTD
/WD]
WD Trip
Winding Threshold
for Temperature
Trip.
100C [212F]
[Protection Para
/<n>
/Temp-Prot
/RTD
/WD]
MB Alarm Function
Inactive
Active
[Protection Para
/<n>
/Temp-Prot
/RTD
/MB]
MB Trip Function
Inactive,
Active
Inactive
[Protection Para
/<n>
/Temp-Prot
/RTD
/MB]
164
www.eaton.com
IM02602005E
EMR-3000
Parameter
Description
Setting Range
Default
Menu Path
MB Alarm
Motor Bearing
Threshold for
Temperature Alarm.
80C [176F]
[Protection Para
/<n>
/Temp-Prot
/RTD
/MB]
MB t-Delay
0 - 360 min
1 min
[Protection Para
/<n>
/Temp-Prot
/RTD
/MB]
MB Trip
Motor Bearing
Threshold for
Temperature Trip.
100C [212F]
[Protection Para
/<n>
/Temp-Prot
/RTD
/MB]
LB Alarm Function
Inactive,
Active
Inactive
[Protection Para
/<n>
/Temp-Prot
/RTD
/LB]
www.eaton.com
165
IM02602005E
EMR-3000
Parameter
Description
Setting Range
Default
Menu Path
LB Trip Function
Inactive,
Inactive
[Protection Para
Active
/<n>
/Temp-Prot
/RTD
/LB]
LB Alarm
Load Bearing
Threshold for
Temperature Alarm.
80C [176F]
[Protection Para
/<n>
/Temp-Prot
/RTD
/LB]
0 - 360 min
1 min
[Protection Para
/<n>
/Temp-Prot
/RTD
/LB]
LB Trip
Load Bearing
Threshold for
Temperature Trip.
100C [212F]
[Protection Para
/<n>
/Temp-Prot
/RTD
/LB]
166
www.eaton.com
IM02602005E
EMR-3000
Parameter
Description
Setting Range
Function
Default
Menu Path
Inactive
[Protection Para
/<n>
/Temp-Prot
/RTD
/Voting1]
Voting 1 any
This parameter
1 - 11
defines how many of
the selected
channels must be
over its threshold
level for getting a
voting trip.
[Protection Para
/<n>
/Temp-Prot
/RTD
/Voting1]
WD 1
Winding 1.
No,
No
Yes
[Protection Para
/<n>
/Temp-Prot
/RTD
/Voting1]
WD 2
Winding 2.
No,
No
Yes
[Protection Para
/<n>
/Temp-Prot
/RTD
/Voting1]
www.eaton.com
167
IM02602005E
EMR-3000
Parameter
Description
Setting Range
Default
Menu Path
WD 3
Winding 3.
No,
No
[Protection Para
Yes
/<n>
/Temp-Prot
/RTD
/Voting1]
WD 4
Winding 4.
No,
No
Yes
[Protection Para
/<n>
/Temp-Prot
/RTD
/Voting1]
WD 5
Winding 5.
No,
No
Yes
[Protection Para
/<n>
/Temp-Prot
/RTD
/Voting1]
WD 6
Winding 6.
No,
No
Yes
[Protection Para
/<n>
/Temp-Prot
/RTD
/Voting1]
168
www.eaton.com
IM02602005E
EMR-3000
Parameter
Description
Setting Range
Default
Menu Path
MB 1
Motor Bearing 1.
No,
No
[Protection Para
Yes
/<n>
/Temp-Prot
/RTD
/Voting1]
MB 2
Motor Bearing 2.
No,
No
Yes
[Protection Para
/<n>
/Temp-Prot
/RTD
/Voting1]
LB 1
Load Bearing 1.
No,
No
Yes
[Protection Para
/<n>
/Temp-Prot
/RTD
/Voting1]
LB 2
Load Bearing 2.
No,
No
Yes
[Protection Para
/<n>
/Temp-Prot
/RTD
/Voting1]
www.eaton.com
169
IM02602005E
EMR-3000
Parameter
Description
Setting Range
Default
Menu Path
Aux
Auxiliary.
No,
No
[Protection Para
Yes
/<n>
/Temp-Prot
/RTD
/Voting1]
Function
Inactive
[Protection Para
/<n>
/Temp-Prot
/RTD
/Voting2]
Voting 2 any
This parameter
1 - 11
defined, how many
channels must be
over the its threshold
level for getting a
voting trip.
[Protection Para
/<n>
/Temp-Prot
/RTD
/Voting2]
WD 1
Winding 1.
No,
No
Yes
[Protection Para
/<n>
/Temp-Prot
/RTD
/Voting2]
170
www.eaton.com
IM02602005E
EMR-3000
Parameter
Description
Setting Range
Default
Menu Path
WD 2
Winding 2.
No,
No
[Protection Para
Yes
/<n>
/Temp-Prot
/RTD
/Voting2]
WD 3
Winding 3.
No,
No
Yes
[Protection Para
/<n>
/Temp-Prot
/RTD
/Voting2]
WD 4
Winding 4.
No,
No
Yes
[Protection Para
/<n>
/Temp-Prot
/RTD
/Voting2]
WD 5
Winding 5.
No,
No
Yes
[Protection Para
/<n>
/Temp-Prot
/RTD
/Voting2]
www.eaton.com
171
IM02602005E
EMR-3000
Parameter
Description
Setting Range
Default
Menu Path
WD 6
Winding 6.
No,
No
[Protection Para
Yes
/<n>
/Temp-Prot
/RTD
/Voting2]
MB 1
Motor Bearing 1.
No,
No
Yes
[Protection Para
/<n>
/Temp-Prot
/RTD
/Voting2]
MB 2
Motor Bearing 2.
No,
No
Yes
[Protection Para
/<n>
/Temp-Prot
/RTD
/Voting2]
LB 1
Load Bearing 1.
No,
No
Yes
[Protection Para
/<n>
/Temp-Prot
/RTD
/Voting2]
172
www.eaton.com
IM02602005E
EMR-3000
Parameter
Description
Setting Range
Default
Menu Path
LB 2
Load Bearing 2.
No,
No
[Protection Para
Yes
/<n>
/Temp-Prot
/RTD
/Voting2]
Aux
Auxiliary.
No,
No
[Protection Para
Yes
/<n>
/Temp-Prot
/RTD
/Voting2]
Description
Assignment Via
ExBlo1-I
[Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/Temp-Prot
/RTD]
ExBlo2-I
[Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/Temp-Prot
/RTD]
www.eaton.com
173
IM02602005E
EMR-3000
Name
Description
Assignment Via
ExBlo TripCmd-I
[Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/Temp-Prot
/RTD]
Description
Active
Signal: Active
ExBlo
Blo TripCmd
ExBlo TripCmd
Alarm
Trip
Signal: Trip
TripCmd
WD 1 Trip
WD 1 Alarm
WD 1 Timeout Alarm
WD 1 Invalid
WD 2 Trip
WD 2 Alarm
WD 2 Timeout Alarm
WD 2 Invalid
WD 3 Trip
WD 3 Alarm
WD 3 Timeout Alarm
WD 3 Invalid
WD 4 Trip
WD 4 Alarm
WD 4 Timeout Alarm
WD 4 Invalid
WD 5 Trip
174
www.eaton.com
IM02602005E
EMR-3000
Name
Description
WD 5 Alarm
WD 5 Timeout Alarm
WD 5 Invalid
WD 6 Trip
WD 6 Alarm
WD 6 Timeout Alarm
WD 6 Invalid
MB 1 Trip
MB 1 Alarm
MB 1 Timeout Alarm
MB 1 Invalid
MB 2 Trip
MB 2 Alarm
MB 2 Timeout Alarm
MB 2 Invalid
LB 1 Trip
LB 1 Alarm
LB 1 Timeout Alarm
LB 1 Invalid
LB 2 Trip
LB 2 Alarm
LB 2 Timeout Alarm
LB 2 Invalid
Aux Trip
Aux Alarm
Aux Invalid
Trip all WD
Alarm all WD
www.eaton.com
175
IM02602005E
EMR-3000
Name
Description
WD Invalid
Trip all MB
Alarm all MB
MB Invalid
Trip all LB
Alarm all LB
LB Invalid
TimeoutAlmAnyGrp
Timeout Alarm
Description
Default
HighestWdTemp
Highest motor
0C [32F]
winding temperature
in degrees.
Resettable with "Sys
Res OperationsCr"
or "All".
Size
Menu Path
[Operation
/History
/Operations]
HighestMbTemp
Highest motor
0C [32F]
bearing temperature
in degrees.
Resettable with "Sys
Res OperationsCr"
or "All".
[Operation
/History
/Operations]
HighestLbTemp
[Operation
/History
/Operations]
176
www.eaton.com
IM02602005E
EMR-3000
Value
Description
Default
nWdAlarms
Number of winding
0
temperature alarms
since last reset.
Resettable with "Sys
Res Alarm" or "All".
Size
Menu Path
0 65,535
[Operation
/History
/Alarm Counter]
nMbAlarms
Number of motor
0
bearing temperature
alarms since last
reset. Resettable
with "Sys Res Alarm"
or "All".
0 65,535
[Operation
/History
/Alarm Counter]
nLbAlarms
Number of load
0
bearing temperature
alarms since last
reset. Resettable
with "Sys Res Alarm"
or "All".
0 65,535
[Operation
/History
/Alarm Counter]
nAuxAlarms
Number of auxiliary 0
temperature alarms
since last reset.
Resettable with "Sys
Res Alarm" or "All".
0 65,535
[Operation
/History
/Alarm Counter]
nWdTrips
Number of winding
0
temperature trips
since last reset.
Resettable with "Sys
Res TripCr" or "All".
0 65,535
[Operation
/History
/Trip Counter]
nMbTrips
Number of motor
0
bearing temperature
trips since last reset.
Resettable with "Sys
Res TripCr" or "All".
0 65,535
[Operation
/History
/Trip Counter]
nLbTrips
Number of load
0
bearing temperature
trips since last reset.
Resettable with "Sys
Res TripCr" or "All".
0 65,535
[Operation
/History
/Trip Counter]
nAuxTrips
Number of auxiliary 0
temperature trips
since last reset.
Resettable with "Sys
Res TripCr" or "All".
0 65,535
[Operation
/History
/Trip Counter]
www.eaton.com
177
IM02602005E
EMR-3000
Value
Description
Default
Size
Menu Path
nChannelFails
Number of RTD
channel failures.
0 65,535
[Operation
/History
/Alarm Counter]
178
www.eaton.com
EMR-3000
IM02602005E
www.eaton.com
179
IM02602005E
EMR-3000
The previous figure shows the fiber optic connections between the URTD Module and the protective device.
The protective device supports the optical fiber connection. The following table lists the fiber optic order options.
Fiber Optic Order Options.
Cutler-Hammer Agilent Technologies
Length
Catalog Number
Number
3.3 ft (1 m)
MPFO-1
HBFR-ELS001 or HBFRRLS001
16.4 ft (5 m)
MPFO-5
HBFR-ELS005 or HBFRRLS005
32.8 ft (10 m)
MPFO-10
HBFR-ELS010 or HBFRRLS010
82.0 ft (25 m)
MPFO-25
HBFR-ELS025
164.0 ft (50 m)
MPFO-50
HBFR-ELS050
246.1 ft (75 m)
MPFO-75
HBFR-ELS075
249.3 ft (76 m)
MPFO-76
HBFR-ELS076
328.1 ft (100 m)
MPFO-100
HBFR-ELS100
393.7 ft (120 m)
MPFO-120
HBFR-ELS120
Uncut Fiber
HBFR-EUS (Length)
Note:
The optical fiber is the only method of transmitting temperature data from the URTD Module to the
protective device.
Preassembled plastic optical fibers with connectors can be ordered from Eaton Cutler-Hammer, or from any
distributor of Agilent Technologies optical fiber products. In addition, these same distributors offer long rolls of
cable with connectors that can be installed in the field. Some distributors will make custom lengths to order.
Force is 11 pounds (50 Newtons).
Surplus length of a pre-cut fiber does not cause a problems. Simply coil
and tie the excess fiber at a convenient point. Avoid high tie pressure.
Bending radius of the fiber should be greater than 2 in. (50.8 mm).
The fiber termination at the URTD simply snaps into or out of the connector. To connect the fiber termination at
the protective device, push the plug of the fiber optic onto the device interface then turn it until it snaps.
The protective device has various power supply options. If it is not
120 Vac, the power supply cannot be shared with the URTD Module. The
URTD communications common terminal 22 is at 120 Vac with respect to
the supply neutral.
180
www.eaton.com
IM02602005E
EMR-3000
URTD Connection
Name
Terminals
RTD1:
Alarm
Functional
Trip Functional
W1-A Alarm
W1-A t-Delay
W1-A Trip
MW1
2, 3
RTD2:
Alarm
Functional
Trip Functional
W1-B Alarm
W1-B t-Delay
W1-B Trip
MW2
5, 6
RTD3:
Alarm
Functional
Trip Functional
W1-C Alarm
W1-C t-Delay
W1-C Trip
MW3
8, 9
RTD4:
Alarm
Functional
Trip Functional
W2-A Alarm
W2-A t-Delay
W2-A Trip
MW4
11, 12
RTD5:
Alarm
Functional
Trip Functional
W2-B Alarm
W2-B t-Delay
W2-B Trip
MW5
14, 15
RTD6:
Alarm
Functional
Trip Functional
W2-C Alarm
W2-C t-Delay
W2-C Trip
MW6
18, 19
RTD7:
Alarm
Functional
Trip Functional
Amb1 Alarm
Amb1 t-Delay
Amb1 Trip
MB1
20, 21
www.eaton.com
Transformer Temperature
Monitoring Point
181
IM02602005E
EMR-3000
RTD Control
URTD Connection
Name
Terminals
Transformer Temperature
Monitoring Point
RTD8:
Alarm
Functional
Trip Functional
Amb2 Alarm
Amb2 t-Delay
Amb2 Trip
MB2
23, 24
RTD9:
Alarm
Functional
Trip Functional
Aux1 Alarm
Aux1 t-Delay
Aux1 Trip
LB1
26, 27
RTD10:
Alarm
Functional
Trip Functional
Aux2 Alarm
Aux2 t-Delay
Aux2 Trip
LB2
29, 30
RTD11:
Alarm
Functional
Trip Functional
Aux3 Alarm
Aux3 t-Delay
Aux3 Trip
AUX1
33, 34
Consult the URTD Module Instruction Leaflet (I.L. 17367D) for complete
instructions.
Three URTD terminals are provided for each RTD input.
The three terminals for any unused RTD input channel should be wired together. For example, if MW5 and
MW6 are unused, MW5 terminals 13, 14, and 15 should be wired together and MW6 terminals 17, 18, and 19
should be separately wired together.
182
www.eaton.com
IM02602005E
EMR-3000
See the figure above for wiring of RTDs to the URTD inputs. Use #18 AWG, three-conductor shielded cable.
Note the connection rules in the figure. When making connections to a two-lead RTD, connect two of the cable
conductors to one of the RTD leads as shown. Make this connection as close to the transformer as possible.
Connect the third cable conductor to the remaining RTD lead.
Connect the shield and drain wire, along with the one cable conductor, to the middle of the three RTD input
channel terminals as shown in the figure. The RTD cable shield should be connected only at the URTD end,
and insulated at the RTD end. The RTDs themselves must not be grounded at the object to be protected.
Remember to set the URTD module DIP switches according to the types of RTDs in each of the channels (see
I.L. 17367D).
Description
WD1 Superv
WD2 Superv
WD3 Superv
WD4 Superv
WD5 Superv
WD6 Superv
MB1 Superv
www.eaton.com
183
IM02602005E
EMR-3000
Name
Description
MB2 Superv
LB1 Superv
LB2 Superv
Aux Superv
Superv
active
Description
Menu Path
WD1 max
[Operation
/Statistics
/URTD]
WD1 avg
[Operation
/Statistics
/URTD]
WD1 min
[Operation
/Statistics
/URTD]
WD2 max
[Operation
/Statistics
/URTD]
WD2 avg
[Operation
/Statistics
/URTD]
WD2 min
[Operation
/Statistics
/URTD]
184
www.eaton.com
IM02602005E
EMR-3000
Value
Description
Menu Path
WD3 max
Winding3(blank_k)Maximum Value
[Operation
/Statistics
/URTD]
WD3 avg
[Operation
/Statistics
/URTD]
WD3 min
[Operation
/Statistics
/URTD]
WD4 max
[Operation
/Statistics
/URTD]
WD4 avg
[Operation
/Statistics
/URTD]
WD4 min
[Operation
/Statistics
/URTD]
WD5 max
[Operation
/Statistics
/URTD]
WD5 avg
[Operation
/Statistics
/URTD]
www.eaton.com
185
IM02602005E
EMR-3000
Value
Description
Menu Path
WD5 min
[Operation
/Statistics
/URTD]
WD6 max
[Operation
/Statistics
/URTD]
WD6 avg
[Operation
/Statistics
/URTD]
WD6 min
[Operation
/Statistics
/URTD]
MB1 max
[Operation
/Statistics
/URTD]
MB1 avg
[Operation
/Statistics
/URTD]
MB1 min
[Operation
/Statistics
/URTD]
MB2 max
[Operation
/Statistics
/URTD]
186
www.eaton.com
IM02602005E
EMR-3000
Value
Description
Menu Path
MB2 avg
[Operation
/Statistics
/URTD]
MB2 min
[Operation
/Statistics
/URTD]
LB1 max
[Operation
/Statistics
/URTD]
LB1 avg
[Operation
/Statistics
/URTD]
LB1 min
[Operation
/Statistics
/URTD]
LB2 max
[Operation
/Statistics
/URTD]
LB2 avg
[Operation
/Statistics
/URTD]
LB2 min
[Operation
/Statistics
/URTD]
www.eaton.com
187
IM02602005E
EMR-3000
Value
Description
Menu Path
Aux max
[Operation
/Statistics
/URTD]
Aux avg
[Operation
/Statistics
/URTD]
Aux min
[Operation
/Statistics
/URTD]
Description
Menu Path
WD1
Winding 1
[Operation
/Measured Values
/URTD]
WD2
Winding 2
[Operation
/Measured Values
/URTD]
WD3
Winding 3
[Operation
/Measured Values
/URTD]
WD4
Winding 4
[Operation
/Measured Values
/URTD]
188
www.eaton.com
IM02602005E
EMR-3000
Value
Description
Menu Path
WD5
Winding 5
[Operation
/Measured Values
/URTD]
WD6
Winding 6
[Operation
/Measured Values
/URTD]
MB1
Motor Bearing 1
[Operation
/Measured Values
/URTD]
MB2
Motor Bearing 2
[Operation
/Measured Values
/URTD]
LB1
Load Bearing 1
[Operation
/Measured Values
/URTD]
LB2
LB 2
[Operation
/Measured Values
/URTD]
Aux
Auxiliary
[Operation
/Measured Values
/URTD]
www.eaton.com
189
IM02602005E
EMR-3000
Front Panel
Programmable LEDs
LED System OK
Display
Protective
Device
5
Softkeys
INFO Key
ACK/RST-key
(Signals/Messages)
190
8
RS232 Interface
(PowerPort-E Connection)
www.eaton.com
10
OK-key
Control
IM02602005E
EMR-3000
Item Graphic
Name
Description
LEDs Group A
LED System
OK
Display
Softkeys
www.eaton.com
Navigation;
Parameter
decrement/increment;
191
IM02602005E
EMR-3000
Item Graphic
Name
Description
INFO Key
Looking through the present
(Signals/Message LED assignment. The Direct
s)
Select key can be activated at
any time. If the INFO key is
actuated again, the User will
leave the LED menu.
Here only the first
assignments of the LEDs will
be shown. Every three
seconds the SOFTKEYs
will be shown (flashing).
Displaying the Multiple
Assignments
If the INFO key is pressed,
only the first assignments of
any LED is shown. Every
three seconds the
SOFTKEYs will be shown
(flashing).
If there is more than one
signal assigned to an LED
(indicated by three dots), the
User can check the state of
the multiple assignments by
proceeding as follows.
In order to show all (multiple)
assignments, select an LED
by means of the
SOFTKEYs up and
down
Via the Softkey right, call
up a sub-menu of this LED
that gives the User detailed
information on the state of all
signals assigned to this LED.
An arrow symbol points to the
LED whose assignments are
currently displayed.
Via the SOFTKEYs up
and down, the User can call
up the next / previous LED.
In order to leave the LED
menu, press the SOFTKEY
left multiple times.
192
www.eaton.com
IM02602005E
EMR-3000
Item Graphic
Name
Description
RS232 Interface
(PowerPort-E
Connection)
OK Key
10
CTRL Key
www.eaton.com
193
EMR-3000
IM02602005E
Description
Via SOFTKEY Up, the User will be taken to the prior menu point/one parameter up by
scrolling upwards.
Via SOFTKEY Left, the User will be taken one step back.
Via SOFTKEY Down, the User will be taken to the next menu point/one parameter down
by scrolling downwards.
Via SOFTKEY Top of List, the User will be taken directly to the top of a list.
Via SOFTKEY Bottom of List, the User will be taken directly to the end of a list.
Via SOFTKEY +, the related digit will be incremented. (Continuous pressure -> fast).
Via SOFTKEY -, the related digit will be decremented. (Continuous pressure -> fast)
Via SOFTKEY Left, the User will be taken one digit to the left.
Via SOFTKEY Right, the User will be taken one digit to the right.
Via SOFTKEY Parameter Setting, the User will call up the parameter setting mode.
In order to return to the main menu, just keep pressing the Softkey Arrow-Left until you arrive at the Main
Menu.
194
www.eaton.com
EMR-3000
IM02602005E
Description
Numpad +
Numpad -
Home
End
Ctrl+O
Opens the file opening dialog. Browsing through the file system for an existing device
file.
Ctrl+N
Ctrl+S
F1
F2
F5
Ctrl+F5
Ctrl+Shift+T
Ctrl+F6
Page
Page
www.eaton.com
195
EMR-3000
IM02602005E
PowerPort-E
PowerPort-E is software that is used to configure a device and read data from a device. PowerPort-E provides
the following:
Installation of PowerPort-E
Port 52152 must not be blocked by a Firewall. If it is, the connection will be
blocked.
If the Windows Vista User Access Control pops up while installing
PowerPort-E, please Allow all installation requirements concerning
PowerPort-E.
System Requirements: Windows 2000, Windows XP, Windows Vista, or Windows 7).
To install PowerPort-E:
Select an installation path or confirm the standard installation path by mouse click on the Continue
button.
Confirm the entry for the suggested installation folder by mouse click on the Continue button.
If the suggested installation folder was chosen in the procedure above, the User can now call up the program via
[Start > Programs > Eaton Relays> PowerPort-E].
Uninstalling PowerPort-E
Via the [Start>System Control >Software] menu, the PowerPort-E application can be uninstalled from the computer.
196
www.eaton.com
EMR-3000
IM02602005E
Connect the PC/notebook with the device via a null modem cable.
When initially setting up the connection, a dialog window appears with the information that, so far, a
direct connection with your protection device has not been established. Click on Yes.
If, to this point, a location has not been set up on your PC, your location information has to be put in.
Confirm the pop-up window Telephone and Modem Options with OK.
The Windows network connection assistant appears after the location information is set up. Select the
connection type Establish direct connection to another computer.
Select the serial interface (COM-Port) where the device shall be connected.
Select To be used for all Users in the Availability of the connection window.
Do not change the connection name appearing in window Name of the connection and click the
button Complete.
Finally, you arrive again in the window Device Installation from where you started establishing the
connection. Confirm the adjustments by clicking the OK button.
www.eaton.com
197
EMR-3000
IM02602005E
If the PC/notebook does not have a serial interface, the User will need a
special USB-to-serial-adapter. If the USB-to-serial-adapter is correctly
installed, communication with the device can be established using the CD
provided (see the next section).
Setting Up/Configuring the Connection
Connect your PC/notebook with the device via a null modem cable.
When initially setting up the connection, a dialog window appears with the information that, so far, a
direct connection with your protection device has not been established. Click on Yes.
198
www.eaton.com
EMR-3000
IM02602005E
If, to this point, a location has not been set up on your PC, your location information has to be put in.
Confirm the following pop-up window Telephone and Modem Options by selecting OK.
The Windows network connection assistant appears after the location information is set up. Select the
connection type Establish direct connection to another computer.
Select the serial interface (COM-Port) where the device will be connected.
Select To be used for all Users in the Availability of the connection window.
Do not change the connection name appearing in the Name of the connection window and click the
Complete button.
Finally, you arrive again in the Device Installation window where you started establishing the
connection. Confirm the adjustments by clicking the OK button.
Protective
Relay
RS232
PowerPort-E
2.
Installing a (virtual) modem (that is a precondition for TCP/IP communication via a null modem cable)/
(to be done within the Windows Phone and Modem dialog).
www.eaton.com
199
EMR-3000
3.
IM02602005E
Establishing a network connection between PowerPort-E and the device (to be done within
PowerPort-E).
Open the Windows Start menu and type Phone and Modem and RETURN.
This opens the Phone and Modem Dialog.
Go to the Modem tab.
Click on the Add button.
The Hardware Wizard window Install New Modem pops up.
Set the check box Dont detect my modem; I will select it from a list.
Click on the Next button.
Select Communications cable between two computers.
Click on the Next button.
Choose the correct COM-Port.
Click on the Next button.
Click on the Finish button.
Select the new added modem and click on the Properties button.
Go to the General tab.
Click on the Change settings button.
Go to the Modem tab.
Within the Drop-Down Menu, set the correct baud rate = 115200.
Close this dialog with the OK button.
Close the Phone and Modem dialog with the OK button.
You have to reboot your computer now!
Connect the device to the PC/notebook via a correct null modem cable.
Run PowerPort-E.
Call up Device Connection within the menu Device Connection.
Click on the Settings button.
A connection wizard will pop up asking you How do you want to connect.
Choose Dial-up.
The telephone number must not be empty. Please enter any number (e.g. 1).
The User name and password can be ignored.
Click on the OK button.
www.eaton.com
EMR-3000
IM02602005E
Internet Explorer
For each connection, the proxy settings have to be set manually. Please proceed as follows.
Set the check box Use Proxy Server for this connection.
Enter the proxy settings that are available from your network administrator.
Firefox
The proxy settings are centrally managed, so there is no need to modify any settings.
TCP/IP address
Subnet mask
Gateway
www.eaton.com
201
IM02602005E
EMR-3000
PowerPort-E
IP-Address
TCP/IP
Device
Example
202
www.eaton.com
IM02602005E
EMR-3000
Or:
PowerPort-E
TCP/IP
Ethernet
TCP/IP
Device
Example
TCP/IP
...
IP-Address
Protective
Relay
IP-Address
IP-Address
TCP/IP
Device
Example
Protective
Relay
Device
Example
www.eaton.com
203
EMR-3000
IM02602005E
Call up the menu Device parameter/Modbus at the HMI (panel) and read out the Slave ID:
Part 2: Setting the IP address of the gateway and the Slave ID of the device that is to be connected via Modbus
tunnel using PowerPort-E
204
www.eaton.com
IM02602005E
EMR-3000
PowerPort-E
TCP/IP
IP-Address
Modbus RTU
Device
Example
...
SLAVE ID n
Protective
Relay
Modbus RTU
SLAVE ID 3
SLAVE ID 2
Modbus RTU
Device
Example
Protective
Relay
Device
Example
www.eaton.com
205
EMR-3000
IM02602005E
PowerPort-E Troubleshooting
Make sure that the Windows service Telephony is started. In [Start>System Control >Administration
>Services] the service Telephony must be visible and must have been started. If not, the service has
to be started.
For establishing the connection, the User needs to have sufficient rights (administration rights).
If a firewall is installed on your computer, TCP/IP port 52152 must have been released.
If your computer does not have a serial interface, the User needs a USB-to-serial-adapter, approved by
Eaton Corporation. This adapter has to be properly installed.
Ensure that a null modem cable is used (a standard serial cable without control wires does not enable
communication).
206
www.eaton.com
EMR-3000
IM02602005E
Close PowerPort-E.
2.
Click on the correct (in case there is more than one) entry Connection cable between two computers.
www.eaton.com
207
EMR-3000
IM02602005E
The Transfer only modified parameters into the device button only works
if modified parameters are available in the PowerPort-E application.
In contrast, all parameters of the device are transferred when the Transfer
all parameters into the device button is pressed (provided all device
parameters are valid).
In order to (re-)transfer changed parameters into the device, select Transfer all parameters into the
device in the Device menu.
Confirm the safety inquiry Shall the parameters be overwritten into the device?.
Confirm the inquiry Parameters successfully updated?. It is recommended to save the parameters
into a local file on your hard drive. Confirm Shall The Data Be Saved Locally? with Yes
(recommended). Select a suitable folder on the hard disk.
The changed parameter data are now saved in the chosen folder.
208
www.eaton.com
EMR-3000
IM02602005E
Printer settings;
Page preview;
Printing; and
Exporting the selected print range into a "txt" file.
The printing menu of the PowerPort-E software offers different types of printing ranges.
www.eaton.com
209
EMR-3000
IM02602005E
The PowerPort-E application also enables the User to create a configuration/parameter file off-line using a
Device Model. The advantage of using a device model is that the User can pre-configure a device by setting
parameters in advance.
The User can also read the parameter file out of the device, further process it off-line (e.g.: from the office) and
finally re-transfer it to the device.
The User can either:
Load an existing parameter file from a device (please refer to the Section Loading Device Data When
Using PowerPort-E");
Create a new parameter file (see below); or
Open a locally saved parameter file (backup).
In order to create a new off-line parameter file, select Create new parameter file within the File
menu.
A working window pops- up. Please make sure that you select the right device type with the correct
version and configuration.
In order to save the device configuration, select Save out of the File menu.
Within the Modify Device Configuration (Typecode) menu, the User can modify the device
configuration or simply find out the type code of the current selection.
If the User wants to transfer the parameter file into a device, please refer to Section Restoring Device Data
When using PowerPort-E.
210
www.eaton.com
IM02602005E
EMR-3000
Measuring Values
Read Out Measured Values
In the Operation/Measured Values menu, both measured and calculated values can be viewed. The
measured values are ordered by Standard values and Special values (depending on the type of device).
If the device data have not been loaded, select Receive Data From The Device from the Device
menu.
Double click on the Measured Values icon within the Operation navigation tree.
Double click the Standard Values or Special values within the Measured values tree.
The measured and calculated values are now shown in tabular form in the window.
To have the measuring data read in a cyclic manner, select Auto refresh
in the View menu. The measured values are read out about every two
seconds.
Description
Menu Path
IA Fund.
[Operation
/Measured Values
/Standard values]
IB Fund.
[Operation
/Measured Values
/Standard values]
www.eaton.com
211
IM02602005E
EMR-3000
IC Fund.
[Operation
/Measured Values
/Standard values]
IX meas Fund.
[Operation
/Measured Values
/Standard values]
IR calc Fund.
[Operation
/Measured Values
/Standard values]
I0 Fund.
[Operation
/Measured Values
/Standard values]
I1 Fund.
[Operation
/Measured Values
/Standard values]
I2 Fund.
[Operation
/Measured Values
/Standard values]
IA RMS
[Operation
/Measured Values
/Standard values]
IB RMS
[Operation
/Measured Values
/Standard values]
212
www.eaton.com
IM02602005E
EMR-3000
IC RMS
[Operation
/Measured Values
/Standard values]
IX meas RMS
[Operation
/Measured Values
/Standard values]
IR calc RMS
[Operation
/Measured Values
/Standard values]
%IA THD
[Operation
/Measured Values
/Standard values]
%IB THD
[Operation
/Measured Values
/Standard values]
%IC THD
[Operation
/Measured Values
/Standard values]
IA THD
[Operation
/Measured Values
/Standard values]
IB THD
[Operation
/Measured Values
/Standard values]
www.eaton.com
213
IM02602005E
EMR-3000
IC THD
[Operation
/Measured Values
/Standard values]
%(I2/I1)
214
www.eaton.com
EMR-3000
IM02602005E
Statistics
Statistics
In the Operation/Statistics menu, the minimum, maximum, and mean values of the measured and calculated
quantities can be found. The statistics are ordered by Standard values and Special values (depending on
the type of device and the device planning).
In the Device Parameter/Statistics menu, the User can either set a fixed synchronization time and a
calculation interval or start and stop the statistics via a function (e.g.: digital input).
If device data have not been downloaded recently, click Receive Data From The Device in the
Device menu.
Double click on the Statistics icon within the Operation navigation tree.
The values can be read out cyclically. For this purpose, please select Auto Refresh out of the View menu.
Statistics (Configuration)
The Statistics module can be configured within the Device Parameter/Statistics menu.
The time interval, that is taken into account for the calculation of the statistics, can either be limited by a fixed
duration or it can be limited by a start function (freely assignable signal from the assignment list menu).
Fixed Duration:
If the statistics module is set to a fixed duration/time interval, the minimum, maximum, and average values
will be calculated and displayed continuously on the basis of this duration/time interval.
Start Function (Flexible Duration):
If the statistics module is to be initiated by a start function, the statistics will not be updated until the start
function becomes true (rising edge). At the same time, a new time interval will be started.
www.eaton.com
215
IM02602005E
EMR-3000
If device data have not been downloaded recently, click Receive Data From The Device in
theDevice menu.
Double click on the Statistics icon within the Device Parameter navagation tree.
Direct Commands
Parameter
Description
Setting Range
Default
Menu Path
Reset
Reset of statistics
Inactive,
Inactive
[Operation
Active
/Reset
/Flags]
Description
Setting Range
Default
Menu Path
Start via:
Duration,
Duration
[Device Para
StartFct
StartFct
/Statistics]
[Device Para
/Statistics]
216
Reset of statistics if
the assigned signal
becomes true
(slope).
[Device Para
/Statistics]
www.eaton.com
IM02602005E
EMR-3000
Parameter
Description
Setting Range
Default
Menu Path
Duration
Recording time
15 s,
15 s
[Device Para
/Statistics]
1 min,
10 min,
30 min,
1 h,
2 h,
6 h,
12 h,
1 d,
2 d,
5 d,
7 d,
10 d,
30 d
Description
Assignment Via
StartFct-I
[Device Para
/Statistics]
ResetFct-I
www.eaton.com
217
IM02602005E
EMR-3000
Description
Reset
Description
Menu Path
MeasPointNo
[Operation
/Count and RevData
/Statistics]
218
www.eaton.com
IM02602005E
EMR-3000
Resets
Collective Acknowledgments for Latched Signals:
Collective Acknowledgments
LEDs
Relay Output
Contacts
SCADA
Pending
Trip Command
LEDs+
Relay Output
Contacts+
SCADA+
Pending
Trip Command
All SCADA
signals at once:
All SCADA
signals at once:
Where?
[Operation\
Acknowledge]
All at once:
Where?
[Operation\
Acknowledge]
All at once:
Where?
Within the
Ex Acknowledge
menu.
LEDs
Relay Output
Pending
Trip Command
Single LED:
Relay Output:
Where?
Within the Configuration
menu of this single LED.
Where?
Within the Configuration
menu of this single Relay
Output.
Where?
Within the module
TripControl
If the User is within the parameter setting mode, the User cannot
acknowledge.
www.eaton.com
219
EMR-3000
IM02602005E
In case of a fault during parameter setting via the operating panel, the User
must first leave the parameter mode by pressing either the push-buttons
C or OK before accessing the Acknowledgements menu via the
push-button.
Manual Acknowledgment
If device data have not been downloaded recently, select Receive Data From The Device from the
Device menu.
External Acknowledgments
Within the [Ex Acknowledge] menu, the User can assign a signal (e.g.: the state of a digital input) from the
assignment list that:
220
www.eaton.com
IM02602005E
EMR-3000
Ack LED
Ack RO
Ex Acknowledge .Ack RO
Ack Comm
Within the [Protection Para\Global Prot Para\TripControl] menu, the User can assign a signal that acknowledges
a pending trip command.
For details, please refer to the Trip Control section.
If device data have not been downloaded recently, select Receive Data From The Device from the
Device menu.
In the working window, the User can now assign each signal that resets all acknowledgeable LEDs, a
signal that resets all Relay Output Contacts, a signal that resets the SCADA signals respectively, and a
signal that acknowledges a pending trip command.
Description
-.-
No assignment
DI Slot X1.DI 1
DI Slot X1.DI 2
DI Slot X1.DI 3
DI Slot X1.DI 4
Modbus.Comm Cmd 1
Communication Command
Modbus.Comm Cmd 2
Communication Command
Modbus.Comm Cmd 3
Communication Command
Modbus.Comm Cmd 4
Communication Command
Modbus.Comm Cmd 5
Communication Command
Modbus.Comm Cmd 6
Communication Command
Modbus.Comm Cmd 7
Communication Command
Modbus.Comm Cmd 8
Communication Command
Modbus.Comm Cmd 9
Communication Command
www.eaton.com
221
IM02602005E
EMR-3000
Name
Description
Modbus.Comm Cmd 10
Communication Command
Modbus.Comm Cmd 11
Communication Command
Modbus.Comm Cmd 12
Communication Command
Modbus.Comm Cmd 13
Communication Command
Modbus.Comm Cmd 14
Communication Command
Modbus.Comm Cmd 15
Communication Command
Modbus.Comm Cmd 16
Communication Command
222
www.eaton.com
IM02602005E
EMR-3000
Manual Resets
In the Operation/Reset menu, the User can:
Reset counters;
Delete records (e.g.: disturbance records); and
Reset special things (like statistics, thermal replica, etc.).
The description of the reset commands can be found within the
corresponding modules.
If device data have not been downloaded recently, click Receive Data From The Device in the
Device menu.
Double click the entry within the pop-up that is to be reset or deleted.
The description of the reset commands can be found within the
corresponding modules.
Description
Menu Path
I1 max Fund.
[Operation
/Statistics
/Standard values]
I1 avg Fund.
[Operation
/Statistics
/Standard values]
I1 min Fund.
[Operation
/Statistics
/Standard values]
www.eaton.com
223
IM02602005E
EMR-3000
I2 max Fund.
[Operation
/Statistics
/Standard values]
I2 avg Fund.
[Operation
/Statistics
/Standard values]
I2 min Fund.
[Operation
/Statistics
/Standard values]
IG H2 calc max
IG H2 calc avg
IG H2 calc min
IG H2 calc min
[Operation
/Statistics
/Standard values]
IA max RMS
[Operation
/Statistics
/Standard values]
IA avg RMS
[Operation
/Statistics
/Standard values]
224
www.eaton.com
IM02602005E
EMR-3000
IA min RMS
[Operation
/Statistics
/Standard values]
IB max RMS
[Operation
/Statistics
/Standard values]
IB avg RMS
[Operation
/Statistics
/Standard values]
IB min RMS
[Operation
/Statistics
/Standard values]
IC max RMS
[Operation
/Statistics
/Standard values]
IC avg RMS
[Operation
/Statistics
/Standard values]
IC min RMS
[Operation
/Statistics
/Standard values]
www.eaton.com
225
IM02602005E
EMR-3000
[Operation
/Statistics
/Standard values]
[Operation
/Statistics
/Standard values]
[Operation
/Statistics
/Standard values]
[Operation
/Statistics
/Standard values]
[Operation
/Statistics
/Standard values]
[Operation
/Statistics
/Standard values]
[Operation
/Statistics
/Standard values]
226
www.eaton.com
IM02602005E
EMR-3000
IA THD max
[Operation
/Statistics
/Standard values]
IB THD max
[Operation
/Statistics
/Standard values]
IC THD max
[Operation
/Statistics
/Standard values]
%(I2/I1) max
%(I2/I1) avg
[Operation
/Statistics
/Standard values]
%(I2/I1) min
%(I2/I1) min
[Operation
/Statistics
/Standard values]
www.eaton.com
227
IM02602005E
EMR-3000
Assignment List
The ASSIGNMENT LIST below summarizes all module outputs (signals) and inputs (e.g.: states of the
assignments).
Name
Description
-.-
No assignment
Prot.Available
Prot.Active
Signal: Active
Prot.ExBlo
Prot.Pickup Phase A
Prot.Pickup Phase B
Prot.Pickup Phase C
Prot.Pickup IX or IR
Prot.Pickup
Prot.Trip Phase A
Prot.Trip Phase B
Prot.Trip Phase C
Prot.Trip IX or IR
Prot.Trip
Prot.ExBlo1-I
Prot.ExBlo2-I
Bkr.TripCmd
Bkr.Ack TripCmd
Bkr.Ready
Bkr.Manual OPEN
Bkr.Pos OPEN
Bkr.Pos CLOSE
Bkr.Pos Indeterm
Bkr.Pos Disturb
Bkr.Acknow Sig-I
Bkr.CinBkr-52a-I
Bkr.CinBkr-52b-I
Bkr.Manual OPEN-I
228
www.eaton.com
IM02602005E
EMR-3000
Name
Description
Bkr.Ready-I
BWear.Active
Signal: Active
BWear.ExBlo
BWear.Operations Alarm
BWear.Res TripCmdCr
BWear.ExBlo1-I
BWear.ExBlo2-I
MStart.Active
Signal: Active
MStart.Blo TripCmd
MStart.Trip
Signal: Trip
MStart.TripCmd
MStart.Start
MStart.Run
MStart.Stop
MStart.Blo
MStart.NOCSBlocked
MStart.SPHBlocked
MStart.SPHBlockAlarm
MStart.TBSBlocked
MStart.ThermalBlock
MStart.RemBlockStart
MStart.TransitionTrip
MStart.ZSSTrip
MStart.INSQSP2STFaill
MStart.INSQSt2RunFail
MStart.LATBlock
www.eaton.com
229
IM02602005E
EMR-3000
Name
Description
MStart.ColdStartSeq
MStart.ForcedStart
MStart.TripPhaseReverse
MStart.EmergOverrideDI
MStart.EmergOverrideUI
MStart.ABKActive
MStart.GOCStartBlock
MStart.IOCStartBlock
MStart.ULoadStartBlock
MStart.JamStartBlock
MStart.UnbalStartBlock
MStart.Blo-Generic1
MStart.Blo-Generic2
MStart.Blo-Generic3
MStart.Blo-Generic4
MStart.Blo-Generic5
MStart.I_Transit
MStart.T_Transit
MStart.StartMotorCmd
MStart.MotorStopBlo
MStart.Remote Open-I
MStart.Remote Close-I
230
www.eaton.com
IM02602005E
EMR-3000
Name
Description
MStart.RemoteReset-I
MStart.Stop-I
MStart.StartBlock-I
MStart.EmgOvr-I
MStart.INSQ-I
MStart.ThermSwitch-I
MStart.ZSS-I
50P[1].Active
Signal: Active
50P[1].ExBlo
50P[1].Rvs Blo
50P[1].Blo TripCmd
50P[1].ExBlo TripCmd
50P[1].Pickup IA
Signal: Pickup IA
50P[1].Pickup IB
Signal: Pickup IB
50P[1].Pickup IC
Signal: Pickup IC
50P[1].Pickup
Signal: Pickup
50P[1].Trip Phase A
50P[1].Trip Phase B
50P[1].Trip Phase C
50P[1].Trip
Signal: Trip
50P[1].TripCmd
50P[1].DefaultSet
50P[1].AdaptSet 1
50P[1].AdaptSet 2
50P[1].AdaptSet 3
50P[1].AdaptSet 4
50P[1].ExBlo1-I
50P[1].ExBlo2-I
50P[1].ExBlo TripCmd-I
50P[1].Rvs Blo-I
50P[1].AdaptSet1-I
50P[1].AdaptSet2-I
50P[1].AdaptSet3-I
50P[1].AdaptSet4-I
231
IM02602005E
EMR-3000
Name
Description
50P[2].Active
Signal: Active
50P[2].ExBlo
50P[2].Rvs Blo
50P[2].Blo TripCmd
50P[2].ExBlo TripCmd
50P[2].Pickup IA
Signal: Pickup IA
50P[2].Pickup IB
Signal: Pickup IB
50P[2].Pickup IC
Signal: Pickup IC
50P[2].Pickup
Signal: Pickup
50P[2].Trip Phase A
50P[2].Trip Phase B
50P[2].Trip Phase C
50P[2].Trip
Signal: Trip
50P[2].TripCmd
50P[2].DefaultSet
50P[2].AdaptSet 1
50P[2].AdaptSet 2
50P[2].AdaptSet 3
50P[2].AdaptSet 4
50P[2].ExBlo1-I
50P[2].ExBlo2-I
50P[2].ExBlo TripCmd-I
50P[2].Rvs Blo-I
50P[2].AdaptSet1-I
50P[2].AdaptSet2-I
50P[2].AdaptSet3-I
50P[2].AdaptSet4-I
50P[3].Active
Signal: Active
50P[3].ExBlo
50P[3].Rvs Blo
50P[3].Blo TripCmd
50P[3].ExBlo TripCmd
50P[3].Pickup IA
Signal: Pickup IA
50P[3].Pickup IB
Signal: Pickup IB
50P[3].Pickup IC
Signal: Pickup IC
50P[3].Pickup
Signal: Pickup
50P[3].Trip Phase A
50P[3].Trip Phase B
50P[3].Trip Phase C
50P[3].Trip
Signal: Trip
232
www.eaton.com
IM02602005E
EMR-3000
Name
Description
50P[3].TripCmd
50P[3].DefaultSet
50P[3].AdaptSet 1
50P[3].AdaptSet 2
50P[3].AdaptSet 3
50P[3].AdaptSet 4
50P[3].ExBlo1-I
50P[3].ExBlo2-I
50P[3].ExBlo TripCmd-I
50P[3].Rvs Blo-I
50P[3].AdaptSet1-I
50P[3].AdaptSet2-I
50P[3].AdaptSet3-I
50P[3].AdaptSet4-I
51P[1].Active
Signal: Active
51P[1].ExBlo
51P[1].Rvs Blo
51P[1].Blo TripCmd
51P[1].ExBlo TripCmd
51P[1].Pickup IA
Signal: Pickup IA
51P[1].Pickup IB
Signal: Pickup IB
51P[1].Pickup IC
Signal: Pickup IC
51P[1].Pickup
Signal: Pickup
51P[1].Trip Phase A
51P[1].Trip Phase B
51P[1].Trip Phase C
51P[1].Trip
Signal: Trip
51P[1].TripCmd
51P[1].DefaultSet
51P[1].AdaptSet 1
51P[1].AdaptSet 2
51P[1].AdaptSet 3
51P[1].AdaptSet 4
51P[1].ExBlo1-I
51P[1].ExBlo2-I
51P[1].ExBlo TripCmd-I
51P[1].Rvs Blo-I
51P[1].AdaptSet1-I
51P[1].AdaptSet2-I
www.eaton.com
233
IM02602005E
EMR-3000
Name
Description
51P[1].AdaptSet3-I
51P[1].AdaptSet4-I
51P[2].Active
Signal: Active
51P[2].ExBlo
51P[2].Rvs Blo
51P[2].Blo TripCmd
51P[2].ExBlo TripCmd
51P[2].Pickup IA
Signal: Pickup IA
51P[2].Pickup IB
Signal: Pickup IB
51P[2].Pickup IC
Signal: Pickup IC
51P[2].Pickup
Signal: Pickup
51P[2].Trip Phase A
51P[2].Trip Phase B
51P[2].Trip Phase C
51P[2].Trip
Signal: Trip
51P[2].TripCmd
51P[2].DefaultSet
51P[2].AdaptSet 1
51P[2].AdaptSet 2
51P[2].AdaptSet 3
51P[2].AdaptSet 4
51P[2].ExBlo1-I
51P[2].ExBlo2-I
51P[2].ExBlo TripCmd-I
51P[2].Rvs Blo-I
51P[2].AdaptSet1-I
51P[2].AdaptSet2-I
51P[2].AdaptSet3-I
51P[2].AdaptSet4-I
51P[3].Active
Signal: Active
51P[3].ExBlo
51P[3].Rvs Blo
51P[3].Blo TripCmd
51P[3].ExBlo TripCmd
51P[3].Pickup IA
Signal: Pickup IA
51P[3].Pickup IB
Signal: Pickup IB
51P[3].Pickup IC
Signal: Pickup IC
51P[3].Pickup
Signal: Pickup
51P[3].Trip Phase A
51P[3].Trip Phase B
234
www.eaton.com
IM02602005E
EMR-3000
Name
Description
51P[3].Trip Phase C
51P[3].Trip
Signal: Trip
51P[3].TripCmd
51P[3].DefaultSet
51P[3].AdaptSet 1
51P[3].AdaptSet 2
51P[3].AdaptSet 3
51P[3].AdaptSet 4
51P[3].ExBlo1-I
51P[3].ExBlo2-I
51P[3].ExBlo TripCmd-I
51P[3].Rvs Blo-I
51P[3].AdaptSet1-I
51P[3].AdaptSet2-I
51P[3].AdaptSet3-I
51P[3].AdaptSet4-I
50X[1].Active
Signal: Active
50X[1].ExBlo
50X[1].Rvs Blo
50X[1].Blo TripCmd
50X[1].ExBlo TripCmd
50X[1].Pickup
Signal: Pickup IX or IR
50X[1].Trip
Signal: Trip
50X[1].TripCmd
50X[1].DefaultSet
50X[1].AdaptSet 1
50X[1].AdaptSet 2
50X[1].AdaptSet 3
50X[1].AdaptSet 4
50X[1].ExBlo1-I
50X[1].ExBlo2-I
50X[1].ExBlo TripCmd-I
50X[1].Rvs Blo-I
50X[1].AdaptSet1-I
50X[1].AdaptSet2-I
50X[1].AdaptSet3-I
50X[1].AdaptSet4-I
50X[2].Active
Signal: Active
50X[2].ExBlo
www.eaton.com
235
IM02602005E
EMR-3000
Name
Description
50X[2].Rvs Blo
50X[2].Blo TripCmd
50X[2].ExBlo TripCmd
50X[2].Pickup
Signal: Pickup IX or IR
50X[2].Trip
Signal: Trip
50X[2].TripCmd
50X[2].DefaultSet
50X[2].AdaptSet 1
50X[2].AdaptSet 2
50X[2].AdaptSet 3
50X[2].AdaptSet 4
50X[2].ExBlo1-I
50X[2].ExBlo2-I
50X[2].ExBlo TripCmd-I
50X[2].Rvs Blo-I
50X[2].AdaptSet1-I
50X[2].AdaptSet2-I
50X[2].AdaptSet3-I
50X[2].AdaptSet4-I
51X[1].Active
Signal: Active
51X[1].ExBlo
51X[1].Rvs Blo
51X[1].Blo TripCmd
51X[1].ExBlo TripCmd
51X[1].Pickup
Signal: Pickup IX or IR
51X[1].Trip
Signal: Trip
51X[1].TripCmd
51X[1].DefaultSet
51X[1].AdaptSet 1
51X[1].AdaptSet 2
51X[1].AdaptSet 3
51X[1].AdaptSet 4
51X[1].ExBlo1-I
51X[1].ExBlo2-I
51X[1].ExBlo TripCmd-I
51X[1].Rvs Blo-I
51X[1].AdaptSet1-I
51X[1].AdaptSet2-I
51X[1].AdaptSet3-I
236
www.eaton.com
IM02602005E
EMR-3000
Name
Description
51X[1].AdaptSet4-I
51X[2].Active
Signal: Active
51X[2].ExBlo
51X[2].Rvs Blo
51X[2].Blo TripCmd
51X[2].ExBlo TripCmd
51X[2].Pickup
Signal: Pickup IX or IR
51X[2].Trip
Signal: Trip
51X[2].TripCmd
51X[2].DefaultSet
51X[2].AdaptSet 1
51X[2].AdaptSet 2
51X[2].AdaptSet 3
51X[2].AdaptSet 4
51X[2].ExBlo1-I
51X[2].ExBlo2-I
51X[2].ExBlo TripCmd-I
51X[2].Rvs Blo-I
51X[2].AdaptSet1-I
51X[2].AdaptSet2-I
51X[2].AdaptSet3-I
51X[2].AdaptSet4-I
50R[1].Active
Signal: Active
50R[1].ExBlo
50R[1].Rvs Blo
50R[1].Blo TripCmd
50R[1].ExBlo TripCmd
50R[1].Pickup
Signal: Pickup IX or IR
50R[1].Trip
Signal: Trip
50R[1].TripCmd
50R[1].DefaultSet
50R[1].AdaptSet 1
50R[1].AdaptSet 2
50R[1].AdaptSet 3
50R[1].AdaptSet 4
50R[1].ExBlo1-I
50R[1].ExBlo2-I
50R[1].ExBlo TripCmd-I
50R[1].Rvs Blo-I
www.eaton.com
237
IM02602005E
EMR-3000
Name
Description
50R[1].AdaptSet1-I
50R[1].AdaptSet2-I
50R[1].AdaptSet3-I
50R[1].AdaptSet4-I
50R[2].Active
Signal: Active
50R[2].ExBlo
50R[2].Rvs Blo
50R[2].Blo TripCmd
50R[2].ExBlo TripCmd
50R[2].Pickup
Signal: Pickup IX or IR
50R[2].Trip
Signal: Trip
50R[2].TripCmd
50R[2].DefaultSet
50R[2].AdaptSet 1
50R[2].AdaptSet 2
50R[2].AdaptSet 3
50R[2].AdaptSet 4
50R[2].ExBlo1-I
50R[2].ExBlo2-I
50R[2].ExBlo TripCmd-I
50R[2].Rvs Blo-I
50R[2].AdaptSet1-I
50R[2].AdaptSet2-I
50R[2].AdaptSet3-I
50R[2].AdaptSet4-I
51R[1].Active
Signal: Active
51R[1].ExBlo
51R[1].Rvs Blo
51R[1].Blo TripCmd
51R[1].ExBlo TripCmd
51R[1].Pickup
Signal: Pickup IX or IR
51R[1].Trip
Signal: Trip
51R[1].TripCmd
51R[1].DefaultSet
51R[1].AdaptSet 1
51R[1].AdaptSet 2
51R[1].AdaptSet 3
51R[1].AdaptSet 4
51R[1].ExBlo1-I
51R[1].ExBlo2-I
238
www.eaton.com
IM02602005E
EMR-3000
Name
Description
51R[1].ExBlo TripCmd-I
51R[1].Rvs Blo-I
51R[1].AdaptSet1-I
51R[1].AdaptSet2-I
51R[1].AdaptSet3-I
51R[1].AdaptSet4-I
51R[2].Active
Signal: Active
51R[2].ExBlo
51R[2].Rvs Blo
51R[2].Blo TripCmd
51R[2].ExBlo TripCmd
51R[2].Pickup
Signal: Pickup IX or IR
51R[2].Trip
Signal: Trip
51R[2].TripCmd
51R[2].DefaultSet
51R[2].AdaptSet 1
51R[2].AdaptSet 2
51R[2].AdaptSet 3
51R[2].AdaptSet 4
51R[2].ExBlo1-I
51R[2].ExBlo2-I
51R[2].ExBlo TripCmd-I
51R[2].Rvs Blo-I
51R[2].AdaptSet1-I
51R[2].AdaptSet2-I
51R[2].AdaptSet3-I
51R[2].AdaptSet4-I
46[1].Active
Signal: Active
46[1].ExBlo
46[1].Blo TripCmd
46[1].ExBlo TripCmd
46[1].Pickup
46[1].Trip
Signal: Trip
46[1].TripCmd
46[1].ExBlo1-I
46[1].ExBlo2-I
46[1].ExBlo TripCmd-I
46[2].Active
Signal: Active
46[2].ExBlo
239
IM02602005E
EMR-3000
Name
Description
46[2].Blo TripCmd
46[2].ExBlo TripCmd
46[2].Pickup
46[2].Trip
Signal: Trip
46[2].TripCmd
46[2].ExBlo1-I
46[2].ExBlo2-I
46[2].ExBlo TripCmd-I
49.Alarm Pickup
49.Alarm Timeout
49.RTD effective
RTD effective
49.Load above SF
49.Active
Signal: Active
49.ExBlo
49.Blo TripCmd
49.ExBlo TripCmd
49.Pickup
Signal: Pickup
49.Trip
Signal: Trip
49.TripCmd
49.ExBlo1
49.ExBlo2
49.ExBlo TripCmd
50J[1].Active
Signal: Active
50J[1].ExBlo
50J[1].Rvs Blo
50J[1].Blo TripCmd
50J[1].ExBlo TripCmd
50J[1].Pickup
Signal: Pickup
50J[1].Trip
Signal: Trip
50J[1].TripCmd
50J[1].ExBlo1-I
50J[1].ExBlo2-I
50J[1].ExBlo TripCmd-I
50J[1].Rvs Blo-I
50J[2].Active
Signal: Active
50J[2].ExBlo
50J[2].Rvs Blo
50J[2].Blo TripCmd
50J[2].ExBlo TripCmd
240
www.eaton.com
IM02602005E
EMR-3000
Name
Description
50J[2].Pickup
Signal: Pickup
50J[2].Trip
Signal: Trip
50J[2].TripCmd
50J[2].ExBlo1-I
50J[2].ExBlo2-I
50J[2].ExBlo TripCmd-I
50J[2].Rvs Blo-I
37[1].Active
Signal: Active
37[1].ExBlo
37[1].Rvs Blo
37[1].Blo TripCmd
37[1].ExBlo TripCmd
37[1].Pickup
Signal: Pickup
37[1].Trip
Signal: Trip
37[1].TripCmd
37[1].ExBlo1-I
37[1].ExBlo2-I
37[1].ExBlo TripCmd-I
37[1].Rvs Blo-I
37[2].Active
Signal: Active
37[2].ExBlo
37[2].Rvs Blo
37[2].Blo TripCmd
37[2].ExBlo TripCmd
37[2].Pickup
Signal: Pickup
37[2].Trip
Signal: Trip
37[2].TripCmd
37[2].ExBlo1-I
37[2].ExBlo2-I
37[2].ExBlo TripCmd-I
37[2].Rvs Blo-I
37[3].Active
Signal: Active
37[3].ExBlo
37[3].Rvs Blo
37[3].Blo TripCmd
37[3].ExBlo TripCmd
37[3].Pickup
Signal: Pickup
37[3].Trip
Signal: Trip
37[3].TripCmd
241
IM02602005E
EMR-3000
Name
Description
37[3].ExBlo1-I
37[3].ExBlo2-I
37[3].ExBlo TripCmd-I
37[3].Rvs Blo-I
MLS.Active
Signal: Active
MLS.ExBlo
MLS.Pickup
Signal: Pickup
MLS.Trip
Signal: Trip
MLS.ExBlo1-I
MLS.ExBlo2-I
RTD.Active
Signal: Active
RTD.ExBlo
RTD.Blo TripCmd
RTD.ExBlo TripCmd
RTD.Alarm
RTD.Trip
Signal: Trip
RTD.TripCmd
RTD.WD 1 Trip
RTD.WD 1 Alarm
RTD.WD 1 Invalid
RTD.WD 2 Trip
RTD.WD 2 Alarm
RTD.WD 2 Invalid
RTD.WD 3 Trip
RTD.WD 3 Alarm
RTD.WD 3 Invalid
RTD.WD 4 Trip
RTD.WD 4 Alarm
RTD.WD 4 Invalid
RTD.WD 5 Trip
RTD.WD 5 Alarm
242
www.eaton.com
IM02602005E
EMR-3000
Name
Description
RTD.WD 5 Invalid
RTD.WD 6 Trip
RTD.WD 6 Alarm
RTD.WD 6 Invalid
RTD.MB 1 Trip
RTD.MB 1 Alarm
RTD.MB 1 Invalid
RTD.MB 2 Trip
RTD.MB 2 Alarm
RTD.MB 2 Invalid
RTD.LB 1 Trip
RTD.LB 1 Alarm
RTD.LB 1 Invalid
RTD.LB 2 Trip
RTD.LB 2 Alarm
RTD.LB 2 Invalid
RTD.Aux Trip
RTD.Aux Alarm
RTD.Aux Invalid
RTD.Trip all WD
RTD.Alarm all WD
RTD.WD Invalid
243
IM02602005E
EMR-3000
Name
Description
RTD.Trip all MB
RTD.Alarm all MB
RTD.MB Invalid
RTD.Trip all LB
RTD.Alarm all LB
RTD.LB Invalid
RTD.TimeoutAlmAnyGrp
RTD.Timeout Alarm
RTD.ExBlo1-I
RTD.ExBlo2-I
RTD.ExBlo TripCmd-I
ExP[1].Active
Signal: Active
ExP[1].ExBlo
ExP[1].Blo TripCmd
ExP[1].ExBlo TripCmd
ExP[1].Alarm
Signal: Alarm
ExP[1].Trip
Signal: Trip
ExP[1].TripCmd
ExP[1].ExBlo1-I
ExP[1].ExBlo2-I
ExP[1].ExBlo TripCmd-I
ExP[1].Alarm-I
ExP[1].Trip-I
ExP[2].Active
Signal: Active
ExP[2].ExBlo
ExP[2].Blo TripCmd
ExP[2].ExBlo TripCmd
ExP[2].Alarm
Signal: Alarm
ExP[2].Trip
Signal: Trip
ExP[2].TripCmd
ExP[2].ExBlo1-I
244
www.eaton.com
IM02602005E
EMR-3000
Name
Description
ExP[2].ExBlo2-I
ExP[2].ExBlo TripCmd-I
ExP[2].Alarm-I
ExP[2].Trip-I
ExP[3].Active
Signal: Active
ExP[3].ExBlo
ExP[3].Blo TripCmd
ExP[3].ExBlo TripCmd
ExP[3].Alarm
Signal: Alarm
ExP[3].Trip
Signal: Trip
ExP[3].TripCmd
ExP[3].ExBlo1-I
ExP[3].ExBlo2-I
ExP[3].ExBlo TripCmd-I
ExP[3].Alarm-I
ExP[3].Trip-I
ExP[4].Active
Signal: Active
ExP[4].ExBlo
ExP[4].Blo TripCmd
ExP[4].ExBlo TripCmd
ExP[4].Alarm
Signal: Alarm
ExP[4].Trip
Signal: Trip
ExP[4].TripCmd
ExP[4].ExBlo1-I
ExP[4].ExBlo2-I
ExP[4].ExBlo TripCmd-I
ExP[4].Alarm-I
ExP[4].Trip-I
URTD.WD1 Superv
URTD.WD2 Superv
URTD.WD3 Superv
URTD.WD4 Superv
URTD.WD5 Superv
URTD.WD6 Superv
URTD.MB1 Superv
URTD.MB2 Superv
URTD.LB1 Superv
URTD.LB2 Superv
URTD.Aux Superv
245
IM02602005E
EMR-3000
Name
Description
URTD.Superv
URTD.active
ZI.Active
Signal: Active
ZI.ExBlo
ZI.Blo TripCmd
ZI.ExBlo TripCmd
ZI.Bkr Blo
ZI.Phase Pickup
ZI.Phase Trip
ZI.Ground Pickup
ZI.Ground Trip
ZI.Pickup
ZI.Trip
ZI.TripCmd
ZI.Phase OUT
ZI.Ground OUT
ZI.OUT
ZI.IN
ZI.ExBlo1-I
ZI.ExBlo2-I
ZI.ExBlo TripCmd-I
ZI.Bkr Blo-I
BF.Active
Signal: Active
BF.ExBlo
BF.Pickup
BF.Trip
BF.ExBlo1-I
BF.ExBlo2-I
BF.Trigger1
BF.Trigger2
BF.Trigger3
TCM.Active
Signal: Active
TCM.ExBlo
TCM.Pickup
TCM.Not Possible
TCM.CinBkr-52a
TCM.CinBkr-52b
TCM.ExBlo1-I
TCM.ExBlo2-I
246
www.eaton.com
IM02602005E
EMR-3000
Name
Description
CTS.Active
Signal: Active
CTS.ExBlo
CTS.Pickup
CTS.ExBlo1-I
CTS.ExBlo2-I
DI Slot X1.DI 1
DI Slot X1.DI 2
DI Slot X1.DI 3
DI Slot X1.DI 4
RO-3 X2.RO 1
RO-3 X2.RO 2
RO-3 X2.RO 3
RO-3 X2.DISARMED!
RO-ZI X2.RO 1
RO-ZI X2.RO 2
RO-ZI X2.RO 3
RO-ZI X2.DISARMED!
Disturb rec.Recording
Signal: Recording
Disturb rec.Start1-I
247
IM02602005E
EMR-3000
Name
Description
Disturb rec.Start2-I
Disturb rec.Start3-I
Disturb rec.Start4-I
Disturb rec.Start5-I
Disturb rec.Start6-I
Disturb rec.Start7-I
Disturb rec.Start8-I
Fault rec.Start1-I
Fault rec.Start2-I
Fault rec.Start3-I
Fault rec.Start4-I
Fault rec.Start5-I
Fault rec.Start6-I
Fault rec.Start7-I
Fault rec.Start8-I
Start rec.Storing
Start rec.MotorStart
Start rec.MotorRun
Start rec.ITransit
Hand Reset
Modbus.Transmission
Modbus.Comm Cmd 1
Communication Command
Modbus.Comm Cmd 2
Communication Command
Modbus.Comm Cmd 3
Communication Command
Modbus.Comm Cmd 4
Communication Command
Modbus.Comm Cmd 5
Communication Command
Modbus.Comm Cmd 6
Communication Command
248
www.eaton.com
IM02602005E
EMR-3000
Name
Description
Modbus.Comm Cmd 7
Communication Command
Modbus.Comm Cmd 8
Communication Command
Modbus.Comm Cmd 9
Communication Command
Modbus.Comm Cmd 10
Communication Command
Modbus.Comm Cmd 11
Communication Command
Modbus.Comm Cmd 12
Communication Command
Modbus.Comm Cmd 13
Communication Command
Modbus.Comm Cmd 14
Communication Command
Modbus.Comm Cmd 15
Communication Command
Modbus.Comm Cmd 16
Communication Command
IRIG-B.Active
Signal: Active
IRIG-B.Inverted
IRIG-B.Control Signal1
IRIG-B.Control Signal2
IRIG-B.Control Signal4
IRIG-B.Control Signal5
IRIG-B.Control Signal6
IRIG-B.Control Signal7
IRIG-B.Control Signal8
IRIG-B.Control Signal9
IRIG-B.Control Signal10
IRIG-B.Control Signal11
IRIG-B.Control Signal12
IRIG-B.Control Signal13
IRIG-B.Control Signal14
IRIG-B.Control Signal15
IRIG-B.Control Signal16
IRIG-B.Control Signal17
IRIG-B.Control Signal18
Statistics.Reset
Statistics.StartFct-I
Statistics.ResetFct-I
Sys.PS 1
Sys.PS 2
Sys.PS 3
Sys.PS 4
Sys.PSS manual
249
IM02602005E
EMR-3000
Name
Description
Sys.Maint Mode DI
Sys.Ack LED
Sys.Ack RO
Sys.Ack Comm
Sys.Ack TripCmd
Sys.Ack LED-HMI
Sys.Ack RO-HMI
Sys.Ack Comm-HMI
Sys.Ack TripCmd-HMI
Sys.Ack LED-Comm
Sys.Ack RO-Comm
Sys.Ack Counter-Comm
Sys.Ack Comm-Comm
Sys.Ack TripCmd-Comm
Sys.Res OperationsCr
Sys.Res AlarmCr
Sys.Res TripCr
Sys.Res TotalCr
Sys.Ack LED-I
Sys.Ack RO-I
Sys.Ack Comm-I
Sys.PS1-I
Sys.PS2-I
Sys.PS3-I
Sys.PS4-I
Sys.Maint Mode-I
250
www.eaton.com
IM02602005E
EMR-3000
Status Display
In the status display within the Operation menu, the present state of all signals of the ASSIGNMENT LIST can be
viewed. This means the User is able to see if the individual signals are active or inactive at that moment. The
User can choose whether to see all signals in an overall status or view the signals sorted by modules.
State of the Module Input / Signal Is...
false / 0
true / 1
If the device data have not been downloaded recently, select Receive Data From The Device from
Device menu.
Double click on the Status Display icon within the operational data.
Double click the Overall status i to see all signals at once or call up a specific module to see the
states.
The User can see the state of all corresponding signals on the window.
To have the status display updated in a cyclic manner, select Automatic
Up-Date in the V IEW menu.
State of the Module Input / Signal Is...
false / 0
true / 1
www.eaton.com
251
IM02602005E
EMR-3000
Description
Setting Range
Default
Menu Path
Contrast
Contrast
30 - 60
50
[Device Para
/HMI]
Description
t-max Edit
252
Setting Range
www.eaton.com
Default
Menu Path
180s
[Device Para
/HMI]
EMR-3000
IM02602005E
www.eaton.com
253
IM02602005E
EMR-3000
Start: 1
Trigger
Start: 2
Trigger
Start: 3
Trigger
Start: 4
Trigger
OR
Start: 5
Trigger
OR
Start: 6
Trigger
Start: 7
Trigger
Start: 8
Trigger
Man. Trigger
254
www.eaton.com
Recording
IM02602005E
EMR-3000
Start 1 = Prot.Pickup
Start 2 = -.Start 3 = -.Start 4 = -.Start 5 = -.Start 6 = -.Start 7 = -.Start 8 = -.Auto overwriting = Active
Post-trigger time = 25%
Pre-trigger time
300 ms
1
0
t
Post-trigger time
365 ms
1
0
t
t-rec
2000 ms
1
0
t
Max file size
2000 ms
1
0
t
www.eaton.com
255
IM02602005E
EMR-3000
Start 1 = Prot.Trip
Start 2 = -.Start 3 = -.Start 4 = -.Start 5 = -.Start 6 = -.Start 7 = -.Start 8 = -.-
Start 1
200 ms
1
0
Pre-trigger time
300 ms
1
0
t
Post-trigger time
500 ms
1
0
t
t-rec
1000 ms
1
0
t
Max file size
2000 ms
1
0
t
256
www.eaton.com
EMR-3000
IM02602005E
If the device data have not been loaded, click Receive Data From The Device in the Device menu.
A pop-up will appear by double clicking on a disturbance record. Choose a folder where the
disturbance record is to be saved.
The User can analyze the disturbance records by means of the optionally available Quality Manager by
clicking on Yes when asked Shall the received disturbance record be opened by the Quality
Manager?"
Choose the disturbance record that is to be deleted via SOFTKEY up and SOFTKEY down;
Call up the detailed view of the disturbance record via SOFTKEY right;
Choose whether only the current or all disturbance records should be deleted; and
If the device data have not been loaded, click Receive Data From The Device in the Device menu.
www.eaton.com
257
IM02602005E
EMR-3000
Description
Setting Range
Default
Menu Path
Man. Trigger
Manual Trigger
False,
False
[Operation
True
/Recorders
/Man. Trigger]
Inactive,
Inactive
Active
[Operation
/Reset
/Flags]
Description
Setting Range
Default
Start: 1
Menu Path
[Device Para
/Recorders
/Disturb rec]
Start: 2
[Device Para
/Recorders
/Disturb rec]
258
www.eaton.com
IM02602005E
EMR-3000
Parameter
Description
Setting Range
Default
Start: 3
Menu Path
[Device Para
/Recorders
/Disturb rec]
Start: 4
[Device Para
/Recorders
/Disturb rec]
Start: 5
[Device Para
/Recorders
/Disturb rec]
Start: 6
[Device Para
/Recorders
/Disturb rec]
Start: 7
[Device Para
/Recorders
/Disturb rec]
Start: 8
[Device Para
/Recorders
/Disturb rec]
Auto overwriting
If there is no more
free memory
capacity left, the
oldest file will be
overwritten.
Inactive,
Active
Active
[Device Para
/Recorders
/Disturb rec]
www.eaton.com
259
IM02602005E
EMR-3000
Parameter
Description
Post-trigger time
Pre-trigger time
Setting Range
Default
Menu Path
20%
[Device Para
20%
0 - 50%
/Recorders
/Disturb rec]
[Device Para
/Recorders
/Disturb rec]
The maximum
0.1 - 10.0s
storage capacity per
record is 10
seconds, including
pre-trigger and posttrigger time. The
disturbance recorder
has a total storage
capacity of 120
seconds.
2s
[Device Para
/Recorders
/Disturb rec]
Description
Assignment Via
Start1-I
[Device Para
/Recorders
/Disturb rec]
Start2-I
[Device Para
/Recorders
/Disturb rec]
Start3-I
[Device Para
/Recorders
/Disturb rec]
260
www.eaton.com
IM02602005E
EMR-3000
Name
Description
Assignment Via
Start4-I
[Device Para
/Recorders
/Disturb rec]
Start5-I
[Device Para
/Recorders
/Disturb rec]
Start6-I
[Device Para
/Recorders
/Disturb rec]
Start7-I
[Device Para
/Recorders
/Disturb rec]
Start8-I
[Device Para
/Recorders
/Disturb rec]
Description
Recording
Signal: Recording
Write err
Memory full
Clear fail
Reset record
Man. Trigger
www.eaton.com
261
IM02602005E
EMR-3000
Description
Default
Size
Menu Path
Rec state
Recording state
Ready
Ready,
[Operation
Recording,
/Status display
Writing file,
/Disturb rec]
Trigger Blo
Error code
Error code
OK
OK,
[Operation
Write err,
/Status display
Clear fail,
/Disturb rec]
Calculation err,
File not found,
Auto overwriting off
262
www.eaton.com
IM02602005E
EMR-3000
Start: 2
Trigger
Start: 3
Trigger
Start: 4
Trigger
OR
Start: 5
Trigger
OR
Recording
Start: 6
Trigger
Start: 7
Trigger
Start: 8
Trigger
Man. Trigger
www.eaton.com
263
IM02602005E
EMR-3000
If the device data have not been loaded, click Receive Data From The Device in the Device menu.
Double click the Fault Rec icon within the Operation/Recorders tree.
In order to receive more detailed information on a fault, click the Plus Sign in front of the fault number.
Via the print menu, the User can export the data into a file. Please proceed
as follows.
Description
Setting Range
Default
Menu Path
Inactive,
Inactive
[Operation
Active
/Reset
/Flags]
264
www.eaton.com
IM02602005E
EMR-3000
Parameter
Description
Setting Range
Default
Menu Path
Man. Trigger
Manual Trigger
False,
False
[Operation
True
/Recorders
/Man. Trigger]
Description
Setting Range
Start: 1
Default
Menu Path
Prot.Trip
[Device Para
/Recorders
/Fault rec]
Start: 2
-.-
[Device Para
/Recorders
/Fault rec]
Start: 3
-.-
[Device Para
/Recorders
/Fault rec]
Start: 4
-.-
[Device Para
/Recorders
/Fault rec]
Start: 5
-.-
[Device Para
/Recorders
/Fault rec]
Start: 6
-.-
[Device Para
/Recorders
/Fault rec]
www.eaton.com
265
IM02602005E
EMR-3000
Parameter
Description
Setting Range
Start: 7
Default
Menu Path
-.-
[Device Para
/Recorders
/Fault rec]
Start: 8
-.-
[Device Para
/Recorders
/Fault rec]
Auto overwriting
If there is no more
free memory
capacity left, the
oldest file will be
overwritten.
Inactive,
Active
[Device Para
Active
/Recorders
/Fault rec]
Description
Assignment Via
Start1-I
[Device Para
/Recorders
/Fault rec]
Start2-I
[Device Para
/Recorders
/Fault rec]
Start3-I
[Device Para
/Recorders
/Fault rec]
Start4-I
[Device Para
/Recorders
/Fault rec]
266
www.eaton.com
IM02602005E
EMR-3000
Name
Description
Assignment Via
Start5-I
[Device Para
/Recorders
/Fault rec]
Start6-I
[Device Para
/Recorders
/Fault rec]
Start7-I
[Device Para
/Recorders
/Fault rec]
Start8-I
[Device Para
/Recorders
/Fault rec]
Description
Reset record
Man. Trigger
Description
-.-
No assignment
Prot.Pickup Phase A
Prot.Pickup Phase B
Prot.Pickup Phase C
Prot.Pickup IX or IR
Prot.Pickup
Prot.Trip Phase A
Prot.Trip Phase B
Prot.Trip Phase C
267
IM02602005E
EMR-3000
Name
Description
Prot.Trip
Bkr.TripCmd
MStart.Start Pickup
Signal: Pickup
MStart.Trip
Signal: Trip
50P[1].Pickup IA
Signal: Pickup IA
50P[1].Pickup IB
Signal: Pickup IB
50P[1].Pickup IC
Signal: Pickup IC
50P[1].Pickup
Signal: Pickup
50P[1].Trip Phase A
50P[1].Trip Phase B
50P[1].Trip Phase C
50P[1].Trip
Signal: Trip
50P[1].TripCmd
50P[2].Pickup IA
Signal: Pickup IA
50P[2].Pickup IB
Signal: Pickup IB
50P[2].Pickup IC
Signal: Pickup IC
50P[2].Pickup
Signal: Pickup
50P[2].Trip Phase A
50P[2].Trip Phase B
50P[2].Trip Phase C
50P[2].Trip
Signal: Trip
50P[2].TripCmd
50P[3].Pickup IA
Signal: Pickup IA
50P[3].Pickup IB
Signal: Pickup IB
50P[3].Pickup IC
Signal: Pickup IC
50P[3].Pickup
Signal: Pickup
50P[3].Trip Phase A
50P[3].Trip Phase B
50P[3].Trip Phase C
50P[3].Trip
Signal: Trip
50P[3].TripCmd
51P[1].Pickup IA
Signal: Pickup IA
51P[1].Pickup IB
Signal: Pickup IB
51P[1].Pickup IC
Signal: Pickup IC
51P[1].Pickup
Signal: Pickup
51P[1].Trip Phase A
51P[1].Trip Phase B
51P[1].Trip Phase C
51P[1].Trip
Signal: Trip
51P[1].TripCmd
51P[2].Pickup IA
Signal: Pickup IA
268
www.eaton.com
IM02602005E
EMR-3000
Name
Description
51P[2].Pickup IB
Signal: Pickup IB
51P[2].Pickup IC
Signal: Pickup IC
51P[2].Pickup
Signal: Pickup
51P[2].Trip Phase A
51P[2].Trip Phase B
51P[2].Trip Phase C
51P[2].Trip
Signal: Trip
51P[2].TripCmd
51P[3].Pickup IA
Signal: Pickup IA
51P[3].Pickup IB
Signal: Pickup IB
51P[3].Pickup IC
Signal: Pickup IC
51P[3].Pickup
Signal: Pickup
51P[3].Trip Phase A
51P[3].Trip Phase B
51P[3].Trip Phase C
51P[3].Trip
Signal: Trip
51P[3].TripCmd
50X[1].Pickup
Signal: Pickup IX or IR
50X[1].Trip
Signal: Trip
50X[1].TripCmd
50X[2].Pickup
Signal: Pickup IX or IR
50X[2].Trip
Signal: Trip
50X[2].TripCmd
51X[1].Pickup
Signal: Pickup IX or IR
51X[1].Trip
Signal: Trip
51X[1].TripCmd
51X[2].Pickup
Signal: Pickup IX or IR
51X[2].Trip
Signal: Trip
51X[2].TripCmd
50R[1].Pickup
Signal: Pickup IX or IR
50R[1].Trip
Signal: Trip
50R[1].TripCmd
50R[2].Pickup
Signal: Pickup IX or IR
50R[2].Trip
Signal: Trip
50R[2].TripCmd
51R[1].Pickup
Signal: Pickup IX or IR
51R[1].Trip
Signal: Trip
51R[1].TripCmd
51R[2].Pickup
Signal: Pickup IX or IR
51R[2].Trip
Signal: Trip
51R[2].TripCmd
269
IM02602005E
EMR-3000
Name
Description
46[1].Pickup
46[1].Trip
Signal: Trip
46[1].TripCmd
46[2].Pickup
46[2].Trip
Signal: Trip
46[2].TripCmd
49.Pickup
Signal: Pickup
49.Trip
Signal: Trip
49.TripCmd
50J[1].Pickup
Signal: Pickup
50J[1].Trip
Signal: Trip
50J[1].TripCmd
50J[2].Pickup
Signal: Pickup
50J[2].Trip
Signal: Trip
50J[2].TripCmd
37[1].Pickup
Signal: Pickup
37[1].Trip
Signal: Trip
37[1].TripCmd
37[2].Pickup
Signal: Pickup
37[2].Trip
Signal: Trip
37[2].TripCmd
37[3].Pickup
Signal: Pickup
37[3].Trip
Signal: Trip
37[3].TripCmd
MLS.Pickup
Signal: Pickup
MLS.Trip
Signal: Trip
RTD.Alarm
RTD.Trip
Signal: Trip
RTD.TripCmd
ExP[1].Trip
Signal: Trip
ExP[1].TripCmd
ExP[2].Trip
Signal: Trip
ExP[2].TripCmd
ExP[3].Trip
Signal: Trip
ExP[3].TripCmd
ExP[4].Trip
Signal: Trip
ExP[4].TripCmd
DI Slot X1.DI 1
DI Slot X1.DI 2
DI Slot X1.DI 3
DI Slot X1.DI 4
270
www.eaton.com
IM02602005E
EMR-3000
Name
Description
RO-3 X2.RO 1
RO-3 X2.RO 2
RO-3 X2.RO 3
RO-3 X2.DISARMED!
RO-ZI X2.RO 1
RO-ZI X2.RO 2
RO-ZI X2.RO 3
RO-ZI X2.DISARMED!
www.eaton.com
271
IM02602005E
EMR-3000
Fault No.
No of grid faults
State
Sequential
Number
Number of the
ongoing fault.
Time stamp
Changed
Value
What has
changed?
Select an event.
If the device data have not been loaded, click Receive Data From The Device in the Device menu.
272
www.eaton.com
IM02602005E
EMR-3000
Double click the Event Rec icon within the Operation/Recorders menu.
Description
Setting Range
Default
Menu Path
Inactive,
Inactive
[Operation
Active
/Reset
/Flags]
Description
www.eaton.com
273
IM02602005E
EMR-3000
The master (control system) can give commands/instructions to the device, such as:
Control of switchgear (where applicable, i.e.: each according to the applied device version);
Change-over of parameter set;
Reset and acknowledgment of pickups/signals;
Adjustment of the date and time; and
Control of pickup relays.
For detailed information on data point lists and error handling, please refer to the Modbus documentation.
To allow configuration of the devices for Modbus connection, some default values of the control system must be
available.
Description
Options
Default
Menu Path
Mode
Mode
RTU,
RTU
[Device Planning]
TCP
Modbus RTU
Part 1: Configuration of the Devices
Call up Device parameter/Modbus and set the following communication parameters:
274
Baud rate.
www.eaton.com
EMR-3000
IM02602005E
t-timeout: communication errors are only identified after expiration of a supervision time t-timeout;
and
Response time (defining the period within which an inquiry from the master has to be answered).
For hardware connection to the control system, there is an RS485 interface at the rear side of the device
(RS485, fiber optic or terminals).
Modbus TCP
Establishing a connection via TCP/IP to the device is only possible if the
device is equipped with an Ethernet Interface (RJ45).
Contact your IT administrator in order to establish the network connection.
Part 1: Setting the TCP/IP Parameters
Call up Device parameter/TCP/IP at the HMI (panel) and set the following parameters:
TCP/IP address;
Subnetmask; and
Gateway.
www.eaton.com
275
IM02602005E
EMR-3000
Setting a unit identifier is only necessary if a TCP network should be coupled to a RTU network.
If a different port than the default port 502 should be used, please proceed as follows:
Set the maximum acceptable time out for no communication. If this time has expired without any
communication, the device concludes a failure has occurred within the master system.
There is a RJ45 interface at the rear side of the device for the hardware connection to the control system.
Description
Setting Range
Default
Menu Path
Reset Diagn Cr
All Modbus
Diagnosis Counters
will be reset.
Inactive,
Inactive
[Operation
Active
/Reset
/Counter]
Description
Setting Range
Slave ID
Device address
1 - 247
(Slave ID) within the
bus system. Each
device address has
to be unique within a
bus system.
Only available
if:Device Planning =
RTU
276
www.eaton.com
Default
Menu Path
[Device Para
/Modbus]
IM02602005E
EMR-3000
Parameter
Description
Setting Range
Unit ID
Default
Menu Path
255
[Device Para
/Modbus]
Only available
if:Device Planning =
TCP
TCP Port Config
TCP Port
Default,
Configuration. This
parameter is to be
set only if the default Private
Modbus TCP Port
should not be used.
Default
[Device Para
/Modbus]
Only available
if:Device Planning =
TCP
Port
Port number
502 - 65535
502
Only available
if:Device Planning =
TCP and Only
available if: TCP Port
Config = Private.
t-timeout
[Device Para
/Modbus]
0.01 - 10.00s
1s
[Device Para
/Modbus]
Only available
if:Device Planning =
RTU.
www.eaton.com
277
IM02602005E
EMR-3000
Parameter
Description
Setting Range
Default
Menu Path
Baud rate
Baud rate
1200,
19200
[Device Para
Only available
if:Device Planning = 2400,
RTU.
/Modbus]
4800,
9600,
19,200,
38,400
Physical Settings
Digit 1: Number of
bits. Digit 2: E=even
parity, O=odd parity,
N=no parity. Digit 3:
Number of stop bits.
More information on
the parity: It is
possible that the last
data bit is followed
by a parity bit which
is used for
recognition of
communication
errors. The parity bit
ensures that with
even parity ("EVEN")
always an even
number of bits with
valence "1" or with
odd parity ("ODD")
an odd number of "1"
valence bits are
transmitted. But it is
also possible to
transmit no parity
bits (here the setting
is "Parity = None").
More information on
the stop-bits: The
end of a data byte is
terminated by the
stop-bits.
8E1,
8O1,
8N1,
8N2
Only available
if:Device Planning =
RTU.
278
www.eaton.com
8E1
[Device Para
/Modbus]
IM02602005E
EMR-3000
Parameter
Description
t-call
Comm CmdBlo
Disable Latching
AllowGap
Setting Range
Default
Menu Path
10s
[Device Para
Inactive
Inactive
If this parameter is
Inactive,
active (True), the
User can request a
set of modbus
Active
register without
getting an exception,
because of invalid
address in the
requested array.
The invalid
addresses have a
special value
0xFAFA, but the
User is responsible
for ignoring invalid
addresses.
Attention: This
special value can be
valid, if address is
valid.
Active
/Modbus]
[Device Para
/Modbus]
[Device Para
/Modbus]
[Device Para
/Modbus]
Name
Description
Transmission
Comm Cmd 1
Communication Command
Comm Cmd 2
Communication Command
www.eaton.com
279
IM02602005E
EMR-3000
Name
Description
Comm Cmd 3
Communication Command
Comm Cmd 4
Communication Command
Comm Cmd 5
Communication Command
Comm Cmd 6
Communication Command
Comm Cmd 7
Communication Command
Comm Cmd 8
Communication Command
Comm Cmd 9
Communication Command
Comm Cmd 10
Communication Command
Comm Cmd 11
Communication Command
Comm Cmd 12
Communication Command
Comm Cmd 13
Communication Command
Comm Cmd 14
Communication Command
Comm Cmd 15
Communication Command
Comm Cmd 16
Communication Command
Description
Default
Size
Menu Path
NoOfRequestsTotal
Total number of
requests. Includes
requests for other
slaves.
0 9,999,999,999
[Operation
/Count and RevData
/Modbus]
NoOfRequestsForM
e
Total Number of
requests for this
slave.
0 - 9,999,999,999
[Operation
/Count and RevData
/Modbus]
NoOfResponse
Total number of
requests having
been responded.
0 - 9,999,999,999
[Operation
/Count and RevData
/Modbus]
0 - 9,999,999,999
[Operation
/Count and RevData
/Modbus]
280
www.eaton.com
IM02602005E
EMR-3000
Value
Description
Default
Size
Menu Path
NoOfOverrunErros
Total Number of
Overrun Failures.
Physically corrupted
Frame.
0 - 9,999,999,999
[Operation
/Count and RevData
/Modbus]
NoOfParityErrors
Total number of
parity errors.
Physically corrupted
Frame.
0 - 9,999,999,999
[Operation
/Count and RevData
/Modbus]
NoOfFrameErrors
Total Number of
Frame Errors.
Physically corrupted
Frame.
0 - 9,999,999,999
[Operation
/Count and RevData
/Modbus]
NoOfBreaks
Number of detected
communication
aborts.
0 - 9,999,999,999
[Operation
/Count and RevData
/Modbus]
NoOfQueryInvalid
Total Number of
Request errors.
Request could not
be interpreted.
0 - 9,999,999,999
[Operation
/Count and RevData
/Modbus]
NoOfInternalError
Total Number of
Internal errors while
interpreting the
request.
0 - 9,999,999,999
[Operation
/Count and RevData
/Modbus]
www.eaton.com
281
EMR-3000
IM02602005E
Parameters
Parameter setting and planning can be done:
Parameter Definitions
Device Parameters
Device Parameters are part of the Device Parameter tree. By modifying the Device Parameters, the User may
(depending on the type of device):
System Parameters
System Parameters are part of the Device Parameter tree. System Parameters comprise the essential, basic
settings of your switchboard such as rated frequency and transformer ratios.
Protection Parameters
Protection Parameters are part of the Device Parameter tree. This Protection Parameters include the
following.
Global Protection Parameters are part of the Protection Parameters: All settings and assignments
that are done within the Global Parameter tree are valid independent of the Setting Groups. They have
to be set only once. In addition, Global Protection Parameters include the parameters used for Breaker
Management.
The Parameter Setting Switch is part of the Protection Parameters: The User may either directly
switch to a certain parameter setting group or determine the conditions for switching to another
parameter setting group.
Setting Group Parameters are part of the Protection Parameters: By means of the Setting Group
Parameters, the User may individually adapt the protective device to the current conditions or grid
conditions. The Setting Group Parameters may be individually set in each Settings group.
282
www.eaton.com
EMR-3000
IM02602005E
Improving the Usability (Clarity): All protection modules that are currently unused can be hidden
(switched to invisible) through Device Planning. In the Device Planning menu, the User can adapt the
scope of functionality of the protective device exactly as needed. The User can improve the usability by
hiding all modules that are not currently needed.
Adapting the device to the application: For those modules that are needed, determine how they
should be set up (e.g.: directional, non-directional, <, >...).
Direct Commands
Direct Commands are part of the Device Parameter tree but NOT part of the parameter file. They will be
executed directly (e.g.: Resetting of a Counter).
Signals
Signals are part of the Device Parameter tree. The state of the signal is context-dependent.
Signals represent the state of the installation/equipment (e.g.: position indicators of the breaker).
Signals are assessments of the state of the grid and the equipment (System OK, Transformer failure
detected, ...).
Signals represent decisions that are taken by the device (e.g.: Trip Command) based on the User
parameter settings.
www.eaton.com
283
284
www.eaton.com
PS4
PS3
PS2
PS1
PSet-Switch.Mode
ExBlo Fc
Active/
Inactive
Active/
Inactive
Active/
Inactive
Active/
Inactive
Active/
Inactive
Active/
Inactive
Active/
Inactive
Active/
Inactive
Parameter Set 1
Parameter Set 2
Parameter Set 3
Parameter Set 4
&
AND
Function
AdaptSet 1
AdaptSet 2
AdaptSet 3
AdaptSet 4
Rvs Blo Fc
Active/Inactive
Active/Inactive
Active/Inactive
&
AND
Active/Inactive
&
AND
Active/
Inactive
Active/
Inactive
Active/
Inactive
Active/
Inactive
Blo TripCmd
&
Active/Inactive
Active/Inactive
Active/Inactive
Active/Inactive
ExBlo TripCmd Fc
AdaptSet 4
AdaptSet 3
AdaptSet 2
AdaptSet 1
Standard
AND
PSet-Switch
[0*In]
[0*In]
[0*In]
[0*In]
Pickup
Standard
[1...n]
[1...n]
[1...n]
[1...n]
Curve Shape
Standard
[0s]
[0s]
[0s]
[0s]
Standard
[0.05...n]
[0.05...n]
[0.05...n]
[0.05...n]
t-multiplier
Standard
[1...n]
[1...n]
[1...n]
[1...n]
Reset Mode
Standard
[0s]
[0s]
[0s]
[0s]
t-reset
Standard
Active/Inactive
Active/Inactive
Active/Inactive
Active/Inactive
IH2 Blo
Standard
Active/Inactive
Active/Inactive
Active/Inactive
Active/Inactive
Standard
[0*In]
[1...n]
[0s]
[0.05...n]
[1...n]
[0s]
Active/Inactive
Active/Inactive
[0*In]
[1...n]
[0s]
[0.05...n]
[1...n]
[0s]
Active/Inactive
Active/Inactive
[0*In]
[1...n]
[0s]
[0.05...n]
[1...n]
[0s]
Active/Inactive
Active/Inactive
[0*In]
[1...n]
[0s]
[0.05...n]
[1...n]
[0s]
Active/Inactive
Active/Inactive
Protection Para
et
tS
ap
Ad
EMR-3000
IM02602005E
EMR-3000
IM02602005E
www.eaton.com
285
EMR-3000
IM02602005E
286
www.eaton.com
EMR-3000
IM02602005E
The screen shot above shows the adaptive setting configurations following applications based on only one
simple overcurrent protection element:
1.
2.
3.
Application Examples
The output signal of the Switch OnTo Fault module can be used to activate an Adaptive Parameter Set
that sensitizes the overcurrent protection.
The output signal of the Cold Load Pickup module can be used to activate an Adaptive Parameter Set
that desensitizes the overcurrent protection.
By means of Adaptive Parameter Sets, an Adaptive Auto Reclosure can be realized. After a reclosure
attempt, the tripping thresholds or tripping curves of the overcurrent protection can be adapted.
Depending on undervoltage, the overcurrent protection can be modified (voltage controlled). This
applies to devices that offer voltage protection only.
The ground overcurrent protection can be modified by the residual voltage. This applies to devices that
offer voltage protection only.
Dynamic and automatic adaption of the ground current settings in order to adapt the settings to different
loads (single-phase load diversity).
www.eaton.com
287
IM02602005E
EMR-3000
Adaptive Parameter Sets are only available for devices with current
protection modules.
Description
-.-
No assignment
DI Slot X1.DI 1
DI Slot X1.DI 2
DI Slot X1.DI 3
DI Slot X1.DI 4
Configure and reset operational data (event recorder/fault recorder/power meter/switching cycles).
If the device was not active within the parameter setting mode for a longer
time (can be set between 20 3600 seconds), the device will automatically
reset to Display Only mode (Please refer to the Appendix Module Panel).
As long as the User is within the parameter setting mode, the device cannot
acknowledge.
In order to change into the operation mode (Parameter Setting) please proceed as follows.
1.
2.
Press the Wrench soft key to temporarily change into the Parameter Setting mode.
3.
4.
5.
288
www.eaton.com
IM02602005E
EMR-3000
As long as the User is within the parameter setting mode, a wrench icon
will be shown in the upper right corner of the display.
6.
Password
Password Entry at the Panel
Passwords can be entered by way of the soft keys
1
Soft key 3;
Soft key 2;
Soft key 4; and
Soft key 4.
Password Changes
Passwords can be changed at the device in the Device Para/Password menu or by means of the PowerPort-E
software.
A password must be a User-defined combination of the numbers 1, 2, 3, and
4.
All other characters and keys WILL NOT be accepted.
The password for the operation mode Parameter setting and planning enables the User to transfer
parameters from the PowerPort-E software into the device.
When the User wants to change a password, the existing one has to be entered first. The new password (up to
8 digits) is then to be confirmed twice. Please proceed as follows.
In order to change the password, please enter the old password followed by pressing the OK key.
Next, enter the new password and press the OK key.
Finally, confirm your new password and press the OK key.
Password Forgotten
All passwords can be reset to the fail-safe adjustment (1234) by pressing the Ack/Rst key during cold booting.
For this procedure, confirm the inquiry Reset Passwords? with Yes.
www.eaton.com
289
EMR-3000
IM02602005E
Change additional parameters and save all the altered parameters and have them adopted by the
system.
Press the OK key to save the changed parameters directly and to have them adopted by the device.
Confirm the parameter changes by pressing the Yes soft key or dismiss by pressing No soft key.
Press the OK key to initiate the final storage of all parameter changes. Confirm the parameter changes by
pressing the Yes soft key or dismiss by pressing the No soft key.
Plausibility Check
In order to prevent obvious incorrect settings, the device constantly
monitors all temporarily saved parameter changes. If the device detects a
conflict, it is indicated by a question mark in front of the respective
parameter.
In order to make things easier to follow, especially where complex
parameter changes are involved, a question mark appears above the
temporarily saved parameters (on every superior/higher-ranking menu
level). This makes it possible to control or follow, from the main menu
290
www.eaton.com
EMR-3000
IM02602005E
level, where conflicts are intended to be saved. This can be done at any
time.
In addition to the question mark trace to the temporarily saved conflict
parameter changes, a general conflict symbol/question mark is faded-in at
the left corner of the display, and so it is possible to see from each point of
the menu tree that conflicts have been detected by the device.
A star/parameter change indication is always overwritten by the question
mark/conflict symbol.
If a device detects a conflict, it rejects saving and adopting of the
parameters.
Example: If the residual voltage has been configured as calculated
(EVTcon = calculated), then the device recognizes a conflict in case
voltage measuring is configured as Phase to Phase (VTcon = Phase to
Phase). The calculation of the residual voltage is physically not possible
by means of phase-to-phase voltages.
If the device data have not been loaded, select Data To Be Received From The Device in the
Device menu.
In the working window, a tabulated overview appears showing the parameters assigned to this protective
function.
In this table, double-click the value/parameter to be changed (in this example: Char).
Another window (pop-up) is opened where the User can select the required characteristic.
291
EMR-3000
IM02602005E
Plausibility Check
In order to prevent obvious incorrect settings, the application constantly
monitors all temporarily saved parameter changes. If the device detects a
conflict, it is indicated by a question mark in front of the respective
parameter.
In order to make things easier to follow, especially where complex
parameter changes are involved, on every superior/higher menu level
above of the temporarily saved parameters, a conflict is indicated by a
question mark (plausibility trace). This makes it possible to control or
follow, from the main menu level, where conflicts exist. This can be done
at any time.
So it is possible to see from each point of the menu tree that conflicts have
been detected by the application.
A star/parameter change indication is always overwritten by the question
mark/conflict symbol.
If the software detects a conflict, it rejects the saving and adopting of the
parameters.
Example: If the residual voltage has been configured as Calculated
(EVTcon = calculated), then the application recognizes a conflict in case
voltage measuring is configured as Phase to Phase (VTcon = Phase to
Phase). The calculation of the residual voltage is physically not possible
by means of phase-to-phase voltages.
In order to transfer changed parameters into the device, please select Transfer all parameters into the
device in the Device menu.
Confirm the inquiry Shall The Data Be Saved Locally? with Yes (recommended). Select a suitable
storing location on your hard disk.
The changed parameter data is now saved in the data file chosen. Thereafter, the changed data is
transferred to the device and adopted.
Once the User has entered the parameter setting password, PowerPort-E
will not ask the User again for the password for at least 10 minutes. This
time interval will start again each time parameters are transmitted into the
device. If, for more than 10 minutes, no parameters are transmitted into the
device, PowerPort-E will again ask for the password when the User tries to
transmit parameters into the device.
292
www.eaton.com
IM02602005E
EMR-3000
Protection Parameters
Please note that by deactivating, for example protective functions, the User
also changes the functionality of the device.
The manufacturer does not accept liability for any personal or material
damage as a result of incorrect planning.
Contact your Eaton Customer Service representative for more information.
The protection parameters include the following protection parameter trees.
Global Protection Parameters Global Prot Para: Here the User can find all protection parameters that
are universally valid. That means they are valid independent of the protection parameter sets.
Setting Group Parameters Set1..4: The protection parameters that the User set within a parameter set
are only valid if the parameter set selected is switched to active.
Setting Groups
Setting Group Switch
Within the Protection Para/P-Set Switch menu, the User has the following possibilities:
Switching Options
Manual Selection
Via Scada
If the device data have not been loaded, click Receive Data From The Device in the Device menu.
To configure the Setting Group Switch respectively, manually choose an active set.
www.eaton.com
293
EMR-3000
IM02602005E
Then define both source and destination of the parameter sets to be copied (source = copy from;
destination: copy to).
Assign a new file name to the revised device parameter file and save it on your hard disk (backup copy).
To transfer the modified parameters back to the device, click on the Device menu item and select
Transfer All Parameters into the Device.
Select the two parameter sets from the two drop down menus that are to be compared with each other.
The values that are different from the set parameters will be listed in tabular form.
www.eaton.com
EMR-3000
Click on the Folder icon in order to select a file on your hard disk.
IM02602005E
Parameters that are not included in the target file version will be deleted.
Open a parameter file or load the parameters from a device that should be converted.
Enter a new file name (in order to prevent overwriting the original file).
Choose the new file type from drop down menu File Type.
Confirm the security check by clicking on Yes only if the User is sure that the file conversion should be
executed.
www.eaton.com
295
IM02602005E
EMR-3000
System Parameters
System Para
Within the system parameters, the User can set all parameters that are relevant for the primary side and the
mains operational method like frequency, primary and secondary values, and the star point treatment.
Parameter
Description
Setting Range
Default
Menu Path
Phase Sequence
Phase Sequence
direction
ABC,
ABC
[System Para]
60Hz
[System Para]
3-wire IG meas
[System Para]
ACB
f
Nominal frequency
50Hz,
60Hz
CT con
Current transformer
connection
3-wire IG meas,
4th CT IN,
4th CT IG
CT pri
Nominal current of
the primary side of
the current
transformers.
1 50,000 A
500 A
[System Para]
CT sec
Nominal current of
the secondary side
of the current
transformers.
1A,
5A
[System Para]
[System Para]
CT dir
296
5A
Protection functions 0,
with directional
feature can only
work properly if the
180
connection of the
current transformers
is free of wiring
errors. If all current
transformers are
connected to the
device with an
incorrect polarity, the
wiring error can be
compensated by this
parameter. This
parameter turns the
current vectors by
180 degrees.
www.eaton.com
IM02602005E
EMR-3000
XCT pri
This parameter
1 50,000 A
defines the primary
nominal current of
the connected
ground current
transformer. If the
ground current is
measured via the
Residual connection,
the primary value of
the phase current
transformer must be
entered here.
50 A
[System Para]
XCT sec
This parameter
1 A,
defines the
secondary nominal
current of the
5A
connected ground
current transformer.
If the ground current
is done via the
Residual connection,
the primary value of
the phase current
transformer must be
entered here.
5A
[System Para]
XCT dir
Ground fault
0,
protection with
directional feature
depends also on the 180
correct wiring of the
ground current
transformer. An
incorrect
polarity/wiring can be
corrected by means
of the settings "0" or
"180". The operator
has the possibility of
turning the current
vector by "180"
(change of sign)
without modification
of the wiring. This
means, that in
terms of figures - the
determined current
indicator was turned
by "180" by the
device.
[System Para]
www.eaton.com
297
EMR-3000
IM02602005E
Blocking
The device provides a function for temporary blocking of the complete protection functionality or of single
protections.
Make absolutely sure that no illogical or even life-threatening blockings are
allocated.
Make sure not to carelessly deactivate protection functions that have to be
available according to the protection concept.
Permanent Blocking
Switching On or Off the Complete Protection Functionality
In the Protection module, the complete protection of the device can be switched On or Off. Set the
Function parameter to Active or Inactive in the Prot module.
Protection is activated only if in the Prot module the parameter Function
is = Active (i.e.: with Function = Inactive, no protection function are
operating). If Function = Inactive, then the device cannot protect any
components.
Switching Modules On or Off
Each of the modules can be switched On or Off (permanently). This is achieved when the Function
parameter is set to Active or Inactive in the respective module.
Activating or Deactivating the Tripping Command of a Protection Permanently
In each of the protections, the tripping command to the breaker can be permanently blocked. For this purpose,
the TripCmd Blo parameter has to be set to Active.
Temporary Blocking
To Block the Complete Protection of the Device Temporarily by a Signal
In the Prot module, the complete protection of the device can be blocked temporarily by a signal. On the
condition that a module-external blocking is permitted (ExBlo Fc=active). In addition to this, a related blocking
signal from the Assignment list must have been assigned. For the time the allocated blocking signal is active,
the module is blocked.
If the Prot module is blocked, the complete protection function does not
work. As long as the blocking signal is active, the device cannot protect
any components.
To Block a Complete Protection Module Temporarily by an Active Assignment
In order to establish a temporary blockage of a protection module, the parameter ExBlo Fc of the
module has to be set to Active. This gives the permission: This module can be blocked.
Within the general protection parameters, a signal has to be additionally chosen from the Assignment
list. The blocking only becomes active when the assigned signal is active.
298
www.eaton.com
EMR-3000
IM02602005E
In order to establish a temporary blockage of a protection element, the parameter ExBlo TripCmd Fc
of the module has to be set to Active. This gives the permission: The tripping command of this
element can be blocked.
Within the general protection parameters, an additional signal has to be chosen and assigned to the
ExBlo parameter from the Assignment list. If the selected signal is activated, the temporary
blockage becomes effective.
www.eaton.com
299
300
No
www.eaton.com
Temporarily
Blocking
Ye
s
1..n,
Assignment
List=Active
Prot.ExBlo
Active
Permanent
Blocking
Ye
s
Inactive
No
Temporarily
Blocking
Ye
s
I[x].ExBlo1
1..n,
Assignment
List=Active
oder
I[x].ExBlo1
Active
Inactive
No
Temporarily
Blocking
Ye
s
1..n,
Assignment
List=Active
I[x].Rvs Blo
Active
Inactive
IH2
No
Temporarily
Blocking
Ye
s
IH2 Detected
Active
Inactive
I[x].IH2 Blo
Permanent
Blocking
Active
Inactive
I[x]..Blo TripCmd
Active
No
Temporarily
Blocking
Ye
s
1..n,
Assignment
List=Active
I[x].ExBlo
TripCmd
Active
Inactive
I[x].ExBlo TripCmd
Fc
Permanent
Blocking
Active
Inactive
Bkr.Trigger[x]
Inactive
I[x]=Active/Inactive
I[x].ExBlo Fc
I[x].Function
Prot.ExBlo Fc
EMR-3000
IM02602005E
Tripping criterion fulfilled for I (overcurrent protection module: e.g. 50P[x]). How could the trip command be
blocked?
www.eaton.com
TripCmd Fc
Name.ExBlo TripCmd
Active
Inactive
Name.ExBlo
Active
Inactive
Name.Blo TripCmd
Trip Blockings
AND
OR
Name.ExBlo TripCmd-I
Name.ExBlo TripCmd
Name.Blo TripCmd
EMR-3000
IM02602005E
301
302
www.eaton.com
Name.ExBlo 2
Name.ExBlo 1
Active
Inactive
Name.ExBlo Fc
Active
Inactive
Name.Function
Prot. Active
Blockings
OR
AND
AND
Name.ExBlo2-I
Name.ExBlo1-I
Name.ExBlo
Name.Active
EMR-3000
IM02602005E
www.eaton.com
Name.Rvs Blo
Active
Inactive
Name.Rvs Blo Fc
Name.ExBlo 2
Name.ExBlo 1
Active
Inactive
Name.ExBlo Fc
Active
Inactive
Name.Function
Blockings **
AND
OR
AND
AND
Name.Rvs Blo-I
Name.Rvs Blo
Name.ExBlo2-I
Name.ExBlo1-I
Name.ExBlo
Name.Active
EMR-3000
IM02602005E
Current protective functions cannot only be blocked permanently (Function = Inactive) or temporarily by any
blocking signal from the Assignment list, but also by Reverse Interlocking.
All other protection functions can be activated, deactivated, or blocked in the same manner.
303
EMR-3000
IM02602005E
If the signal becomes true, then all protective and supervisory functions will be blocked as long as one of these
signals are true.
304
www.eaton.com
www.eaton.com
OR
AND
AND
Selection List
Prot.ExBlo 3**
Prot.ExBlo 2
Prot.ExBlo 1
Active
Inactive
Prot.ExBlo Fc
Measured Values: OK
Prot - Active
AND
Prot.ExBlo3-I
Prot.ExBlo2-I
Prot.ExBlo1-I
Prot.ExBlo
Prot.Active
Prot.Available
EMR-3000
IM02602005E
305
EMR-3000
IM02602005E
Each protection element generates its own pickup and trip signals, which are automatically passed onto the
Prot module where the phase based and general (collective) pickup and trip signals are generated. The
Prot module serves as a top level and a common place to group all pickups and trips from each individual
protection element.
For instance, PROT.PICKUP PHASE A is the phase A pickup signal OR-ed from all protection elements; PROT.TRIP
PHASE A is the phase A trip signal OR-ed from all protection elements; PROT.PICKUP is the collective pickup
signal OR-ed from all protection elements; Prot.Trip is the collective Trip signal OR-ed from all protection
elements, and etc. The Tripping commands of the protection elements have to be fed to the Bkr Manager
module for further trip request processing.
The tripping commands are executed by the Bkr Manager module.
Tripping commands have to be assigned to a breaker. The Breaker Manager will
issue the trip command to the breaker.
If a protection element is activated and respectively decides to trip, two pickup signals will be created.
1.
The module or the protection element issues an pickup/alarm (e.g.: 50P[1].PICKUP or 50P[1].TRIP).
2. The master Prot module collects/summarizes the signals and issues a pickup/alarm or a trip signal
PROT.PICKUP PROT.TRIP.
306
www.eaton.com
www.eaton.com
15
15
15
Name[n].Trip
Name.Trip
Name.Trip
...
OR
Name = Each trip of an active, trip authorized protection module will lead to a general trip.
Prot.Trip
Prot.Trip
EMR-3000
IM02602005E
307
308
www.eaton.com
Name.Pickup
Name.Pickup
Name.Pickup
14
14
14
...
OR
Name = Each pickup of a module (except from supervision modules but including BF) will lead to a general pickup (collective pickup).
Prot.Pickup
Prot.Pickup
EMR-3000
IM02602005E
www.eaton.com
23
19d
19c
19b
19a
22
18b
18a
21
17b
17a
20
16b
16a
59[n].TripCmd*
51R[1]...[n].Trip*
50R[1]...[n].Trip*
51X[1]...[n].Trip*
50X[1]...[n].Trip*
V[n].Trip Phase C*
51P[1]...[n].Trip Phase C*
50P[1]...[n].Trip Phase C*
V[n].Trip Phase B*
51P[1]...[n].Trip Phase B*
50P[1]...[n].Trip Phase B*
V[n].Trip Phase A*
51P[1]...[n].Trip Phase A*
50P[1]...[n].Trip Phase A*
OR
OR
OR
OR
Each phase selective trip of a trip authorized module (I, IG, V, VX depending on the device type) will lead to a phase
selective general trip.
Prot.Trip
Prot.Trip IX or IR
Prot.Trip Phase C
Prot.Trip Phase B
Prot.Trip Phase A
EMR-3000
IM02602005E
309
310
www.eaton.com
31
27d
27c
27b
27a
30
26b
26a
29
25b
25a
28
24b
24a
59[n].Pickup*
51R[1]...[n].Pickup*
50R[1]...[n].Pickup*
51X[1]...[n].Pickup*
50X[1]...[n].Pickup*
V[n].Pickup Phase C*
51P[1]...[n].Pickup IC*
50P[1]...[n].Pickup IC*
V[n].Pickup Phase B*
51P[1]...[n].Pickup IB*
50P[1]...[n].Pickup IB*
V[n].Pickup Phase A*
51P[1]...[n].Pickup IA*
50P[1]...[n].Pickup IA*
OR
OR
OR
OR
Prot.Pickup
Prot.Pickup IX or IR
Prot.Pickup Phase C
Prot.Pickup Phase B
Prot.Pickup Phase A
EMR-3000
IM02602005E
IM02602005E
EMR-3000
Description
Setting Range
Resetting of fault
Inactive,
number and number
of grid faults.
Active
Default
Menu Path
Inactive
[Operation
/Reset
/Counter]
Description
Setting Range
ExBlo Fc
Default
Menu Path
Inactive
[Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/Prot]
ExBlo1
ExBlo2
If external blocking
1..n, Assignment List -.of this module is
activated (allowed),
the global protection
functionality of the
device will be
blocked if the state
of the assigned
signal becomes true.
[Protection Para
If external blocking
1..n, Assignment List -.of this module is
activated (allowed),
the global protection
functionality of the
device will be
blocked if the state
of the assigned
signal becomes true.
[Protection Para
Description
Assignment Via
ExBlo1-I
[Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/Prot]
www.eaton.com
311
IM02602005E
EMR-3000
Name
Description
Assignment Via
ExBlo2-I
[Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/Prot]
Description
Available
Active
Signal: Active
ExBlo
Pickup Phase A
Pickup Phase B
Pickup Phase C
Pickup IX or IR
Pickup
Trip Phase A
Trip Phase B
Trip Phase C
Trip IX or IR
Trip
Description
Menu Path
FaultNo
Disturbance No.
[Operation
/Count and RevData
/Prot]
No of grid faults
312
www.eaton.com
[Operation
/Count and RevData
/Prot]
EMR-3000
IM02602005E
www.eaton.com
313
314
Name.TripCmd
15
15
15
Name.TripCmd
15
www.eaton.com
Inactive
Active
Bkr.Latched
Bkr.Res TripCmdCr
Acknowledge-Comm
Acknowledge -HMI
Name.TripCmd
Name.TripCmd
.
.
.
.
Name.TripCmd
15
OR
AND
OR
R1
S
Q
Name = Each trip of an active, trip authorized protection module will lead to a general trip.
Bkr.Trip Bkr
OR
t
Bkr.t-TripCmd
OR
Counter
11
TripCmd Cr
Bkr.Trip Bkr
EMR-3000
IM02602005E
IM02602005E
EMR-3000
Description
Setting Range
Default
Menu Path
Ack TripCmd
Acknowledge Trip
Command
Inactive,
Inactive
[Operation
Active
/Reset
/Flags]
Description
Setting Range
Default
Menu Path
t-TripCmd
0.0 300.0 s
0.2 s
[Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/Bkr/Cont Manager
/Bkr]
Latched
Inactive,
Inactive
Active
[Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/Bkr/Cont Manager
/Bkr]
Ack TripCmd
Acknowledge Trip
Command
[Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/Bkr/Cont Manager
/Bkr]
t-max-OPEN
0.10 s
[Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/Bkr/Cont Manager
/Bkr]
www.eaton.com
315
IM02602005E
EMR-3000
Parameter
Description
Setting Range
t-max-CLOSE
Default
Menu Path
0.10 s
[Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/Bkr/Cont Manager
/Bkr]
CinBkr-52a
The breaker is in
CLOSE-position if
the state of the
assigned signal is
true (52a).
-.-,
-.-
[Protection Para
DI Slot X1.DI 1,
DI Slot X1.DI 2,
/Bkr/Cont Manager
DI Slot X1.DI 3,
/Bkr]
DI Slot X1.DI 4
CinBkr-52b
The breaker is in
-.-,
OPEN-position if the
state of the assigned
signal is true (52b). DI Slot X1.DI 1,
-.-
[Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
DI Slot X1.DI 2,
/Bkr/Cont Manager
DI Slot X1.DI 3,
/Bkr]
DI Slot X1.DI 4
Ex Man CLOSE
Cmd
316
External manual
breaker CLOSE
command (NOT for
AR!). The breaker
was closed manually
if the state of the
assigned signal is
true. This digital
input can be used by
some protective
elements (if they are
available within the
device) like Switch
Onto Fault (SOTF),
e.g. as a trigger
signal.
-.-,
-.-
[Protection Para
DI Slot X1.DI 1,
DI Slot X1.DI 2,
/Bkr/Cont Manager
DI Slot X1.DI 3,
/Bkr]
DI Slot X1.DI 4
www.eaton.com
IM02602005E
EMR-3000
Parameter
Description
Setting Range
Default
Menu Path
Manual OPEN
-.-,
-.-
[Protection Para
-.-,
Ready
DI Slot X1.DI 1,
DI Slot X1.DI 2,
/Bkr/Cont Manager
DI Slot X1.DI 3,
/Bkr]
DI Slot X1.DI 4
-.-
[Protection Para
DI Slot X1.DI 1,
DI Slot X1.DI 2,
/Bkr/Cont Manager
DI Slot X1.DI 3,
/Bkr]
DI Slot X1.DI 4
Description
Assignment Via
Acknow Sig-I
[Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/Bkr/Cont Manager
/Bkr]
CinBkr-52a-I
[Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/Bkr/Cont Manager
/Bkr]
www.eaton.com
317
IM02602005E
EMR-3000
Name
Description
Assignment Via
CinBkr-52b-I
[Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/Bkr/Cont Manager
/Bkr]
[Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/Bkr/Cont Manager
/Bkr]
Manual OPEN-I
[Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/Bkr/Cont Manager
/Bkr]
Ready-I
[Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/Bkr/Cont Manager
/Bkr]
Description
TripCmd
Ack TripCmd
State
Ready
Manual OPEN
Pos OPEN
318
www.eaton.com
IM02602005E
EMR-3000
Name
Description
Pos CLOSE
Pos Indeterm
Pos Disturb
www.eaton.com
319
IM02602005E
EMR-3000
Breaker Wear
BWear
Description
Options
Default
Menu Path
Mode
Mode
Do not use,
Use
[Device Planning]
Use
Description
Setting Range
Default
ExBlo1
External blocking of
the module, if
blocking is activated
(allowed) within a
parameter set and if
the state of the
assigned signal is
true.
Menu Path
[Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/Bkr/Cont Manager
/BWear]
ExBlo2
External blocking of
the module, if
blocking is activated
(allowed) within a
parameter set and if
the state of the
assigned signal is
true.
[Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/Bkr/Cont Manager
/BWear]
Function
Active
[Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/Bkr/Cont Manager
/BWear]
320
www.eaton.com
IM02602005E
EMR-3000
Parameter
Description
ExBlo Fc
Operations Alarm
Setting Range
Default
Menu Path
Activate (allow) or
Inactive,
inactivate (disallow)
blocking of the
module/element.
Active
This parameter is
only effective if a
signal is assigned to
the corresponding
global protection
parameter. If the
signal becomes true,
those
modules/elements
are blocked that are
configured "ExBlo
Fc=active".
Inactive
[Protection Para
100
1 65,535
[Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/Bkr/Cont Manager
/BWear]
10,000 A
[Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/Bkr/Cont Manager
/BWear]
Description
Assignment Via
ExBlo1-I
[Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/Bkr/Cont Manager
/BWear]
www.eaton.com
321
IM02602005E
EMR-3000
Name
Description
Assignment Via
ExBlo2-I
[Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/Bkr/Cont Manager
/BWear]
Description
Active
Signal: Active
ExBlo
Operations Alarm
Res TripCmdCr
Description
Menu Path
TripCmd Cr
322
www.eaton.com
IM02602005E
EMR-3000
Description
Default
Size
Menu Path
Isum trip IA
Summation of the
tripping currents
phase1.
0A
0 65,535 A
[Operation
/History
/Total Operations]
Isum trip IB
Summation of the
tripping currents
phase2.
0A
0 65,535 A
[Operation
/History
/Total Operations]
Isum trip IC
Summation of the
tripping currents
phase3.
0A
0 65,535 A
[Operation
/History
/Total Operations]
Description
Setting Range
Default
Menu Path
Res TripCmdCr
Resetting of the
Counter: total
number of trip
commands
Inactive,
Inactive
[Operation
Active
/Reset
/Counter]
www.eaton.com
323
EMR-3000
IM02602005E
Application
Ground Fault Protection
Available Elements:
324
www.eaton.com
EMR-3000
IM02602005E
IOC Function
Available Elements:
IOC Function
Functional Description
The instantaneous overcurrent function (IOC) or 50P[x] is intended to protect in the event of a high-current fault.
The example IOC setting used in the Motor Protection Curve (see the Motor Protection Curve Examples in the
Ultimate Trip Current Section) is 12 times (1,200%) of FLA. In general, the instantaneous IOC should be at least
1.5 times LRC, well above the locked rotor current normally seen at the moment of a start.
IOC should trip fast and therefore no run or pickup delay is provided. A start delay is set at a minimum of two
cycles (0.03 sec.), or more if needed to block IOC tripping on magnetizing inrush when the motor is first
energized. An additional IOC time delay setting is set at a default of zero seconds.
IOC Trip Level
The IOC sets the instantaneous overcurrent trip limit in percentage of the FLA above at which the relay trips.
This trip type can be set to Inactive to deactivate this protective device element. For currents clearly above the
setting, the IOC function picks up in two power cycles or less. The IOC setting must be below (1,130 * PCT/
FLA) or 1,600%, whichever is less.
IOC Start Delay (IOCSD)
This setting sets the number of power cycles after a start is recognized until the IOC trip and alarm functions are
enabled. Use this delay to inhibit IOC tripping on a current peak caused by magnetic inrush when the motor is
first energized (usually two to three cycles).
Please refer to the Parameters section for additional information.
www.eaton.com
325
EMR-3000
IM02602005E
JAM
Available Elements:
50J[1], 50J[2]
Functional Description
When the motor is running, a current increase above normal load may be an indication of a malfunction in the
load. JAM protection recognizes mechanical problems, such as broken drive gears.
Refer to the JAM protection limit (the right vertical line in the Underload and JAM Trip Function curve example).
In this curve example, the JAM trip is set at 150% of FLA.
The protective device can be configured for a JAM alarm and/or a JAM trip. There are two JAM elements:
They are located under the >>Protection Parma<< menu, under each setting group (Set 1 for example). It is
suggested to use 50J[1] for JAM trip, and 50J[2] for JAM alarm. Each can be disabled by entering the JAM
setting menu and then selecting Inactive. It can also be blocked by various blocking elements set by the User
326
www.eaton.com
IM02602005E
EMR-3000
under the >>Global Prot Par / JAM<< menu. In the Underload and JAM Trip Function curve, the Trip settings
are represented by two vertical lines, both well above the normal load current. This curve also applies to JAM
setting configured as an alarm. Be sure to set the alarm level below the trip level.
Both trips and alarms are held off by the JAM Start Delay located under the >>Global Prot Para / Motor-start
Start Delay Timers<<. Use the start delay to block tripping and alarming until the motor current drops to
continuous load level. Use run delays to avoid nuisance alarms or trips for load transients.
To configure this function for operation under an alarm condition, the User must assign the functions pickup
[(50J[1].Pickup) for example] to an relay output contact, under >>Device Parm / Relay Outs<< that the User has
identified as the Alarm relay output. Likewise, to illuminate an LED under a functions alarm condition, LED2
must be assigned the functions pickup. Several elements are configure as such at the factory for convenience.
Description
Options
Default
Menu Path
Mode
Mode
Do not use,
Use
[Device Planning]
Use
Description
Setting Range
Default
ExBlo1
External blocking of
the module, if
blocking is activated
(allowed) within a
parameter set and if
the state of the
assigned signal is
true.
Menu Path
[Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/JAM-Prot
/50J[1]]
ExBlo2
External blocking of
the module, if
blocking is activated
(allowed) within a
parameter set and if
the state of the
assigned signal is
true.
[Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/JAM-Prot
/50J[1]]
ExBlo TripCmd
[Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/JAM-Prot
/50J[1]]
www.eaton.com
327
IM02602005E
EMR-3000
Description
Setting Range
Function
Default
Menu Path
Inactive
[Protection Para
/<n>
/JAM-Prot
/50J[1]]
ExBlo Fc
Blo TripCmd
Activate (allow) or
Inactive,
inactivate (disallow)
blocking of the
module/element.
Active
This parameter is
only effective if a
signal is assigned to
the corresponding
global protection
parameter. If the
signal becomes true,
those
modules/elements
are blocked that are
configured "ExBlo
Fc=active".
Inactive
Permanent blocking
of the Trip
Command of the
module/element.
Inactive
Inactive,
[Protection Para
/<n>
/JAM-Prot
/50J[1]]
Active
[Protection Para
/<n>
/JAM-Prot
/50J[1]]
ExBlo TripCmd Fc
328
Activate (allow) or
Inactive,
inactivate (disallow)
blocking of the
module/element.
Active
This parameter is
only effective if a
signal is assigned to
the corresponding
global protection
parameter. If the
signal becomes true,
those
modules/elements
are blocked that are
configured "ExBlo
TripCmd Fc=active".
www.eaton.com
Inactive
[Protection Para
/<n>
/JAM-Prot
/50J[1]]
IM02602005E
EMR-3000
Parameter
Description
Setting Range
Default
Menu Path
Pickup
50J[1]: 10 FLA
[Protection Para
50J[2]: 5 FLA
/<n>
/JAM-Prot
/50J[1]]
Tripping delay
0.0 - 1200.0 s
50J[1]: 2.0 s
[Protection Para
50J[2]: 10.0 s
/<n>
/JAM-Prot
/50J[1]]
Description
Assignment Via
ExBlo1-I
[Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/JAM-Prot
/50J[1]]
ExBlo2-I
[Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/JAM-Prot
/50J[1]]
ExBlo TripCmd-I
[Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/JAM-Prot
/50J[1]]
www.eaton.com
329
IM02602005E
EMR-3000
Name
Description
Assignment Via
Rvs Blo-I
[]
Description
Active
Signal: Active
ExBlo
Rvs Blo
Blo TripCmd
ExBlo TripCmd
Pickup
Signal: Pickup
Trip
Signal: Trip
TripCmd
Description
Default
Size
Menu Path
nAlarms
Number of alarms
since last reset.
0 9,999,999,999
[Operation
/History
/Alarm Counter]
nTrips
Number of trips
since last reset.
0 9,999,999,999
[Operation
/History
/Trip Counter]
330
www.eaton.com
IM02602005E
EMR-3000
Load Shedding
Available Elements:
MLS
Functional Description
In some applications, the the protective device can forestall a JAM alarm or trip, or a thermal trip, by sending a
signal to the process to reduce loading. The load-shedding function, if enabled, closes or opens a relay contact
to shed process load when the motor load current goes above the Load-shed Drop threshold, for a time
exceeding the Drop Delay t. This could, for example, be connected to stop flow of material into the driven
process until the load current drops below the load-shed dropout threshold, for the time determined by the Drop
Delay t.
Set the load-shed pickup current comfortably below the JAM trip level. It may be useful to set it below the
Ultimate Trip Current, particularly if RTDs are not used.
The load shed function provides a contact output signal that the User connects to the process equipment, to
reduce loading on the motor if it becomes too large. For example, the contact might be used to temporarily stop
the flow of heavy materials onto a conveyor driven by the protected motor. In this way, the protective device tries
to alleviate an overload before it reaches an outright thermal protective trip. When the load is reduced, the
contact returns to the normal state and the process can resume loading of the motor.
The load shed function, which is active only during the RUN state of the motor, is configured with settings MLS Mechanical Load Shedding, under each of the the Setting groups (Set 1 for example).
Description
Options
Default
Menu Path
Mode
Mode
Do not use,
Use
[Device Planning]
Use
Description
Setting Range
ExBlo1
External blocking of
the module, if
blocking is activated
(allowed) within a
parameter set and if
the state of the
assigned signal is
true.
External blocking of
the module, if
blocking is activated
(allowed) within a
parameter set and if
the state of the
assigned signal is
true.
ExBlo2
Default
Menu Path
[Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/MLS]
[Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/MLS]
www.eaton.com
331
IM02602005E
EMR-3000
Description
Setting Range
Function
Default
Menu Path
Inactive
[Protection Para
/<n>
/MLS]
ExBlo Fc
Pickup Threshold
Activate (allow) or
Inactive,
inactivate (disallow)
blocking of the
module/element.
Active
This parameter is
only effective if a
signal is assigned to
the corresponding
global protection
parameter. If the
signal becomes true,
those
modules/elements
are blocked that are
configured "ExBlo
Fc=active".
Inactive
Load shedding
pickup current as
multiplier of FLA.
0.90 FLA
[Protection Para
/<n>
/MLS]
[Protection Para
/<n>
/MLS]
t-Pickup Delay
0.0 - 5.0 s
1.0 s
[Protection Para
/<n>
/MLS]
Dropout Threshold
Load shedding
0.50 1.50 FLA
dropout as multiplier
of FLA (Hysteresis).
0.50 FLA
[Protection Para
/<n>
/MLS]
t-Drop Delay
0.0 - 5.0 s
1.0 s
[Protection Para
/<n>
/MLS]
332
www.eaton.com
IM02602005E
EMR-3000
Description
Assignment Via
ExBlo1-I
[Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/MLS]
ExBlo2-I
[Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/MLS]
Description
Active
Signal: Active
ExBlo
Pickup
Signal: Pickup
Trip
Signal: Trip
www.eaton.com
333
EMR-3000
IM02602005E
=
=
I2
Settings for the LRC1 (Locked Rotor Current 1) and LRC2 (Locked Rotor Current 2) can be found under the
System Parameters. The LRC value is a multiplier of the Full Load amps (FLA) setting and ranges from 300 to
1200 % of FLA. There are two independent LRC multipliers (LRC1 and LRC2) one for each motor speed. LRC1
is used for single speed motors. LRC2 is used in multiple speed applications where a second set of CT's are
used to monitor a second motor winding.
The value of K = 6.01 should be used to mimic the thermal model of Eaton's MP3000 and MP4000 motor relays.
Please refer to the Parameters section for additional information.
334
www.eaton.com
EMR-3000
IM02602005E
Start cycle;
Run cycle;
Stop cycle; and
Trip state.
Under normal conditions, the motor operations should go through stop, start, run, and stop cycles that are
referred to as a complete operation sequence; while under certain abnormal conditions, the motor could go from
start to stop, or start to trip, or run to trip. If other protection trips occur at either the start or run cycle, the motor
will be forced to go to trip mode. After motor currents are terminated, the motor will go into the stop cycle. A
motor start is blocked by the hidden state Block as shown in the motor start diagram, if any of the following
conditions are noted - motor starts limit, starting frequency, thermal and mechanical constraints. The User may
choose to use the blocked state to block the motor from starting or use it as an alarm or indication.
www.eaton.com
335
EMR-3000
IM02602005E
If there is no transition trip, the protective device relay declares a successful transition to RUN cycle and the
corresponding transition flag(s) (current or time, or both, depending on the settings and motor current) is set.
The transition flag(s) is the part of the global output list, which can be assigned to any module input or relay
output. If it is assigned to a relay output, it can control a reduced-voltage starter, switching to full running
voltage.
Even if the transition control output contact is not used, the transition function can provide clear indications of the
actual state of the motor (START versus RUN) on the front panel display and via data communications. A good
way to do this is to use the settings of TRN Criteria = TRN T or C and TRNC = 130% of FLA. Modify the latter, if
needed, to lie at a transition value between the starting current and post-start maximum load current. Set the
transition timer well beyond the normal start time to avoid a transition trip.
336
www.eaton.com
EMR-3000
IM02602005E
Start Delays
When the protective device declares a START, all start timers of the enabled functions begin to time. Each of
these timers blocks the respective function until the set delay expires. These start timers are affected by
transitions - they run for the set time, which may be less than or greater than the time of transition. These start
delay timers include:
Note that the generic start delays are not tied to anything, and they can be used to block anything at the Users
choice.
Start Limits
Because motor starting consumes a considerable amount of thermal energy compared to its normal load
conditions, the number of starts in a given time period must be monitored and controlled. The protective device
has three functions that contribute to the start limits monitoring. These are:
Most motors can tolerate some number of consecutive cold starts before the time between starts is enforced.
The protective device treats a start as the first in a sequence of cold starts if the motor has been stopped for at
least the time period that is the greatest of one hour and TBS. Subsequent starts are treated as additional cold
starts in the same sequence, only if they run no more than ten minutes, until the set number of cold starts is
reached. Once the motor is in the cold starting sequence, it will ignore TBS and SPH limits. The cold start
sequence will be terminated if the motor has run for more than ten minutes for a cold start before it exhausts
NOCS, then starts after this are subject to time and count limits imposed by TBS and SPH. If the motor reaches
the NOCS limit in a cold start sequence, NOCS block flag will be set and TBS will start to time. When TBS
reaches its limit while the NOCS block flag is still set, the cold start sequence will be terminated and the NOCS
block will be released. Meanwhile, the SPH will start to count at the last start in the complete cold start
sequence.
Stop Cycle
The run cycle continues until the motor current level falls below the Stop Current Threshold setting current on all
three phases. Then a stop is declared. The start limits (also referred as Jogging start limits) and the antibackspin time delay (ABS) are checked. If blocking conditions exist, the protective device can be configured to
block a motor from starting. Remaining jogging block times are displayed and counted down, indicating how
long to wait. If there are no such starting block conditions in effect, the protective device is ready for a new start.
Anti-Backspin Delay Time (ABS)
ABS sets the time in seconds before a motor restart is permitted after a trip or stop condition. This function can
be set to OFF.
This function is used with a motor driving a pump working into a head, or any other load that tends to spin in a
reverse direction (backspin) when the motor is de-energized. It blocks starting during the time when the motor
might be rotating in reverse following a trip. Also, this function may be used simply to set idle time (time between
stop and start) before a restart is permitted.
www.eaton.com
337
EMR-3000
IM02602005E
When any of Anti-Backspin, thermal, and external blocks are on, the general blocked flag will be set. The TBS
and SPH can turn on the general blocked flag only if the motor is not in a cold start sequence; NOCS block can
not cause the general blocked flag to be set.
Forced Starting
It is recommended that the User wires the general blocked output to the motor trip circuit for preventing the
motor from starting under these blocked conditions. If the User chooses not to do this for their applications, a
Forced Starting flag will be set when the motor is started with the blocked conditions. This flag can only be reset
manually though PowerPort-E or from the front panel.
Trips and Trip Bypass
If any of the motor protective functions operate while the motor starts or runs, the protective device can open its
trip contact if so configured. It may also open its trip contact after a stop is recognized if any jogging function
time limit is blocking the next start. In either case, the protective device expects that the contactor has opened in
response and that no current flows.
If the protective device senses noticeable current for more than about a second whenever it is tripped, it sets a
Trip Bypass flag. This means that the relay blocking of the contactor has been circumvented by the User to start
the motor. If the current fails to stop when the protective device trips a running motor, it may be because of a
User trip bypass or because of a stuck contactor.
Consider the possibility of backup protection for a contactor opening failure. Configure one of the relay output
contacts to pick up for a trip bypass. Connect the contact to trip an upstream breaker. This protects the motor
from damage in case of a stuck contactor (at the cost of interrupting other loads connected to the same
breaker).
Zero Speed Switch (ZSS ON or OFF)
ZSS enables the function that verifies if the motor begins to physically spin after a start. It requires a zero-speed
switch on the motor, which is closed at rest and opens as the rotor reaches (5%-10%) its normal speed.
Connect the zero-speed switch contact to one of the protective device Discrete Inputs. If the contact fails to
open within LRT/2 (one-half of locked-rotor time) after a start, the relay trips with a zero-speed switch trip
message.
This protection is always useful, but is essential if the Long Acceleration Time (LAT) function setting is used.
338
www.eaton.com
EMR-3000
IM02602005E
With ZSS being enabled and being mapped to one of the digital inputs, the protective device checks the ZSS
input status at the very moment it sees a start - it wants to sense the initially closed zero-speed switch, which
opens shortly thereafter as the motor spins. If it fails to find the closed contact, it trips immediately. Check the
wiring and contact for problems.
Long Acceleration Time (LAT)
When the LAT function is enabled, the LAT timer is used to set a time interval during which the motor is
permitted to accelerate a high-inertia load, which is longer than the locked-rotor time. This function can be (and
usually should be) set to OFF. If the thermal-model accumulator bucket fills to 100% during the long
acceleration time, it is limited to that value and the thermal trip is held off until the LAT timer expires. By then,
the thermal bucket level must have decreased (thermal model cooled) below 100% or the motor trips.
The LAT function should be used but not limited only on motors with a zero-speed switch (a normally-closed
contact that opens when the motor actually begins to spin). Connect the zero-speed switch contact to one of the
protective device Discrete Inputs. The Zero-Speed Switch function must be enabled (ZSS ON). The protective
device requires the zero-speed switch to open within LRT/2 (one-half of locked-rotor time) after a start, or the
motor is tripped by the ZSS function. This protects a completely stalled motor from being damaged when the
LAT timer blocks the locked-rotor thermal trip.
The long acceleration time (LAT) function can block the critical LRC-LRT
rotor thermal protection during a start and destroy the motor. Turn LAT
OFF unless absolutely needed and the motor's suitability for this starting
duty has been confirmed. Use only with zero speed switch function ZSS
ON and switch input connected to protect a stalled motor.
The User can temporarily defeat the I2t thermal protection limit after a start by setting a Long Acceleration Time
delay. This can be a dangerous setting that blocks thermal tripping and holds the bucket at a 100% level if the
load takes a long time to reach running speed. An example is a motor spinning a large centrifuge. In using LAT,
the User can take advantage of the partial cooling from airflow produced by the motor spinning at below-normal
speed, as compared to unfanned heating of a locked rotor. The motor must be rated for this severe starting
duty. Also, the User must ensure that the motor actually has begun to spin well before the locked-rotor time has
expired. This is accomplished by connecting a zero-speed switch to a Discrete Input and turning on ZSS
function. The zero-speed switch is a contact that is closed when the motor is at rest, and opens as the motor
begins to spin, usually at 5-10% of running speed. If ZSS is set to ON and the protective device relay does not
sense the contact open in one-half the locked-rotor time setting, it trips the motor.
Turn OFF LAT unless the application specifically demands it. Use a zero
speed switch with LAT. Using an LAT setting greater than locked rotor time
without a zero speed switch temporarily defeats thermal protection and
damages the motor if the rotor actually is locked.
If LAT is used, check the settings of transition time TRNT and jam start delay to be sure they are coordinated
with the prolonged starting cycle.
Incomplete Sequence Report Back Time (INSQ)
The incomplete sequence function requires a report back contact from the process that the motor runs - any
indication that the process has started to operate as expected some time after the motor start. If the process
does not start up correctly, the contact does not close within the expected time. If a problem develops later on,
the report back contact opens. In either case, the open contact state indicates that the motor should be tripped.
To use this function, set a time limit for report back here and define the start of report back timing. Connect the
report-back contact to one of the protective device Discrete Inputs. If this input is not energized before the set
time expires, the relay will trip for incomplete sequence.
Note that the input must be energized continuously after the time delay has expired to hold off this trip.
www.eaton.com
339
IM02602005E
EMR-3000
Emergency Override
If enabled, an emergency override can be executed by pushing the Emrg Override button behind the front panel
security door. In any case, an emergency override can be performed by a remote contact connected to any one
of the discrete inputs programmed as EMG OVR, or via front panel under Operations\Reset menu. The asshipped setting is disabled.
Emergency override allows a panic restart of a tripped motor without completely disabling protection. When the
override request is received, the thermal-model accumulator bucket is drained to its initial level of 40C (104F).
Jogging limit counters and timing, including anti-backspin timing, are reset. Cold starts are fully restored.
The motor protection is now in the state it would be in if the motor had been standing for a long time prior to the
moment of the override. This allows an immediate restart of the motor. The override can also delay an
impending thermal trip of a running motor. The emergency override action is counted in the history record, and
noted with its time tag in the logbook record.
The emergency override function clears and restarts all protective
functions of the protective device. Using this function can damage the
motor. Use it only for true emergencies, when it is known what caused the
trip. Override permits the risk of motor damage to avoid an even more
dangerous process situation caused by the tripping of the motor.
Description
Reversing
Default
Menu Path
Reversing or non
Inactive,
reversing starter.
This option will affect
the sequence current Active
calculations.
Inactive
[System Para]
FLA
500 A
[System Para]
LRC
6.01
[System Para]
340
Setting Range
www.eaton.com
IM02602005E
EMR-3000
Parameter
Description
LRTC
Setting Range
Default
Menu Path
1s
[System Para]
UTC
Ultimate trip
0.85 - 1.50
threshold. Sets the
current level above
which a trip will
eventually occur
when no RTD stator
temperature data is
available, in percent
of FLA. For normal
use, set UTC to the
service factor times
100%. The service
factor is found on the
motor nameplate or
in manufacturers
data.
0.85
[System Para]
STPC
Stop current
0.02 - 0.20
threshold, in percent
of FLA, if the actual
current is below the
threshold for at least
300 milliseconds. If
a stop state occurs,
the jogging functions
Starts per Hour
Allowed (SPH), Time
Between Starts
(TBS) and AntiBackspin (ABK) are
enforced. All phases
of the current must
be below this level
before a stop will be
declared.
0.02
[System Para]
StartBlo Fc
StartBlo Fc
Inactive
[Protection Para
Inactive,
Active
www.eaton.com
341
IM02602005E
EMR-3000
Parameter
Description
Setting Range
Default
Menu Path
ThermBlo Fc
ThermBlo Fc
Inactive,
Inactive
[Protection Para
Active
TRNT
10 s
[Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/MStart
/Start Control]
TRNC
Motor start
transitions current
level in FLA%
1.30 FLA
[Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/MStart
/Start Control]
TRN Criteria
NOCS
Start transition
criterion
Number of cold
starts limit
TRN I,
TRN T and I
[Protection Para
TRN TIME,
TRN T and I,
/MStart
TRN T or I
/Start Control]
1-5
[Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/MStart
/Start Control]
342
www.eaton.com
IM02602005E
EMR-3000
Parameter
Description
Setting Range
TBS Fc
Default
Menu Path
Inactive
[Protection Para
Active
TBS Timer
60 min
[Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/MStart
/Start Control]
SPH Fc
Inactive,
Inactive
Active
[Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/MStart
/Start Control]
SPH
SPH
1 - 10
[Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/MStart
/Start Control]
INSQReportFrom
INcomplete
SeQuence report
time starting point
Inactive,
Inactive
[Protection Para
InSq Start2Run,
InSq Stop2Start
/MStart
/Start Control]
www.eaton.com
343
IM02602005E
EMR-3000
Parameter
Description
Setting Range
Default
Menu Path
INSQReportTime
1 - 240 s
1s
[Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/MStart
/Start Control]
LAT Fc
Long Time
Acceleration Timer
Inactive,
Inactive
Active
[Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/MStart
/Start Control]
LAT Timer
344
www.eaton.com
1,200 s
[Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/MStart
/Start Control]
IM02602005E
EMR-3000
Parameter
Description
ABK Fc
ABK Timer
Setting Range
Default
Menu Path
For certain
Inactive,
applications, such as
pumping a fluid up a
pipe, the motor may Active
be driven backward
for a period of time
after it stops. The
protective relay
provides an antibackspin timer to
prevent starting the
motor while it is
spinning in the
reverse direction.
The timer begins
counting from the
moment a stop is
declared by the
relay.
Inactive
[Protection Para
For certain
1 - 3600 s
applications, such as
pumping a fluid up a
pipe, the motor may
be driven backward
for a period of time
after it stops. The
protective relay
provides an antibackspin timer to
prevent starting the
motor while it is
spinning in the
reverse direction.
The timer begins
counting from the
moment a stop is
declared by the
relay.
3,600 s
[Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/MStart
/Start Control]
Inactive,
Active
Active
[Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/MStart
/Start Control]
www.eaton.com
345
IM02602005E
EMR-3000
Parameter
Description
Setting Range
Default
Menu Path
EMGOVR
Emergency override
options. Signal has
to be active in order
to release the
thermal capacity of
the motor. Please
notice that by doing
this you run the risk
of damaging the
motor. EMGOVR
has to be set to DI
or DI or UI for this
input to take effect.
Inactive,
Inactive
[Protection Para
Remote Open
DII,
UII,
/MStart
DI or UI
/Start Control]
-.-
[Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
DI Slot X1.DI 2,
/MStart
DI Slot X1.DI 3,
/Motor Inputs]
DI Slot X1.DI 4
Remote Close
-.-
[Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
DI Slot X1.DI 2,
/MStart
DI Slot X1.DI 3,
/Motor Inputs]
DI Slot X1.DI 4
RemoteReset
Remote Reset
-.-,
-.-
DI Slot X1.DI 1,
DI Slot X1.DI 2,
/MStart
DI Slot X1.DI 3,
/Motor Inputs]
DI Slot X1.DI 4
346
[Protection Para
www.eaton.com
IM02602005E
EMR-3000
Parameter
Description
Setting Range
Default
Menu Path
-.-
[Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/MStart
DI Slot X1.DI 3,
/Motor Inputs]
DI Slot X1.DI 4
Stop
-.-,
-.-
[Protection Para
DI Slot X1.DI 1,
DI Slot X1.DI 2,
/MStart
DI Slot X1.DI 3,
/Motor Inputs]
DI Slot X1.DI 4
StartBlock
-.-,
-.-
[Protection Para
DI Slot X1.DI 1,
DI Slot X1.DI 2,
/MStart
DI Slot X1.DI 3,
/Motor Inputs]
DI Slot X1.DI 4
EmgOvr
Emergency
Override. Signal has
to be active in order
to release the
thermal capacity of
the motor. Please
notice that by doing
this you run the risk
of damaging the
motor. EMGOVR
has to be set to DI
or DI or UI for this
input to take effect.
-.-,
-.-
[Protection Para
DI Slot X1.DI 1,
DI Slot X1.DI 2,
/MStart
DI Slot X1.DI 3,
/Motor Inputs]
DI Slot X1.DI 4
www.eaton.com
347
IM02602005E
EMR-3000
Parameter
Description
Setting Range
Default
Menu Path
INSQ
INcomplete
SeQuence
-.-,
-.-
[Protection Para
DI Slot X1.DI 1,
DI Slot X1.DI 2,
/MStart
DI Slot X1.DI 3,
/Motor Inputs]
DI Slot X1.DI 4
ThermSwitch
Therm Switch
-.-,
-.-
[Protection Para
DI Slot X1.DI 1,
DI Slot X1.DI 2,
/MStart
DI Slot X1.DI 3,
/Motor Inputs]
DI Slot X1.DI 4
ZSS
-.-,
-.-
[Protection Para
DI Slot X1.DI 1,
DI Slot X1.DI 2,
/MStart
DI Slot X1.DI 3,
/Motor Inputs]
DI Slot X1.DI 4
t-Blo-IOC
1s
[Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/MStart
/Start Delay Timer]
348
www.eaton.com
IM02602005E
EMR-3000
Parameter
Description
Setting Range
t-Blo-GOC
Ground
0.03 - 1.00 s
Instantaneous
Overcurrent Start
Delay. 50X[x] and
50R[x] elements are
blocked for the time
programmed under
this parameter, while
the motor is starting
Default
Menu Path
1s
[Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/MStart
/Start Delay Timer]
t-Blo-UnderLoad
Underload Start
0 - 1200 s
Delay. 37[x]
elements are
blocked for the time
programmed under
this parameter, while
the motor is starting.
1s
[Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/MStart
/Start Delay Timer]
t-Blo-IUnbalance
Current Unbalance
0 - 1200 s
Start Delay. 46[x]
elements are
blocked for the time
programmed under
this parameter, while
the motor is starting.
1s
[Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/MStart
/Start Delay Timer]
t-Blo-JAM
1s
[Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/MStart
/Start Delay Timer]
t-Blo-Generic1
t-Blo-Generic1
0 - 1200 s
1s
[Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/MStart
/Start Delay Timer]
www.eaton.com
349
IM02602005E
EMR-3000
Parameter
Description
Setting Range
Default
Menu Path
t-Blo-Generic2
t-Blo-Generic2
0 - 1200 s
1s
[Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/MStart
/Start Delay Timer]
t-Blo-Generic3
t-Blo-Generic3
0 - 1200 s
1s
[Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/MStart
/Start Delay Timer]
t-Blo-Generic4
t-Blo-Generic4
0 - 1200 s
1s
[Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/MStart
/Start Delay Timer]
t-Blo-Generic5
t-Blo-Generic5
0 - 1200 s
1s
[Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/MStart
/Start Delay Timer]
Description
Assignment Via
ThermalBlo-I
[]
350
www.eaton.com
IM02602005E
EMR-3000
Name
Description
Assignment Via
Remote Open-I
Remote Close-I
RemoteReset-I
[Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/MStart
/Motor Inputs]
Speed2-I
[]
[Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/MStart
/Motor Inputs]
[]
Stop-I
[Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/MStart
/Motor Inputs]
www.eaton.com
351
IM02602005E
EMR-3000
Name
Description
Assignment Via
StartBlock-I
[Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/MStart
/Motor Inputs]
EmgOvr-I
INSQ-I
[Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/MStart
/Motor Inputs]
ThermSwitch-I
[Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/MStart
/Motor Inputs]
ZSS-I
[Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/MStart
/Motor Inputs]
352
www.eaton.com
IM02602005E
EMR-3000
Description
Active
Signal: Active
Blo TripCmd
Trip
Signal: Trip
TripCmd
Start
Run
Stop
Blo
NOCSBlocked
SPHBlocked
SPHBlockAlarm
TBSBlocked
ThermalBlock
RemBlockStart
TransitionTrip
ZSSTrip
INSQSP2STFaill
INSQSt2RunFail
LATBlock
ColdStartSeq
ForcedStart
TripPhaseReverse
EmergOverrideDI
EmergOverrideUI
ABKActive
GOCStartBlock
www.eaton.com
353
IM02602005E
EMR-3000
Name
Description
IOCStartBlock
ULoadStartBlock
JamStartBlock
UnbalStartBlock
Blo-Generic1
Blo-Generic2
Blo-Generic3
Blo-Generic4
Blo-Generic5
I_Transit
T_Transit
StartMotorCmd
MotorStopBlo
Description
Setting Range
EmergOver2UI
Default
Menu Path
Inactive
[Operation
Active
/Reset
/EMGOVR]
RstForcedStart
Inactive,
Active
Inactive
[Operation
/Reset
/Flags]
354
www.eaton.com
IM02602005E
EMR-3000
Description
Default
Size
Menu Path
WaitTimeStarts
0s
0 - 9,999,999,999 s
[Operation
/Measured Values
/Motor Values]
ColdStartPermit
Number of cold
starts remaining
0 9,999,999,999
[Operation
/Measured Values
/Motor Values]
StartPerHour
StartPerHour
0 9,999,999,999
[Operation
/Measured Values
/Motor Values]
AntiBackSpin
Anti-BackspinTimer
0s
0 - 9,999,999,999 s
[Operation
/Measured Values
/Motor Values]
IA FLA
Measured value:
Phase current as
percentage of FLA
0 FLA
0 1,000 FLA
[Operation
/Measured Values
/Standard values]
IB FLA
Measured value:
Phase current as
percentage of FLA
0 FLA
0 - 1,000 FLA
[Operation
/Measured Values
/Standard values]
IC FLA
Measured value:
Phase current as
percentage of FLA
0 FLA
0 - 1,000 FLA
[Operation
/Measured Values
/Standard values]
www.eaton.com
355
IM02602005E
EMR-3000
Value
Description
Default
Size
Menu Path
I3PFla avg
Average RMS
current of all 3
phases as
percentages of FLA
0 FLA
0 - 1,000 FLA
[Operation
/Measured Values
/Standard values]
OCNT
Motor Operation
count since last
reset. Resettable
with "Sys Res
Operations Cr" or
"All".
0 - 65,535
[Operation
/History
/Operations]
HighestStartI
Highest starting
0A
phase current.
Resettable with "Sys.
Res Operations Cr"
or "All".
0 - 99,999,999 A
[Operation
/History
/Operations]
HighestRunI
Highest running
0A
phase current.
Resettable with "Sys.
Res Operations Cr"
or "All".
0 999,999 A
[Operation
/History
/Operations]
nEmrgOvr
Number of
0
emergency overrides
since last reset.
Resettable with "Sys.
Res Operations Cr"
or "All".
0 - 65,535
[Operation
/History
/Operations]
nISQT
Number of
0
incomplete
sequence trips since
last reset. Resettable
with "Sys. Res
TripCr" or "All".
0 - 65,535
[Operation
/History
/Trip Counter]
nSPHBlocks
0 - 65,535
[Operation
/History
/Trip Counter]
nTBSBlocks
Number of time
0
between start blocks
since last reset.
Resettable with "Sys.
Res Operations Cr"
or "All".
0 - 65,535
[Operation
/History
/Trip Counter]
356
www.eaton.com
IM02602005E
EMR-3000
Value
Description
Default
nTRNTrips
Number of transition 0
trips since last reset.
Resettable with "Sys.
Res TripCr" or "All".
Size
Menu Path
0 - 65,535
[Operation
/History
/Trip Counter]
nZSWTrips
Number of zero
0
speed switch trips
since last reset.
Resettable with "Sys.
Res TripCr" or "All".
0 - 65,535
[Operation
/History
/Trip Counter]
nRevTrips
Number of reverse
0
spinning trips since
last reset. Resettable
with "Sys. Res
TripCr" or "All".
0 - 65,535
[Operation
/History
/Trip Counter]
TOCS
Total Motor
0
Operation count
since last reset.
Resettable with "Sys.
Res TotalCr" or "All".
0 - 65,535
[Operation
/History
/Total Operations]
Description
Menu Path
I3PhaseAvg
[Operation
/Measured Values
/Standard values]
RunTime
[Operation
/History
/Operations]
Highest%I2/I1
[Operation
/History
/Operations]
www.eaton.com
357
IM02602005E
EMR-3000
Value
Description
Menu Path
TRunTime
[Operation
/History
/Total Operations]
Description
Menu Path
IA max FLA
IA avg FLA
[Operation
/Statistics
/Standard values]
IA min FLA
IB max FLA
IB avg FLA
[Operation
/Statistics
/Standard values]
IC min FLA
358
www.eaton.com
IM02602005E
EMR-3000
Value
Description
Menu Path
IC max FLA
[Operation
/Statistics
/Standard values]
IC avg FLA
[Operation
/Statistics
/Standard values]
IC min FLA
[Operation
/Statistics
/Standard values]
[Operation
/Statistics
/Standard values]
www.eaton.com
359
EMR-3000
IM02602005E
360
www.eaton.com
EMR-3000
IM02602005E
Thermal Model
Available Elements:
49
The first four settings (1-4) dictate the maximum allowable thermal limit curve of the protected equipment, and
the last four settings (6-9) define the thermal trip and alarm curves relative to the thermal limit curve. Setting 5 is
used for cooling or damping.
Mathematically, the thermal limit curve can be expressed as the following:
TripTime=
I 2LRT LR
I 2ef
when
I ef SFFLA
If the direct stator temperature measurements are available, the thermal replica model will be modified to include
the heat loss between stator and rotor. As a result, the motor will be able to run longer under overload
conditions. The heat loss serves as a cooling. At some point, the cooling effect will cancel the heat increment
so that the thermal capacity used will reach some steady-state level that may be below the trip or alarm limit.
This equivalently raises the service factor and shifts the trip curve right.
If the thermal capacity used is held at a level that is below the trip threshold, the thermal model will not trip. To
prevent the protected equipment from overheating, the direct temperature trip function must be enabled. Keep
in mind that in order for the stator temperature to be effective in the thermal replica model, the following
conditions must be met:
Some RTD channels must be configured to measure the winding temperatures; and
These RTD channels must be enabled for trip.
0S
I 2ef 50
TC Used %=
when
240 I 2LRT LR
I ef ITH FLA
www.eaton.com
361
EMR-3000
IM02602005E
Take for example, ILR = 6FLA, TLR = 15, and thermal trip level of 100%. The relationship between the effective
current threshold and the stator temperature can be seen in the Stator Temperature Effect on Current Threshold
Curve.
362
www.eaton.com
EMR-3000
IM02602005E
www.eaton.com
363
IM02602005E
EMR-3000
Description
K2
This value
0.10 - 10.00
represents the
negative sequence
current weighting
factor of the motor.
The User can mimic
the behavior of the
MP-3000 if this value
is left to 6.01.
364
Setting Range
www.eaton.com
Default
Menu Path
6.01
[Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/49]
IM02602005E
EMR-3000
Parameter
Description
Tcool
This value
30 - 120
represents the
cooling time constant
of the motor. The
User can mimic the
behavior of the MP3000 if this value is
left to 60.
ExBlo1
ExBlo2
ExBlo TripCmd
Setting Range
Default
Menu Path
60
[Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/49]
External blocking of
the module, if
blocking is activated
(allowed) within a
parameter set and if
the state of the
assigned signal is
true.
External blocking of
the module, if
blocking is activated
(allowed) within a
parameter set and if
the state of the
assigned signal is
true.
[Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/49]
[Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/49]
[Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/49]
Description
Setting Range
Function
Default
Menu Path
Active
[Protection Para
/<n>
/49]
www.eaton.com
365
IM02602005E
EMR-3000
Parameter
Description
ExBlo Fc
Blo TripCmd
Setting Range
Default
Menu Path
Activate (allow) or
Inactive,
inactivate (disallow)
blocking of the
module/element.
Active
This parameter is
only effective if a
signal is assigned to
the corresponding
global protection
parameter. If the
signal becomes true,
those
modules/elements
are blocked that are
configured "ExBlo
Fc=active".
Inactive
[Protection Para
Permanent blocking
of the Trip
Command of the
module/element.
Inactive
Inactive,
/<n>
/49]
Active
[Protection Para
/<n>
/49]
ExBlo TripCmd Fc
Trip Function
Activate (allow) or
Inactive,
inactivate (disallow)
blocking of the
module/element.
Active
This parameter is
only effective if a
signal is assigned to
the corresponding
global protection
parameter. If the
signal becomes true,
those
modules/elements
are blocked that are
configured "ExBlo
TripCmd Fc=active".
Inactive
Inactive
[Protection Para
/<n>
/49]
Active
[Protection Para
/<n>
/49]
Trip Threshold
Trip threshold at
0.60 - 0.99
which the thermal
model will trip, based
on percentage of
thermal capacity
used. This value
should typically
always be set at 0.99
Only available if: Trip
Function = Active.
366
www.eaton.com
.99
[Protection Para
/<n>
/49]
IM02602005E
EMR-3000
Parameter
Description
Setting Range
Default
Menu Path
Trip Delay
Thermal capacity
used trip delay.
0.0 - 3,600.0 s
0.0 s
[Protection Para
/<n>
/49]
Alarm Function
Inactive,
Inactive
[Protection Para
Active
/<n>
/49]
Alarm Threshold
Alarm threshold at
0.60 - 0.99
which the thermal
model will trip, based
on percentage of
thermal capacity
used.
.70
[Protection Para
/<n>
/49]
Thermal capacity
used alarm delay.
1 - 360 min
1 min
[Protection Para
/<n>
/49]
Description
Assignment Via
ExBlo1
[Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/49]
ExBlo2
[Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/49]
www.eaton.com
367
IM02602005E
EMR-3000
Name
Description
Assignment Via
ExBlo TripCmd
[Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/49]
Description
Alarm Pickup
Alarm Timeout
RTD effective
RTD effective
Load above SF
Active
Signal: Active
ExBlo
Blo TripCmd
ExBlo TripCmd
Pickup
Signal: Pickup
Trip
Signal: Trip
TripCmd
Description
Setting Range
Default
Menu Path
Reset thermal
capacity used.
Inactive,
Inactive
[Operation
Active
/Reset
/Counter]
368
www.eaton.com
IM02602005E
EMR-3000
Description
Default
Size
Menu Path
I2T Used
Thermal capacity
used.
0%
0 1,000%
[Operation
/Measured Values
/Standard values]
I2T Remained
Thermal capacity
remained.
0%
0 1,000%
[Operation
/Measured Values
/Standard values]
nTrips
Number of trips
since last reset.
0 - 65,535
[Operation
/History
/Trip Counter]
nAlarms
Number of alarms
since last reset.
0 - 65,535
[Operation
/History
/Alarm Counter]
www.eaton.com
369
EMR-3000
IM02602005E
If stator RTDs are not used and there is the possibility that the ambient may rise above 40C (104F), the
ultimate trip current should be set below the value indicated by the nameplate service factor to avoid stator
insulation damage or loss of motor life.
If stator temperature measurements are available, the algorithm may keep from tripping, even if the effective
current is above the ultimate trip current setting, depending on stator temperature reports. It is still important to
set a correct ultimate trip current so that the motor is well protected. If the RTDs, the module, or its
communications to the relay fail, the algorithm falls back to use of UTC. Also, note that if all RTD channels are
set to OFF, the algorithm reverts to the non- RTD calculation, which is based strictly on UTC.
370
www.eaton.com
EMR-3000
IM02602005E
www.eaton.com
371
EMR-3000
372
www.eaton.com
IM02602005E
EMR-3000
IM02602005E
www.eaton.com
373
EMR-3000
IM02602005E
Underload Module
Available Elements
37[1] ,37[2] ,37[3]
Functional Description
When the motor is running, a current reduction might indicate a malfunction in the load. Underload protection
recognizes mechanical problems, such as a blocked flow or loss of back pressure in a pump, or a broken drive
belt or drive shaft.
Refer to the underload protection limit - the left vertical line in the Underload and Jam Trip Function example. In
the example, the underload trip is set at 60% of FLA. The protective device can be configured for underload
alarm and underload trip. Each can be disabled by entering the >>Underload Setting<< menu and then selecting
Inactive.
These would be represented by two such vertical lines, both below the normal load current. Be sure to set the
alarm level above the trip level. Both trips and alarms are held off by the start delay. Each has its own run or
pickup delay. Use the start delay to block tripping until the load stabilizes after a start. Use run delays to avoid
nuisance alarms or trips for load transients.
374
www.eaton.com
IM02602005E
EMR-3000
To configure this function for operation under an alarm condition, the User must assign the functions pickup ( for
example 50J[1].Pickup) to an relay output contact, under >>Device Parm / Relay Outs<< that the User has
identified as the Alarm relay output. Likewise, to illuminate an LED under a functions alarm condition, LED 2
must be assigned the functions pickup. Several elements are configure as such at the factory for convenience.
Description
Options
Default
Menu Path
Mode
Mode
Do not use,
Use
[Device Planning]
Use
Description
Setting Range
Default
ExBlo1
External blocking of
the module, if
blocking is activated
(allowed) within a
parameter set and if
the state of the
assigned signal is
true.
Menu Path
[Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/Underload-Prot
/37[1]]
ExBlo2
External blocking of
the module, if
blocking is activated
(allowed) within a
parameter set and if
the state of the
assigned signal is
true.
[Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/Underload-Prot
/37[1]]
ExBlo TripCmd
[Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/Underload-Prot
/37[1]]
www.eaton.com
375
IM02602005E
EMR-3000
Description
Setting Range
Function
Default
Menu Path
Inactive
[Protection Para
/<n>
/Underload-Prot
/37[1]]
ExBlo Fc
Blo TripCmd
Activate (allow) or
Inactive,
inactivate (disallow)
blocking of the
module/element.
Active
This parameter is
only effective if a
signal is assigned to
the corresponding
global protection
parameter. If the
signal becomes true,
those
modules/elements
are blocked that are
configured "ExBlo
Fc=active".
Inactive
Permanent blocking
of the Trip
Command of the
module/element.
Inactive
Inactive,
[Protection Para
/<n>
/Underload-Prot
/37[1]]
Active
[Protection Para
/<n>
/Underload-Prot
/37[1]]
ExBlo TripCmd Fc
376
Activate (allow) or
Inactive,
inactivate (disallow)
blocking of the
module/element.
Active
This parameter is
only effective if a
signal is assigned to
the corresponding
global protection
parameter. If the
signal becomes true,
those
modules/elements
are blocked that are
configured "ExBlo
TripCmd Fc=active".
www.eaton.com
Inactive
[Protection Para
/<n>
/Underload-Prot
/37[1]]
IM02602005E
EMR-3000
Parameter
Description
Setting Range
Underload
Underload Pickup
0.05 - 0.90 FLA
based on a multiplier
of FLA.
Default
Menu Path
0.50 FLA
[Protection Para
/<n>
/Underload-Prot
/37[1]]
Phases
Any one
[Protection Para
/<n>
/Underload-Prot
/37[1]]
Tripping delay
0.4 - 1200.0 s
37[1]: 2.0 s
[Protection Para
37[2]: 10.0 s
/<n>
37[3]: 0.4 s
/Underload-Prot
/37[1]]
Description
Assignment Via
ExBlo1-I
[Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/Underload-Prot
/37[1]]
ExBlo2-I
[Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/Underload-Prot
/37[1]]
www.eaton.com
377
IM02602005E
EMR-3000
Name
Description
Assignment Via
ExBlo TripCmd-I
[Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/Underload-Prot
/37[1]]
Rvs Blo-I
[]
Description
Active
Signal: Active
ExBlo
Rvs Blo
Blo TripCmd
ExBlo TripCmd
Pickup
Signal: Pickup
Trip
Signal: Trip
TripCmd
Description
Default
Size
Menu Path
nAlarms
Number of alarms
since last reset.
0 - 9,999,999,999
[Operation
/History
/Alarm Counter]
nTrips
Number of trips
since last reset.
0 - 9,999,999,999
[Operation
/History
/Trip Counter]
378
www.eaton.com
EMR-3000
IM02602005E
Explanation:
t = Tripping delay
I = Fault current
Pickup = If the pickup value is exceeded, the module/element starts to time out to trip.
This element offers a criterion setting. The criterion setting tells if the threshold is based on the fundamental
(Phasor) or RMS.
For Tripping curves, please refer to the Appendix/Instantaneous Current Curves (Phase) section.
www.eaton.com
379
380
www.eaton.com
IC
IB
IA
Name.Pickup
RMS
Fund.
Name.Criterion
IH2.Blo Phase C
IH2.Blo Phase B
IH2.Blo Phase A
Active
Inactive
Name.IH2 Blo
AND
AND
AND
Name = 50P[1]...[n]
50P[1]...[n]
OR
AND
AND
AND
AND
OR
DEFT
Name.t
Name.Pickup
AND
AND
AND
AND
14
26a
25a
15
Name.TripCmd
Name.Trip
18a
Name.Trip Phase C
17a
Name.Trip Phase B
16a
Name.Trip Phase A
Name.Pickup
Name.Pickup IC
Name.Pickup IB
24a
Name.IH2 Blo*
Name.Pickup IA
EMR-3000
IM02602005E
IM02602005E
EMR-3000
Description
Options
Default
Menu Path
Mode
Mode
50P[1]: Nondirectional
50P[1]: Nondirectional
[Device Planning]
50P[2]: Nondirectional
50P[2]: Nondirectional
Non-directional
Description
Setting Range
Default
ExBlo1
External blocking of
the module, if
blocking is activated
(allowed) within a
parameter set and if
the state of the
assigned signal is
true.
Menu Path
[Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/I-Prot
/50P[1]]
ExBlo2
External blocking of
the module, if
blocking is activated
(allowed) within a
parameter set and if
the state of the
assigned signal is
true.
[Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/I-Prot
/50P[1]]
www.eaton.com
381
IM02602005E
EMR-3000
Parameter
Description
Setting Range
Default
ExBlo3
External blocking of
the module, if
blocking is activated
(allowed) within a
parameter set and if
the state of the
assigned signal is
true.
-.-,
MStart.GOCStartBlock,
MStart.IOCStartBlock,
Menu Path
MStart.ULoadStartBlock,
MStart.JamStartBlock,
MStart.UnbalStartBlock,
MStart.Blo-Generic1,
MStart.Blo-Generic2,
MStart.Blo-Generic3,
MStart.Blo-Generic4,
MStart.Blo-Generic5
ExBlo TripCmd
[Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/I-Prot
/50P[1]]
Rvs Blo
[Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/I-Prot
/50P[1]]
382
www.eaton.com
IM02602005E
EMR-3000
Parameter
Description
Setting Range
AdaptSet 1
Default
Menu Path
-.-
[Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/I-Prot
/50P[1]]
AdaptSet 2
-.-
[Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/I-Prot
/50P[1]]
AdaptSet 3
-.-
[Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/I-Prot
/50P[1]]
AdaptSet 4
-.-
[Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/I-Prot
/50P[1]]
Description
Setting Range
Function
Default
Menu Path
50P[1]: Active
[Protection Para
50P[2]: Active
/<n>
50P[3]: Inactive
/I-Prot
/50P[1]]
www.eaton.com
383
IM02602005E
EMR-3000
Parameter
Description
ExBlo Fc
Rvs Blo Fc
Blo TripCmd
Setting Range
Default
Menu Path
Activate (allow) or
Inactive,
inactivate (disallow)
blocking of the
module/element.
Active
This parameter is
only effective if a
signal is assigned to
the corresponding
global protection
parameter. If the
signal becomes true,
those
modules/elements
are blocked that are
configured "ExBlo
Fc=active".
Inactive
[Protection Para
Activate (allow) or
Inactive,
inactivate (disallow)
reverse blocking of
the module/element. Active
This parameter is
only effective if a
signal is assigned to
the corresponding
global protection
parameter. If the
signal becomes true,
those
modules/element are
blocked that are
configured "Rvs Blo
Fc = active".
Inactive
Permanent blocking
of the Trip
Command of the
module/element.
Inactive
Inactive,
/<n>
/I-Prot
/50P[1]]
[Protection Para
/<n>
/I-Prot
/50P[1]]
Active
[Protection Para
/<n>
/I-Prot
/50P[1]]
ExBlo TripCmd Fc
384
Activate (allow) or
Inactive,
inactivate (disallow)
blocking of the
module/element.
Active
This parameter is
only effective if a
signal is assigned to
the corresponding
global protection
parameter. If the
signal becomes true,
those
modules/elements
are blocked that are
configured "ExBlo
TripCmd Fc=active".
www.eaton.com
Inactive
[Protection Para
/<n>
/I-Prot
/50P[1]]
IM02602005E
EMR-3000
Parameter
Description
Setting Range
Criterion
Default
Menu Path
True RMS
[Protection Para
True RMS
/<n>
/I-Prot
/50P[1]]
Pickup
adapt
adapt
50P[1]: 2 In
[Protection Para
50P[2]: 2.5 In
/<n>
50P[3]: 3.0 In
/I-Prot
Tripping delay.
/50P[1]]
0.00 - 300.00 s
50P[1]: 0 s
[Protection Para
50P[2]: 0.25 s
/<n>
50P[3]: 0.25 s
/I-Prot
/50P[1]]
Description
Assignment Via
ExBlo1-I
[Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/I-Prot
/50P[1]]
www.eaton.com
385
IM02602005E
EMR-3000
Name
Description
Assignment Via
ExBlo2-I
[Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/I-Prot
/50P[1]]
ExBlo TripCmd-I
[Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/I-Prot
/50P[1]]
Rvs Blo-I
[Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/I-Prot
/50P[1]]
AdaptSet1-I
[Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/I-Prot
/50P[1]]
AdaptSet2-I
[Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/I-Prot
/50P[1]]
386
www.eaton.com
IM02602005E
EMR-3000
Name
Description
Assignment Via
AdaptSet3-I
[Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/I-Prot
/50P[1]]
AdaptSet4-I
[Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/I-Prot
/50P[1]]
Description
Active
Signal: Active
ExBlo
Rvs Blo
Blo TripCmd
ExBlo TripCmd
Pickup IA
Signal: Pickup IA
Pickup IB
Signal: Pickup IB
Pickup IC
Signal: Pickup IC
Pickup
Signal: Pickup
Trip Phase A
Trip Phase B
Trip Phase C
Trip
Signal: Trip
TripCmd
Active AdaptSet
DefaultSet
AdaptSet 1
AdaptSet 2
AdaptSet 3
AdaptSet 4
www.eaton.com
387
IM02602005E
EMR-3000
Description
Default
Size
Menu Path
nAlarms
Number of alarms
since last reset.
0 - 9,999,999,999
[Operation
/History
/Alarm Counter]
nTrips
Number of trips
since last reset.
0 - 9,999,999,999
[Operation
/History
/Trip Counter]
Signals to be measured for each current protection element: the threshold values, total tripping time
(recommended), or alternatively tripping delays and the drop-out ratios; each time 3 x single-phase and
1 x three-phase.
Eaton recommends measuring the total tripping time instead of the tripping
delay. The tripping delay should be specified by the User. The total
tripping time is measured at the position signaling contact of the breaker
(not at the relay output contacts!).
Total tripping time
Please take the breaker operating times from the technical data specified in
the relevant documentation provided by the breaker manufacturer.
Necessary means:
Current source;
Current meters; and
Timer.
Procedures:
Testing the threshold values (3 x single-phase and 1 x three-phase)
For each test performed, feed a current that is about 3-5% above the threshold value for activation/tripping.
Then check the threshold values.
Testing the total tripping delay (recommendation)
Measure the total tripping times at the auxiliary contacts of the breaker (breaker tripping).
Testing the tripping delay (measuring at the relay output contact)
Measure the tripping times at the relay output contact.
388
www.eaton.com
EMR-3000
IM02602005E
www.eaton.com
389
EMR-3000
IM02602005E
NINV (IEC/XInv);
VINV (IEC/XInv);
LINV (IEC/XInv);
EINV (IEC/XInv);
MINV (ANSI/XInv);
VINV (ANSI/XInv);
EINV (ANSI/XInv);
Thermal Flat;
Therm Flat IT;
Therm Flat I2T; and
Therm Flat I4T.
For tripping curves please refer to the Appendix/Time Current Curves (PHASE) section.
390
www.eaton.com
www.eaton.com
IC
IB
IA
Imax
Name.Pickup
RMS
Fund.
Name.Criterion
IH2.Blo Phase C
IH2.Blo Phase B
IH2.Blo Phase A
Active
Inactive
Name.IH2 Blo
AND
AND
AND
Name = 51P[1]...[n]
51P[1]...[n]
OR
AND
AND
AND
AND
OR
Imax
INV
Name.Reset Mode
Name.t-reset
Name.t-multiplier
Name.Curve Shape
AND
AND
AND
AND
14
26b
25b
15
Name.TripCmd
Name.Trip
18b
Name.Trip Phase C
17b
Name.Trip Phase B
16b
Name.Trip Phase A
Name.Pickup
Name.Pickup IC
Name.Pickup IB
24b
Name.IH2 Blo*
Name.Pickup IA
EMR-3000
IM02602005E
391
IM02602005E
EMR-3000
Description
Options
Default
Menu Path
Mode
Mode
51P[1]: Nondirectional
51P[1]: Nondirectional
[Device Planning]
51P[2]: Nondirectional
Non-directional
Description
Setting Range
Default
ExBlo1
External blocking of
the module, if
blocking is activated
(allowed) within a
parameter set and if
the state of the
assigned signal is
true.
Menu Path
[Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/I-Prot
/51P[1]]
ExBlo2
External blocking of
the module, if
blocking is activated
(allowed) within a
parameter set and if
the state of the
assigned signal is
true.
[Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/I-Prot
/51P[1]]
ExBlo TripCmd
[Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/I-Prot
/51P[1]]
392
www.eaton.com
IM02602005E
EMR-3000
Parameter
Description
Setting Range
Default
Rvs Blo
Menu Path
[Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/I-Prot
/51P[1]]
AdaptSet 1
-.-
[Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/I-Prot
/51P[1]]
AdaptSet 2
-.-
[Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/I-Prot
/51P[1]]
AdaptSet 3
-.-
[Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/I-Prot
/51P[1]]
AdaptSet 4
-.-
[Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/I-Prot
/51P[1]]
www.eaton.com
393
IM02602005E
EMR-3000
Description
Setting Range
Function
Default
Menu Path
51P[1]: Active
[Protection Para
51P[2]: Active
/<n>
51P[3]: Inactive
/I-Prot
/51P[1]]
ExBlo Fc
Rvs Blo Fc
Blo TripCmd
Activate (allow) or
Inactive,
inactivate (disallow)
blocking of the
module/element.
Active
This parameter is
only effective if a
signal is assigned to
the corresponding
global protection
parameter. If the
signal becomes true,
those
modules/elements
are blocked that are
configured "ExBlo
Fc=active".
Inactive
Activate (allow) or
Inactive,
inactivate (disallow)
reverse blocking of
the module/element. Active
This parameter is
only effective if a
signal is assigned to
the corresponding
global protection
parameter. If the
signal becomes true,
those
modules/element are
blocked that are
configured "Rvs Blo
Fc = active".
Inactive
Permanent blocking
of the Trip
Command of the
module/element.
Inactive
Inactive,
Active
[Protection Para
/<n>
/I-Prot
/51P[1]]
[Protection Para
/<n>
/I-Prot
/51P[1]]
[Protection Para
/<n>
/I-Prot
/51P[1]]
394
www.eaton.com
IM02602005E
EMR-3000
Parameter
Description
ExBlo TripCmd Fc
Criterion
Setting Range
Default
Menu Path
Activate (allow) or
Inactive,
inactivate (disallow)
blocking of the
module/element.
Active
This parameter is
only effective if a
signal is assigned to
the corresponding
global protection
parameter. If the
signal becomes true,
those
modules/elements
are blocked that are
configured "ExBlo
TripCmd Fc=active".
Inactive
[Protection Para
[Protection Para
/<n>
True RMS
/<n>
/I-Prot
/51P[1]]
adapt
1.00 In
[Protection Para
/<n>
/I-Prot
/51P[1]]
www.eaton.com
395
IM02602005E
EMR-3000
Parameter
Description
Setting Range
Default
Menu Path
Curve Shape
Characteristic
IEC NINV,
ANSI MINV
[Protection Para
IEC VINV,
/<n>
IEC EINV,
/I-Prot
IEC LINV,
/51P[1]]
adapt
ANSI MINV,
ANSI VINV,
ANSI EINV,
Therm Flat,
IT,
I2T,
I4T
t-multiplier
Time
multiplier/tripping
characteristic factor
0.02 - 20.00
51P[1]: 1
[Protection Para
51P[2]: 2
/<n>
51P[3]: 3
/I-Prot
adapt
/51P[1]]
Reset Mode
Reset Mode
Instantaneous,
Calculated
[Protection Para
t-delay,
/<n>
Calculated
/I-Prot
adapt
/51P[1]]
396
www.eaton.com
IM02602005E
EMR-3000
Parameter
Description
t-reset
adapt
Setting Range
Default
Menu Path
0s
[Protection Para
/<n>
Available if:Reset
Mode = t-delay.
/I-Prot
/51P[1]]
Description
Assignment Via
ExBlo1-I
[Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/I-Prot
/51P[1]]
ExBlo2-I
[Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/I-Prot
/51P[1]]
ExBlo TripCmd-I
[Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/I-Prot
/51P[1]]
Rvs Blo-I
[Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/I-Prot
/51P[1]]
www.eaton.com
397
IM02602005E
EMR-3000
Name
Description
Assignment Via
AdaptSet1-I
[Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/I-Prot
/51P[1]]
AdaptSet2-I
[Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/I-Prot
/51P[1]]
AdaptSet3-I
[Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/I-Prot
/51P[1]]
AdaptSet4-I
[Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/I-Prot
/51P[1]]
Description
Active
Signal: Active
ExBlo
Rvs Blo
Blo TripCmd
ExBlo TripCmd
Pickup IA
Signal: Pickup IA
Pickup IB
Signal: Pickup IB
Pickup IC
Signal: Pickup IC
398
www.eaton.com
IM02602005E
EMR-3000
Name
Description
Pickup
Signal: Pickup
Trip Phase A
Trip Phase B
Trip Phase C
Trip
Signal: Trip
TripCmd
Active AdaptSet
DefaultSet
AdaptSet 1
AdaptSet 2
AdaptSet 3
AdaptSet 4
Description
Default
Size
Menu Path
nAlarms
Number of alarms
since last reset.
0 - 9,999,999,999
[Operation
/History
/Alarm Counter]
nTrips
Number of trips
since last reset.
0 - 9,999,999,999
[Operation
/History
/Trip Counter]
www.eaton.com
399
EMR-3000
IM02602005E
Signals to be measured for each current protection element: the threshold values, total tripping time
(recommended), or alternatively tripping delays and the drop-out ratios; each time 3 x single-phase and
1 x three-phase.
Eaton recommends measuring the total tripping time instead of the tripping
delay. The tripping delay should be specified by the User. The total
tripping time is measured at the position signaling contact of the breaker
(not at the relay output contacts!).
Total tripping time
Please take the breaker operating times from the technical data specified in
the relevant documentation provided by the breaker manufacturer.
Necessary means:
Current source;
Current meters; and
Timer.
Procedure:
Testing the threshold values (3 x single-phase and 1 x three-phase)
For each test performed, feed a current that is about 3-5% above the threshold value for activation/tripping.
Then check the threshold values.
Testing the total tripping delay (recommendation)
Measure the total tripping times at the auxiliary contacts of the breaker (breaker tripping).
Testing the tripping delay (measuring at the relay output contact)
Measure the tripping times at the relay output contact.
Testing the drop-out ratio
Reduce the current to 97% below the trip value and check the drop-out ratio.
Successful test result
The measured total tripping delays or individual tripping delays, threshold values, and drop-out ratios correspond
with those values specified in the adjustment list. Permissible deviations/tolerances can be found in the
Technical Data section.
400
www.eaton.com
EMR-3000
IM02602005E
For tripping curves please refer to the Appendix/Instantaneous Current Curves (Ground Current Measured)
section.
The ground current can be measured either directly via a zero sequence transformer or detected by a residual
connection. The ground current can alternatively be calculated from the phase currents. However, this is only
possible if the current transformers are Wye-connected.
www.eaton.com
401
402
IH2.Blo IG
www.eaton.com
Active
RMS
Fund.
Name.Criterion
Inactive
Name.IGH2 Blo
IX Measured
Name = 50X[1]...[n]
50X[1]...[n]
Name.Pickup
AND
AND
AND
DEFT
Name.t
Name.Pickup
AND
Name.TripCmd
Name.Pickup
27a
15
19a
Name.Trip
14
Name.IGH2 Blo*
EMR-3000
IM02602005E
IM02602005E
EMR-3000
Description
Options
Default
Menu Path
Mode
Mode
Non-directional
Non-directional
[Device Planning]
Description
Setting Range
Default
ExBlo1
External blocking of
the module, if
blocking is activated
(allowed) within a
parameter set and if
the state of the
assigned signal is
true.
Menu Path
[Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/I-Prot
/50X[1]]
ExBlo2
External blocking of
the module, if
blocking is activated
(allowed) within a
parameter set and if
the state of the
assigned signal is
true.
[Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/I-Prot
/50X[1]]
www.eaton.com
403
IM02602005E
EMR-3000
Parameter
Description
Setting Range
Default
ExBlo3
External blocking of
the module, if
blocking is activated
(allowed) within a
parameter set and if
the state of the
assigned signal is
true.
-.-,
MStart.GOCStartBlock,
MStart.IOCStartBlock,
Menu Path
MStart.ULoadStartBlock,
MStart.JamStartBlock,
MStart.UnbalStartBlock,
MStart.Blo-Generic1,
MStart.Blo-Generic2,
MStart.Blo-Generic3,
MStart.Blo-Generic4,
MStart.Blo-Generic5
ExBlo TripCmd
[Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/I-Prot
/50X[1]]
Rvs Blo
[Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/I-Prot
/50X[1]]
404
www.eaton.com
IM02602005E
EMR-3000
Parameter
Description
Setting Range
AdaptSet 1
Default
Menu Path
-.-
[Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/I-Prot
/50X[1]]
AdaptSet 2
-.-
[Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/I-Prot
/50X[1]]
AdaptSet 3
-.-
[Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/I-Prot
/50X[1]]
AdaptSet 4
-.-
[Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/I-Prot
/50X[1]]
Description
Setting Range
Function
Default
Menu Path
Active
[Protection Para
/<n>
/I-Prot
/50X[1]]
www.eaton.com
405
IM02602005E
EMR-3000
Parameter
Description
ExBlo Fc
Rvs Blo Fc
Blo TripCmd
Setting Range
Default
Menu Path
Activate (allow) or
Inactive,
inactivate (disallow)
blocking of the
module/element.
Active
This parameter is
only effective if a
signal is assigned to
the corresponding
global protection
parameter. If the
signal becomes true,
those
modules/elements
are blocked that are
configured "ExBlo
Fc=active".
Inactive
[Protection Para
Activate (allow) or
Inactive,
inactivate (disallow)
reverse blocking of
the module/element. Active
This parameter is
only effective if a
signal is assigned to
the corresponding
global protection
parameter. If the
signal becomes true,
those
modules/element are
blocked that are
configured "Rvs Blo
Fc = active".
Inactive
Permanent blocking
of the Trip
Command of the
module/element.
Inactive
Inactive,
/<n>
/I-Prot
/50X[1]]
[Protection Para
/<n>
/I-Prot
/50X[1]]
Active
[Protection Para
/<n>
/I-Prot
/50X[1]]
ExBlo TripCmd Fc
406
Activate (allow) or
Inactive,
inactivate (disallow)
blocking of the
module/element.
Active
This parameter is
only effective if a
signal is assigned to
the corresponding
global protection
parameter. If the
signal becomes true,
those
modules/elements
are blocked that are
configured "ExBlo
TripCmd Fc=active".
www.eaton.com
Inactive
[Protection Para
/<n>
/I-Prot
/50X[1]]
IM02602005E
EMR-3000
Parameter
Description
Setting Range
Criterion
Default
Menu Path
True RMS
[Protection Para
True RMS
/<n>
/I-Prot
/50X[1]]
Pickup
adapt
adapt
50X[1]: 1 In
[Protection Para
50X[2]: 2 In
/<n>
/I-Prot
/50X[1]]
0.00 - 300.00 s
0.5 s
[Protection Para
/<n>
/I-Prot
/50X[1]]
Description
Assignment Via
ExBlo1-I
[Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/I-Prot
/50X[1]]
ExBlo2-I
[Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/I-Prot
/50X[1]]
www.eaton.com
407
IM02602005E
EMR-3000
Name
Description
Assignment Via
ExBlo TripCmd-I
[Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/I-Prot
/50X[1]]
Rvs Blo-I
[Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/I-Prot
/50X[1]]
AdaptSet1-I
[Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/I-Prot
/50X[1]]
AdaptSet2-I
[Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/I-Prot
/50X[1]]
AdaptSet3-I
[Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/I-Prot
/50X[1]]
408
www.eaton.com
IM02602005E
EMR-3000
Name
Description
Assignment Via
AdaptSet4-I
[Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/I-Prot
/50X[1]]
Description
Active
Signal: Active
ExBlo
Rvs Blo
Blo TripCmd
ExBlo TripCmd
Pickup
Signal: Pickup IX or IR
Trip
Signal: Trip
TripCmd
Active AdaptSet
DefaultSet
AdaptSet 1
AdaptSet 2
AdaptSet 3
AdaptSet 4
Description
Default
Size
Menu Path
nAlarms
Number of alarms
since last reset.
0 - 9,999,999,999
[Operation
/History
/Alarm Counter]
nTrips
Number of trips
since last reset.
0 - 9,999,999,999
[Operation
/History
/Trip Counter]
409
EMR-3000
IM02602005E
NINV (IEC/XInv);
VINV (IEC/XInv);
LINV (IEC/XInv);
EINV (IEC/XInv);
MINV (ANSI/XInv);
VINV (ANSI/XInv);
EINV (ANSI/XInv);
Thermal Flat;
Therm Flat IT;
Therm Flat I2T; and
Therm Flat I4T.
For tripping curves please refer to the Appendix/Time Current Curves (Ground Current) section.
The ground current can be measured either directly via a zero sequence transformer or detected by a residual
connection. The ground current can alternatively be calculated from the phase currents. However, this is only
possible if the current transformers are Wye-connected.
410
www.eaton.com
IH2.Blo IG
www.eaton.com
Active
RMS
Fund.
Name.Criterion
Inactive
Name.IGH2 Blo
IX Measured
Name = 51X[1]...[n]
51X[1]...[n]
Name.Pickup
AND
AND
AND
INV
Name.Reset Mode
Name.t-reset
Name.t-multiplier
Name.Curve Shape
AND
Name.TripCmd
Name.Pickup
27b
15
19b
Name.Trip
14
Name.IGH2 Blo*
EMR-3000
IM02602005E
411
IM02602005E
EMR-3000
Description
Options
Default
Menu Path
Mode
Mode
51X[1]: Nondirectional
51X[1]: Nondirectional
[Device Planning]
Non-directional
Description
Setting Range
Default
ExBlo1
External blocking of
the module, if
blocking is activated
(allowed) within a
parameter set and if
the state of the
assigned signal is
true.
Menu Path
[Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/I-Prot
/51X[1]]
ExBlo2
External blocking of
the module, if
blocking is activated
(allowed) within a
parameter set and if
the state of the
assigned signal is
true.
[Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/I-Prot
/51X[1]]
ExBlo TripCmd
[Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/I-Prot
/51X[1]]
Rvs Blo
[Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/I-Prot
/51X[1]]
412
www.eaton.com
IM02602005E
EMR-3000
Parameter
Description
Setting Range
AdaptSet 1
Default
Menu Path
-.-
[Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/I-Prot
/51X[1]]
AdaptSet 2
-.-
[Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/I-Prot
/51X[1]]
AdaptSet 3
-.-
[Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/I-Prot
/51X[1]]
AdaptSet 4
-.-
[Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/I-Prot
/51X[1]]
Description
Setting Range
Function
Default
Menu Path
Active
[Protection Para
/<n>
/I-Prot
/51X[1]]
www.eaton.com
413
IM02602005E
EMR-3000
Parameter
Description
ExBlo Fc
Rvs Blo Fc
Blo TripCmd
Setting Range
Default
Menu Path
Activate (allow) or
Inactive,
inactivate (disallow)
blocking of the
module/element.
Active
This parameter is
only effective if a
signal is assigned to
the corresponding
global protection
parameter. If the
signal becomes true,
those
modules/elements
are blocked that are
configured "ExBlo
Fc=active".
Inactive
[Protection Para
Activate (allow) or
Inactive,
inactivate (disallow)
reverse blocking of
the module/element. Active
This parameter is
only effective if a
signal is assigned to
the corresponding
global protection
parameter. If the
signal becomes true,
those
modules/element are
blocked that are
configured "Rvs Blo
Fc = active".
Inactive
Permanent blocking
of the Trip
Command of the
module/element.
Inactive
Inactive,
/<n>
/I-Prot
/51X[1]]
[Protection Para
/<n>
/I-Prot
/51X[1]]
Active
[Protection Para
/<n>
/I-Prot
/51X[1]]
ExBlo TripCmd Fc
414
Activate (allow) or
Inactive,
inactivate (disallow)
blocking of the
module/element.
Active
This parameter is
only effective if a
signal is assigned to
the corresponding
global protection
parameter. If the
signal becomes true,
those
modules/elements
are blocked that are
configured "ExBlo
TripCmd Fc=active".
www.eaton.com
Inactive
[Protection Para
/<n>
/I-Prot
/51X[1]]
IM02602005E
EMR-3000
Parameter
Description
Setting Range
Criterion
Default
Menu Path
True RMS
[Protection Para
True RMS
/<n>
/I-Prot
/51X[1]]
Pickup
0.5 In
[Protection Para
/<n>
adapt
/I-Prot
/51X[1]]
Curve Shape
Characteristic
IEC NINV,
ANSI MINV
[Protection Para
IEC VINV,
/<n>
IEC EINV,
/I-Prot
IEC LINV,
/51X[1]]
adapt
ANSI MINV,
ANSI VINV,
ANSI EINV,
Therm Flat,
IT,
I2T,
I4T
www.eaton.com
415
IM02602005E
EMR-3000
Parameter
Description
Setting Range
Default
Menu Path
t-multiplier
Time
multiplier/tripping
characteristic factor
0.02 - 20.00
51X[1]: 1
[Protection Para
51X[2]: 2
/<n>
adapt
/I-Prot
/51X[1]]
Reset Mode
Reset Mode
Instantaneous,
Calculated
[Protection Para
t-delay,
/<n>
Calculated
/I-Prot
adapt
/51X[1]]
t-reset
adapt
0.00 s
[Protection Para
/<n>
Only available
if:Reset Mode = tdelay.
/I-Prot
/51X[1]]
Description
Assignment Via
ExBlo1-I
[Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/I-Prot
/51X[1]]
ExBlo2-I
[Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/I-Prot
/51X[1]]
416
www.eaton.com
IM02602005E
EMR-3000
Name
Description
Assignment Via
ExBlo TripCmd-I
[Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/I-Prot
/51X[1]]
Rvs Blo-I
[Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/I-Prot
/51X[1]]
AdaptSet1-I
[Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/I-Prot
/51X[1]]
AdaptSet2-I
[Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/I-Prot
/51X[1]]
AdaptSet3-I
[Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/I-Prot
/51X[1]]
www.eaton.com
417
IM02602005E
EMR-3000
Name
Description
Assignment Via
AdaptSet4-I
[Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/I-Prot
/51X[1]]
Description
Active
Signal: Active
ExBlo
Rvs Blo
Blo TripCmd
ExBlo TripCmd
Pickup
Signal: Pickup IX or IR
Trip
Signal: Trip
TripCmd
Active AdaptSet
DefaultSet
AdaptSet 1
AdaptSet 2
AdaptSet 3
AdaptSet 4
Description
Default
Size
Menu Path
nAlarms
Number of alarms
since last reset.
0 - 9,999,999,999
[Operation
/History
/Alarm Counter]
nTrips
Number of trips
since last reset.
0 - 9,999,999,999
[Operation
/History
/Trip Counter]
www.eaton.com
IM02602005E
EMR-3000
For tripping curves please refer to the Appendix/Instantaneous Current Curves (Ground Current Calculated)
section.
The ground current can be measured either directly via a zero sequence transformer or detected by a residual
connection. The ground current can alternatively be calculated from the phase currents. However, this is only
possible if the current transformers are Wye-connected.
Description
Options
Default
Menu Path
Mode
Mode
Non-directional
Non-directional
[Device Planning]
Description
Setting Range
Default
ExBlo1
External blocking of
the module, if
blocking is activated
(allowed) within a
parameter set and if
the state of the
assigned signal is
true.
Menu Path
[Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/I-Prot
/50R[1]]
ExBlo2
External blocking of
the module, if
blocking is activated
(allowed) within a
parameter set and if
the state of the
assigned signal is
true.
[Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/I-Prot
/50R[1]]
www.eaton.com
419
IM02602005E
EMR-3000
Parameter
Description
Setting Range
Default
ExBlo3
External blocking of
the module, if
blocking is activated
(allowed) within a
parameter set and if
the state of the
assigned signal is
true.
-.-,
MStart.GOCStartBlock,
MStart.IOCStartBlock,
Menu Path
MStart.ULoadStartBlock,
MStart.JamStartBlock,
MStart.UnbalStartBlock,
MStart.Blo-Generic1,
MStart.Blo-Generic2,
MStart.Blo-Generic3,
MStart.Blo-Generic4,
MStart.Blo-Generic5
ExBlo TripCmd
[Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/I-Prot
/50R[1]]
Rvs Blo
[Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/I-Prot
/50R[1]]
420
www.eaton.com
IM02602005E
EMR-3000
Parameter
Description
Setting Range
AdaptSet 1
Default
Menu Path
-.-
[Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/I-Prot
/50R[1]]
AdaptSet 2
-.-
[Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/I-Prot
/50R[1]]
AdaptSet 3
-.-
[Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/I-Prot
/50R[1]]
AdaptSet 4
-.-
[Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/I-Prot
/50R[1]]
Description
Setting Range
Function
Default
Menu Path
Active
[Protection Para
/<n>
/I-Prot
/50R[1]]
www.eaton.com
421
IM02602005E
EMR-3000
Parameter
Description
ExBlo Fc
Rvs Blo Fc
Blo TripCmd
Setting Range
Default
Menu Path
Activate (allow) or
Inactive,
inactivate (disallow)
blocking of the
module/element.
Active
This parameter is
only effective if a
signal is assigned to
the corresponding
global protection
parameter. If the
signal becomes true,
those
modules/elements
are blocked that are
configured "ExBlo
Fc=active".
Inactive
[Protection Para
Activate (allow) or
Inactive,
inactivate (disallow)
reverse blocking of
the module/element. Active
This parameter is
only effective if a
signal is assigned to
the corresponding
global protection
parameter. If the
signal becomes true,
those
modules/element are
blocked that are
configured "Rvs Blo
Fc = active".
Inactive
Permanent blocking
of the Trip
Command of the
module/element.
Inactive
Inactive,
/<n>
/I-Prot
/50R[1]]
[Protection Para
/<n>
/I-Prot
/50R[1]]
Active
[Protection Para
/<n>
/I-Prot
/50R[1]]
ExBlo TripCmd Fc
422
Activate (allow) or
Inactive,
inactivate (disallow)
blocking of the
module/element.
Active
This parameter is
only effective if a
signal is assigned to
the corresponding
global protection
parameter. If the
signal becomes true,
those
modules/elements
are blocked that are
configured "ExBlo
TripCmd Fc=active".
www.eaton.com
Inactive
[Protection Para
/<n>
/I-Prot
/50R[1]]
IM02602005E
EMR-3000
Parameter
Description
Setting Range
Criterion
Default
Menu Path
True RMS
[Protection Para
True RMS
/<n>
/I-Prot
/50R[1]]
Pickup
adapt
adapt
50R[1]: 1 In
[Protection Para
50R[2]: 2In
/<n>
/I-Prot
/50R[1]]
0.00 - 300.00 s
0.5 s
[Protection Para
/<n>
/I-Prot
/50R[1]]
Description
Assignment Via
ExBlo1-I
[Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/I-Prot
/50R[1]]
ExBlo2-I
[Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/I-Prot
/50R[1]]
www.eaton.com
423
IM02602005E
EMR-3000
Name
Description
Assignment Via
ExBlo TripCmd-I
[Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/I-Prot
/50R[1]]
Rvs Blo-I
[Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/I-Prot
/50R[1]]
AdaptSet1-I
[Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/I-Prot
/50R[1]]
AdaptSet2-I
[Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/I-Prot
/50R[1]]
AdaptSet3-I
[Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/I-Prot
/50R[1]]
424
www.eaton.com
IM02602005E
EMR-3000
Name
Description
Assignment Via
AdaptSet4-I
[Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/I-Prot
/50R[1]]
Description
Active
Signal: Active
ExBlo
Rvs Blo
Blo TripCmd
ExBlo TripCmd
Pickup
Signal: Pickup IX or IR
Trip
Signal: Trip
TripCmd
Active AdaptSet
DefaultSet
AdaptSet 1
AdaptSet 2
AdaptSet 3
AdaptSet 4
Description
Default
Size
Menu Path
nAlarms
Number of alarms
since last reset.
0 - 9,999,999,999
[Operation
/History
/Alarm Counter]
nTrips
Number of trips
since last reset.
0 9,999,999,999
[Operation
/History
/Trip Counter]
www.eaton.com
425
EMR-3000
IM02602005E
426
www.eaton.com
EMR-3000
IM02602005E
NINV (IEC/XInv);
VINV (IEC/XInv);
LINV (IEC/XInv);
EINV (IEC/XInv);
MINV (ANSI/XInv);
VINV (ANSI/XInv);
EINV (ANSI/XInv);
Thermal Flat;
Therm Flat IT;
Therm Flat I2T; and
Therm Flat I4T.
For tripping curves please refer to the Appendix/Time Current Curves (Ground Current) section.
The ground current can be measured either directly via a zero sequence transformer or detected by a residual
connection. The ground current can alternatively be calculated from the phase currents. However, this is only
possible if the current transformers are Wye-connected.
www.eaton.com
427
428
IH2.Blo IG
www.eaton.com
Active
RMS
Fund.
Name.Criterion
Inactive
Name.IGH2 Blo
IX Calculated
Name = 51R[1]...[n]
51R[1]...[n]
Name.Pickup
AND
AND
AND
INV
Name.Reset Mode
Name.t-reset
Name.t-multiplier
Name.Curve Shape
AND
Name.TripCmd
Name.Pickup
27d
15
19d
Name.Trip
14
Name.IGH2 Blo*
EMR-3000
IM02602005E
IM02602005E
EMR-3000
Description
Options
Default
Menu Path
Mode
Mode
51R[1]: Nondirectional
51R[1]: Nondirectional
[Device Planning]
Non-directional
Description
Setting Range
Default
ExBlo1
External blocking of
the module, if
blocking is activated
(allowed) within a
parameter set and if
the state of the
assigned signal is
true.
Menu Path
[Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/I-Prot
/51R[1]]
ExBlo2
External blocking of
the module, if
blocking is activated
(allowed) within a
parameter set and if
the state of the
assigned signal is
true.
[Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/I-Prot
/51R[1]]
ExBlo TripCmd
[Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/I-Prot
/51R[1]]
Rvs Blo
[Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/I-Prot
/51R[1]]
www.eaton.com
429
IM02602005E
EMR-3000
Parameter
Description
Setting Range
AdaptSet 1
Default
Menu Path
-.-
[Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/I-Prot
/51R[1]]
AdaptSet 2
-.-
[Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/I-Prot
/51R[1]]
AdaptSet 3
-.-
[Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/I-Prot
/51R[1]]
AdaptSet 4
-.-
[Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/I-Prot
/51R[1]]
Description
Setting Range
Function
Default
Menu Path
Active
[Protection Para
/<n>
/I-Prot
/51R[1]]
430
www.eaton.com
IM02602005E
EMR-3000
Parameter
Description
ExBlo Fc
Rvs Blo Fc
Blo TripCmd
Setting Range
Default
Menu Path
Activate (allow) or
Inactive,
inactivate (disallow)
blocking of the
module/element.
Active
This parameter is
only effective if a
signal is assigned to
the corresponding
global protection
parameter. If the
signal becomes true,
those
modules/elements
are blocked that are
configured "ExBlo
Fc=active".
Inactive
[Protection Para
Activate (allow) or
Inactive,
inactivate (disallow)
reverse blocking of
the module/element. Active
This parameter is
only effective if a
signal is assigned to
the corresponding
global protection
parameter. If the
signal becomes true,
those
modules/element are
blocked that are
configured "Rvs Blo
Fc = active".
Inactive
Permanent blocking
of the Trip
Command of the
module/element.
Inactive
Inactive,
/<n>
/I-Prot
/51R[1]]
[Protection Para
/<n>
/I-Prot
/51R[1]]
Active
[Protection Para
/<n>
/I-Prot
/51R[1]]
ExBlo TripCmd Fc
Activate (allow) or
Inactive,
inactivate (disallow)
blocking of the
module/element.
Active
This parameter is
only effective if a
signal is assigned to
the corresponding
global protection
parameter. If the
signal becomes true,
those
modules/elements
are blocked that are
configured "ExBlo
TripCmd Fc=active".
www.eaton.com
Inactive
[Protection Para
/<n>
/I-Prot
/51R[1]]
431
IM02602005E
EMR-3000
Parameter
Description
Setting Range
Criterion
Default
Menu Path
True RMS
[Protection Para
True RMS
/<n>
/I-Prot
/51R[1]]
Pickup
51R[1]: 0.1 In
[Protection Para
51R[2]: 0.5 In
/<n>
adapt
/I-Prot
/51R[1]]
Curve Shape
Characteristic
IEC NINV,
ANSI MINV
[Protection Para
IEC VINV,
/<n>
IEC EINV,
/I-Prot
IEC LINV,
/51R[1]]
adapt
ANSI MINV,
ANSI VINV,
ANSI EINV,
Therm Flat,
IT,
I2T,
I4T
432
www.eaton.com
IM02602005E
EMR-3000
Parameter
Description
Setting Range
Default
Menu Path
t-multiplier
Time
multiplier/tripping
characteristic factor
0.02 - 20.00
51R[1]: 1
[Protection Para
51R[2]: 2
/<n>
adapt
/I-Prot
/51R[1]]
Reset Mode
Reset Mode
Instantaneous,
Calculated
[Protection Para
t-delay,
/<n>
Calculated
/I-Prot
adapt
/51R[1]]
t-reset
adapt
0.00 s
[Protection Para
/<n>
Only available
if:Reset Mode = tdelay.
/I-Prot
/51R[1]]
Description
Assignment Via
ExBlo1-I
[Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/I-Prot
/51R[1]]
ExBlo2-I
[Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/I-Prot
/51R[1]]
www.eaton.com
433
IM02602005E
EMR-3000
Name
Description
Assignment Via
ExBlo TripCmd-I
[Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/I-Prot
/51R[1]]
Rvs Blo-I
[Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/I-Prot
/51R[1]]
AdaptSet1-I
[Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/I-Prot
/51R[1]]
AdaptSet2-I
[Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/I-Prot
/51R[1]]
AdaptSet3-I
[Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/I-Prot
/51R[1]]
434
www.eaton.com
IM02602005E
EMR-3000
Name
Description
Assignment Via
AdaptSet4-I
[Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/I-Prot
/51R[1]]
Description
Active
Signal: Active
ExBlo
Rvs Blo
Blo TripCmd
ExBlo TripCmd
Pickup
Signal: Pickup IX or IR
Trip
Signal: Trip
TripCmd
Active AdaptSet
DefaultSet
AdaptSet 1
AdaptSet 2
AdaptSet 3
AdaptSet 4
Description
Default
Size
Menu Path
nAlarms
Number of alarms
since last reset.
0 - 9,999,999,999
[Operation
/History
/Alarm Counter]
nTrips
Number of trips
since last reset.
0 - 9,999,999,999
[Operation
/History
/Trip Counter]
435
EMR-3000
IM02602005E
Zone Interlocking
Elements:
ZI
Configurable protection functions to initiate the zone interlocking OUTPUT signal (start functions).
Remove zone interlocking OUTPUT signal immediately after detection of a breaker failure.
Reset time (about ten cycles - settable) to interrupt OUTPUT signal for durable trip signal.
Small trip delay (about three cycles settable) to wait for downstream devices interlocking signals.
Zone interlocking trip signal only possible by absence of zone interlocking INPUT signals.
Configurable zone interlocking trip functions (protective functions serve as zone interlocking trip
functions).
436
www.eaton.com
IM02602005E
EMR-3000
Zone interlocking trip function pickup and tripping characteristic adaption using adaptive settings
controlled by the zone interlocking input signals.
Description
Options
Default
Menu Path
Mode
Mode
Use
Use
[Device Planning]
Description
Setting Range
ExBlo1
External blocking of
the module, if
blocking is activated
(allowed) within a
parameter set and if
the state of the
assigned signal is
true.
External blocking of
the module, if
blocking is activated
(allowed) within a
parameter set and if
the state of the
assigned signal is
true.
ExBlo2
ExBlo TripCmd
Default
Menu Path
[Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/ZI]
[Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/ZI]
[Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/ZI]
www.eaton.com
437
IM02602005E
EMR-3000
General: This group comprises the settings used to control the general usage of the zone interlocking
module.
- Phase,
- Ground, or
- Both.
The OUTPUT group comprises the settings to configure the zone interlocking output logic. If the zone
interlocking application is used to a downstream device, the settings in OUTPUT group should be
programmed accordingly. If the zone interlocking application is only used for an upstream device (main
breaker or Zone 1), the setting ZoneInterlockOut within the OUTPUT group should be disabled.
Setting the above mentioned setting groups accordingly the zone interlocking module can be configured as:
Midstream device application (using both OUTPUT and TRIP logics together).
The following menu and tables show the detailed information about the settings.
Parameter
Description
Setting Range
Function
Default
Menu Path
Inactive
[Protection Para
/<n>
/ZI
/ZI]
438
www.eaton.com
IM02602005E
EMR-3000
Parameter
Description
ExBlo Fc
Blo TripCmd
Setting Range
Default
Menu Path
Activate (allow) or
Inactive,
inactivate (disallow)
blocking of the
module/element.
Active
This parameter is
only effective if a
signal is assigned to
the corresponding
global protection
parameter. If the
signal becomes true,
those
modules/elements
are blocked that are
configured "ExBlo
Fc=active".
Inactive
[Protection Para
Permanent blocking
of the Trip
Command of the
module/element.
Inactive
Inactive,
/<n>
/ZI
/ZI]
Active
[Protection Para
/<n>
/ZI
/ZI]
ExBlo TripCmd Fc
ZI OUT Fc
Activate (allow) or
Inactive,
inactivate (disallow)
blocking of the
module/element.
Active
This parameter is
only effective if a
signal is assigned to
the corresponding
global protection
parameter. If the
signal becomes true,
those
modules/elements
are blocked that are
configured "ExBlo
TripCmd Fc=active".
Inactive
Zone Interlocking
Inactive,
Out activate (allow) /
inactivate (disallow)
Active
Active
[Protection Para
/<n>
/ZI
/ZI]
[Protection Para
/<n>
/ZI
/Zone Out]
www.eaton.com
439
IM02602005E
EMR-3000
Parameter
Description
Setting Range
Default
Menu Path
Fault Type
Fault Type
Phase,
Both
[Protection Para
Ground,
/<n>
Both
/ZI
/Zone Out]
Trip
Signal: Zone
Interlocking Trip
Inactive,
Active
Active
[Protection Para
/<n>
/ZI
/Zone Trip]
Fault Type
Fault Type
Phase,
Both
[Protection Para
Ground,
/<n>
Both
/ZI
/Zone Trip]
51P[1];
50P[1]; and
50P[2].
The following current protective function serves as the Ground Zone Interlock OUTPUT start functions:
440
51X[1];
50X[1];
51R[1]; and
50R[1].
www.eaton.com
IM02602005E
EMR-3000
51P[1].Pickup
1
0
t
51P[1].Trip
1
0
t
Reset Timer
10 Cycles
1
0
t
ZI.Bkr Blo
1
0
t
ZI.OUT
1
0
t
STATE
TRANSFER
STANDBY
STARTED
TRIPPED
www.eaton.com
RESET
STANDBY
441
442
Ground
Phase
Both
www.eaton.com
51R[1].Pickup
50R[1].Pickup
51X[1].Pickup
50X[1].Pickup
51P[1].Pickup
50P[2].Pickup
50P[1].Pickup
Fault Type
Inactive
Active
ZI OUT Fc
51R[1].TripCmd
50R[1].TripCmd
51X[1].TripCmd
50X[1].TripCmd
OR
OR
OR
OR
OR
AND
AND
BF[1].Trip
50P[1].TripCmd
51P[1].TripCmd
50P[2].TripCmd
OR
AND
AND
166 ms
166 ms
AND
AND
OR
ZI[1].Ground OUT
ZI[1].Bkr Blo
ZI[1].OUT
ZI[1].Phase OUT
EMR-3000
IM02602005E
Ground
Phase
Both
www.eaton.com
51R[2].Pickup
50R[2].Pickup
51X[2].Pickup
50X[2].Pickup
51P[3].Pickup
50P[4].Pickup
50P[3].Pickup
51R[2].TripCmd
50R[2].TripCmd
51X[2].TripCmd
50X[2].TripCmd
Fault Type
Inactive
Active
ZI OUT Fc
OR
OR
OR
OR
OR
AND
AND
BF[2].Trip
50P[3].TripCmd
51P[3].TripCmd
50P[4].TripCmd
OR
AND
AND
166 ms
166 ms
AND
AND
OR
ZI[2].Ground OUT
ZI[2].Bkr Blo
ZI[2].OUT
ZI[2].Phase OUT
EMR-3000
IM02602005E
443
IM02602005E
EMR-3000
1.5 * 51P[1];
50P[1]; and
50P[2].
The following overcurrent protection elements trigger Ground Zone Interlock trip functions:
51X[1];
50X[1];
51R[1]; and
50R[1].
Zone Interlocking TRIP Logic Timing
51P[1].Pickup
1
0
t
ZI.IN
1
0
t
ZI.Pickup
1
0
t
ZI.Trip
1
t
0
STANDBY
STARTED
TRIPPED
STATE
TRANSFER
444
www.eaton.com
STANDBY
INTERLOCKED
STANDBY
www.eaton.com
51R[1].Pickup
50R[1].Pickup
51X[1].Pickup
50X[1].Pickup
Ground
Phase
Both
Fault Type
1.5*51P[1].Pickup
50P[2].Pickup
50P[1].Pickup
Inactive
Active
Trip
OR
OR
OR
OR
AND
AND
ZI.IN
AND
AND
50 ms
50 ms
OR
OR
ZI[1].Pickup
14
14
ZI[1].Ground Trip
15
ZI[1].TripCmd
ZI[1].Trip
ZI[1].Ground Pickup
AND
14
ZI[1].Phase Trip
ZI[1].Phase Pickup
EMR-3000
IM02602005E
445
IM02602005E
EMR-3000
Description
Assignment Via
ExBlo1-I
[Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/ZI]
ExBlo2-I
[Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/ZI]
ExBlo TripCmd-I
[Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/ZI]
Bkr Blo-I
[]
Description
Active
Signal: Active
ExBlo
Blo TripCmd
ExBlo TripCmd
Bkr Blo
Phase Pickup
Phase Trip
Ground Pickup
Ground Trip
Pickup
Trip
TripCmd
Phase OUT
Ground OUT
OUT
IN
446
www.eaton.com
IM02602005E
EMR-3000
The zone interlocking connection between relays is done by means of a twisted shielded cable. Downstream
zone interlock outputs may be paralleled from up to ten devices (FP-5000 or DT-3000 or a combination of both)
for connection to upstream zone interlocked relays.
Zone 1
FP-X000
J3
Out
In
Com
Zone 2
EDR -X000
FP-X000
X2
Zone 3
Shield
13
Phase
Out
Out
14
In
Com
15
Com
Shield
16
In
17
Com
18
DT-3000
Ground
J3
EDR -X000
FP-X000
Out
13
In
14
Out
15
Shield
13
In
16
Out
14
Com
18
Com
15
Shield
16
In
17
Com
18
J3
X2
www.eaton.com
Out
In
Com
447
IM02602005E
EMR-3000
X?.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
448
IRIG-B+
IRIG-B-
RO3
SC
OUT
COM
IN
COM
www.eaton.com
EMR-3000
IM02602005E
Trip commands;
Pickups (alarms); and
Blockages of external protection facilities.
www.eaton.com
449
450
www.eaton.com
Name.Trip
Name.Alarm
Name = ExP[1]...[n]
ExP[1]...[n]
AND
AND
AND
14
Name.TripCmd
15
Name.Trip
Name.Alarm
Name.Alarm-I
Name.Trip-I
EMR-3000
IM02602005E
IM02602005E
EMR-3000
Description
Options
Default
Menu Path
Mode
Mode
Do not use,
Do not use
[Device Planning]
Use
Description
Setting Range
Default
ExBlo1
External blocking of
the module, if
blocking is activated
(allowed) within a
parameter set and if
the state of the
assigned signal is
true.
Menu Path
[Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/ExP
/ExP[1]]
ExBlo2
External blocking of
the module, if
blocking is activated
(allowed) within a
parameter set and if
the state of the
assigned signal is
true.
[Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/ExP
/ExP[1]]
ExBlo TripCmd
[Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/ExP
/ExP[1]]
Alarm
Assignment for
External Alarm
[Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/ExP
/ExP[1]]
www.eaton.com
451
IM02602005E
EMR-3000
Parameter
Description
Setting Range
Default
Trip
Menu Path
[Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/ExP
/ExP[1]]
Description
Setting Range
Function
Default
Menu Path
Inactive
[Protection Para
/<n>
/ExP
/ExP[1]]
ExBlo Fc
Blo TripCmd
Activate (allow) or
Inactive,
inactivate (disallow)
blocking of the
module/element.
Active
This parameter is
only effective if a
signal is assigned to
the corresponding
global protection
parameter. If the
signal becomes true,
those
modules/elements
are blocked that are
configured "ExBlo
Fc=active".
Inactive
Permanent blocking
of the Trip
Command of the
module/element.
Inactive
Inactive,
Active
[Protection Para
/<n>
/ExP
/ExP[1]]
[Protection Para
/<n>
/ExP
/ExP[1]]
452
www.eaton.com
IM02602005E
EMR-3000
Parameter
Description
Setting Range
ExBlo TripCmd Fc
Activate (allow) or
Inactive,
inactivate (disallow)
blocking of the
module/element.
Active
This parameter is
only effective if a
signal is assigned to
the corresponding
global protection
parameter. If the
signal becomes true,
those
modules/elements
are blocked that are
configured "ExBlo
TripCmd Fc=active".
Default
Menu Path
Inactive
[Protection Para
/<n>
/ExP
/ExP[1]]
Description
Assignment Via
ExBlo1-I
[Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/ExP
/ExP[1]]
ExBlo2-I
[Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/ExP
/ExP[1]]
ExBlo TripCmd-I
[Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/ExP
/ExP[1]]
www.eaton.com
453
IM02602005E
EMR-3000
Name
Description
Assignment Via
Alarm-I
[Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/ExP
/ExP[1]]
Trip-I
[Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/ExP
/ExP[1]]
Description
Active
Signal: Active
ExBlo
Blo TripCmd
ExBlo TripCmd
Alarm
Signal: Alarm
Trip
Signal: Trip
TripCmd
454
www.eaton.com
EMR-3000
IM02602005E
www.eaton.com
455
456
www.eaton.com
IC
IB
IA
%(I2/I1)
PPS
NPS
Filter
I2
Name = 46[1]...[n]
46[1]...[n]
Name.%(I2/I1)
Name.Threshold
AND
AND
0
Name.t
AND
14
Name.TripCmd
15
Name.Trip
Name.Pickup
EMR-3000
IM02602005E
IM02602005E
EMR-3000
Description
Options
Default
Menu Path
Mode
Mode
Do not use,
Use
[Device Planning]
Use
Description
Setting Range
Default
ExBlo1
External blocking of
the module, if
blocking is activated
(allowed) within a
parameter set and if
the state of the
assigned signal is
true.
Menu Path
[Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/Unbalance-Prot
/46[1]]
ExBlo2
External blocking of
the module, if
blocking is activated
(allowed) within a
parameter set and if
the state of the
assigned signal is
true.
[Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/Unbalance-Prot
/46[1]]
ExBlo TripCmd
[Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/Unbalance-Prot
/46[1]]
www.eaton.com
457
IM02602005E
EMR-3000
Description
Setting Range
Function
Default
Menu Path
Inactive
[Protection Para
/<n>
/Unbalance-Prot
/46[1]]
ExBlo Fc
Blo TripCmd
Activate (allow) or
Inactive,
inactivate (disallow)
blocking of the
module/element.
Active
This parameter is
only effective if a
signal is assigned to
the corresponding
global protection
parameter. If the
signal becomes true,
those
modules/elements
are blocked that are
configured "ExBlo
Fc=active".
Inactive
Permanent blocking
of the Trip
Command of the
module/element.
Inactive
Inactive,
[Protection Para
/<n>
/Unbalance-Prot
/46[1]]
Active
[Protection Para
/<n>
/Unbalance-Prot
/46[1]]
ExBlo TripCmd Fc
458
Activate (allow) or
Inactive,
inactivate (disallow)
blocking of the
module/element.
Active
This parameter is
only effective if a
signal is assigned to
the corresponding
global protection
parameter. If the
signal becomes true,
those
modules/elements
are blocked that are
configured "ExBlo
TripCmd Fc=active".
www.eaton.com
Inactive
[Protection Para
/<n>
/Unbalance-Prot
/46[1]]
IM02602005E
EMR-3000
Parameter
Description
Threshold
%(I2/I1)
Setting Range
Default
Menu Path
The Threshold
0.01 - 4.00 In
setting defines a
minimum operating
current magnitude of
I2 for the 46 function
to operate, which
ensures that the
relay has a solid
basis for initiating a
current unbalance
trip. This is a
supervisory function
and not a trip level.
0.3 In
[Protection Para
46[1]: 40%
[Protection Para
46[2]: 20%
/<n>
/<n>
/Unbalance-Prot
/46[1]]
/Unbalance-Prot
/46[1]]
Tripping delay.
0.00 - 300.00 s
46[1]: 10 s
[Protection Para
46[2]: 20 s
/<n>
/Unbalance-Prot
/46[1]]
Description
Assignment Via
ExBlo1-I
[Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/Unbalance-Prot
/46[1]]
www.eaton.com
459
IM02602005E
EMR-3000
Name
Description
Assignment Via
ExBlo2-I
[Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/Unbalance-Prot
/46[1]]
ExBlo TripCmd-I
[Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/Unbalance-Prot
/46[1]]
Description
Active
Signal: Active
ExBlo
Blo TripCmd
ExBlo TripCmd
Pickup
Trip
Signal: Trip
TripCmd
Description
Default
Size
Menu Path
nAlarms
Number of alarms
since last reset.
0 - 9,999,999,999
[Operation
/History
/Alarm Counter]
nTrips
Number of trips
since last reset.
0 - 9,999,999,999
[Operation
/History
/Trip Counter]
460
www.eaton.com
EMR-3000
IM02602005E
Timer.
Procedure:
Check the phase sequence:
Ensure that the phase sequence is the same as that set in the system parameters.
Check the measuring value for the unbalanced current I2 Fund.. The measuring value displayed for
I2 Fund. should be zero (within the physical measuring accuracy).
If the displayed magnitude for I2 Fund. is the same as that for the
symmetrical nominal currents fed to the relay, it implies that the phase
sequence of the currents seen by the relay is reversed.
Again check the measuring value of the unbalanced current I2 Fund. in the Measuring Values
menu.
The measuring value of the asymmetrical current I2 Fund. should now be 33%.
Once again check the measuring value of the asymmetrical current I2 Fund. in the Measuring Values
menu.
The measuring value of the asymmetrical current I2 Fund. should be again 33%.
Again check the measuring value of asymmetrical current I2 Fund. in the Measuring Values menu.
The measuring value of the asymmetrical current I2 Fund. should still be 33%.
Switch off IA (the threshold value Threshold for I2 Fund. must be below 33%).
The present current unbalance I2 Fund. corresponds with 1/3 of the existing phase current displayed.
www.eaton.com
461
EMR-3000
IM02602005E
Configure minimum %(I2/I1) setting (2%) and an arbitrary threshold value Threshold (I2 Fund.).
For testing the threshold value, a current has to be fed to phase A which is lower than three times the
adjusted threshold value Threshold (I2 Fund.).
Feeding only phase A results in %(I2/I1) = 100%, so the first condition %(I2/I1) >= 2% is always
fulfilled.
Configure minimum threshold value Threshold (I2 Fund.) (0.01 x In) and set %(I2/I1) greater or
equal to 10%.
Apply a symmetrical three-phase current system (nominal currents). The measuring value of %(I2/I1)
should be 0%.
Now increase the phase A current. With this configuration, the threshold value Threshold (I2 Fund.)
should be reached before the value %(I2/I1) reaches the set %(I2/I1) ratio threshold.
462
www.eaton.com
EMR-3000
IM02602005E
Trigger Modes
There are three trigger modes for the breaker failure available. In addition, there are three assignable trigger
inputs available.
All Trips: All trip signals that are assigned to this breaker (within the breaker manager) will start the BF
module.
Current Trips: All current trips that are assigned to this breaker (within the breaker manager) will start the
BF module.
External Trips: All external trips that are assigned to this breaker (within the breaker manager) will start
the BF module.
In addition, the User can also select none (e.g.: if the User intends to use one of the three additional
assignable trigger inputs).
Those trips can exclusively start the breaker failures that are assigned
within the breaker manager to the breaker that is to be supervised.
Select the winding side from which the measured currents should be taken
in case this protective device is a transformer differential protection.
www.eaton.com
463
464
www.eaton.com
15
15
IC
IB
IA
B F .T rig g er3
B F .T rig g er2
15
15
N am e.I-B F >
E xterna l T rip s
no n e
E xterna l T rip s
C u rren t T rips
A ll T rips
C u rre nt T rips
A ll Trip s
P lea se R e fe r to D ia g ra m : B lo ckin g s
15
B F .T rig ge r1
15
N am e = BF
BF
AND
OR
AND
R1
Acknow ledge
t-B F
0
N a m e.t-B F
R1
14
B F .L ocko u t
B F .T rigger3-I
B F .T rigger2-I
BF .T rigger1-I
B F.T rip
B F.P icku p
EMR-3000
IM02602005E
IM02602005E
EMR-3000
Description
Options
Default
Menu Path
Mode
Mode
Do not use,
Use
[Device Planning]
Use
Description
Setting Range
Default
ExBlo1
External blocking of
the module, if
blocking is activated
(allowed) within a
parameter set and if
the state of the
assigned signal is
true.
Menu Path
[Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/Supervision
/BF]
ExBlo2
External blocking of
the module, if
blocking is activated
(allowed) within a
parameter set and if
the state of the
assigned signal is
true.
[Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/Supervision
/BF]
Trigger
Trigger1
Determining the
trigger mode for the
Breaker Failure.
- . -,
-.-
[Protection Para
All Trips,
I Fc,
/Supervision
ExP Fc
/BF]
-.-
[Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/Supervision
/BF]
www.eaton.com
465
IM02602005E
EMR-3000
Parameter
Description
Setting Range
Trigger2
Default
Menu Path
-.-
[Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/Supervision
/BF]
Trigger3
-.-
[Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/Supervision
/BF]
The close-open time of the breaker (please refer to the technical data of
the manufacturer of the breaker);
+ The tripping delay of the device (please refer to the Technical Data
section);
Parameter
Description
Setting Range
Function
Default
Menu Path
Active
[Protection Para
/<n>
/Supervision
/BF]
466
www.eaton.com
IM02602005E
EMR-3000
Parameter
Description
ExBlo Fc
I-BF >
Setting Range
Default
Menu Path
Activate (allow) or
Inactive,
inactivate (disallow)
blocking of the
module/element.
Active
This parameter is
only effective if a
signal is assigned to
the corresponding
global protection
parameter. If the
signal becomes true,
those
modules/elements
are blocked that are
configured "ExBlo
Fc=active".
Inactive
[Protection Para
0.00 In
0.00 - 0.10 In
/<n>
/Supervision
/BF]
[Protection Para
/<n>
/Supervision
/BF]
t-BF
0.20 s
[Protection Para
/<n>
/Supervision
/BF]
Description
Assignment Via
ExBlo1-I
[Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/Supervision
/BF]
www.eaton.com
467
IM02602005E
EMR-3000
Name
Description
Assignment Via
ExBlo2-I
[Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/Supervision
/BF]
Trigger1
[Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/Supervision
/BF]
Trigger2
[Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/Supervision
/BF]
Trigger3
[Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/Supervision
/BF]
Description
Active
Signal: Active
ExBlo
Pickup
Trip
468
www.eaton.com
IM02602005E
EMR-3000
Description
-.-
No assignment
50P[1].TripCmd
50P[2].TripCmd
50P[3].TripCmd
51P[1].TripCmd
51P[2].TripCmd
51P[3].TripCmd
50X[1].TripCmd
50X[2].TripCmd
51X[1].TripCmd
51X[2].TripCmd
50R[1].TripCmd
50R[2].TripCmd
51R[1].TripCmd
51R[2].TripCmd
46[1].TripCmd
46[2].TripCmd
ExP[1].TripCmd
ExP[2].TripCmd
ExP[3].TripCmd
ExP[4].TripCmd
ZI.TripCmd
DI Slot X1.DI 1
DI Slot X1.DI 2
DI Slot X1.DI 3
DI Slot X1.DI 4
These trips will start the BF module if all current functions have been selected as the trigger event.
Name
Description
-.-
No assignment
50P[1].TripCmd
50P[2].TripCmd
50P[3].TripCmd
51P[1].TripCmd
51P[2].TripCmd
51P[3].TripCmd
50X[1].TripCmd
469
IM02602005E
EMR-3000
Name
Description
50X[2].TripCmd
51X[1].TripCmd
51X[2].TripCmd
50R[1].TripCmd
50R[2].TripCmd
51R[1].TripCmd
51R[2].TripCmd
46[1].TripCmd
46[2].TripCmd
These trips will start the BF module if external trips have been selected as the trigger event.
Name
Description
-.-
No assignment
ExP[1].TripCmd
ExP[2].TripCmd
ExP[3].TripCmd
ExP[4].TripCmd
Object to Be Tested:
Test of the breaker failure protection.
Necessary Means:
Current source;
Current meter; and
Timer.
When testing, the applied test current must always be higher than the
tripping threshold I-BF. If the test current falls below the threshold while
the breaker is in the Off position, no pickup will be generated.
Procedure (Single-Phase):
For testing the tripping time of the BF protection, a test current has to be higher than the threshold value of one
of the current protection modules that are assigned to trigger the BF protection. The BF trip delay can be
measured from the time when one of the triggering inputs becomes active to the time when the BF protection trip
is asserted.
470
www.eaton.com
EMR-3000
IM02602005E
To avoid wiring errors, checked to make sure the breaker in the upstream system switches off.
The time, measured by the timer, should be in line with the specified tolerances.
Re-connect the control cable to the breaker!
www.eaton.com
471
IM02602005E
EMR-3000
Kd
Imax
=
Total bias value =
The static error, a minimum mismatch allowed between the calculated and measured zero
sequence current.
The dynamic error factor, a restrain slope that defines a percentage error generated by a
high current.
maximum phase current.
I + Kd x Imax.
Limit Value
Kd*Imax
Imax
472
www.eaton.com
EMR-3000
IM02602005E
If the current is measured in two phases only (for example only IA/IB) or if
there is no separate ground current measuring (e.g.: normally via a zero
sequence CT), the supervision function should be deactivated.
www.eaton.com
473
474
www.eaton.com
IX
IC
IB
IA
IX
Calculated
CTS
Kd
CTS.
I
CTS.t
AND
CTS.Pickup
EMR-3000
IM02602005E
IM02602005E
EMR-3000
Description
Options
Default
Menu Path
Mode
Mode
Do not use,
Do not use
[Device Planning]
Use
Description
Setting Range
Default
ExBlo1
External blocking of
the module, if
blocking is activated
(allowed) within a
parameter set and if
the state of the
assigned signal is
true.
Menu Path
[Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/Supervision
/CTS]
ExBlo2
External blocking of
the module, if
blocking is activated
(allowed) within a
parameter set and if
the state of the
assigned signal is
true.
[Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/Supervision
/CTS]
Description
Setting Range
Function
Default
Menu Path
Inactive
[Protection Para
/<n>
/Supervision
/CTS]
www.eaton.com
475
IM02602005E
EMR-3000
Parameter
Description
ExBlo Fc
Pickup delay
Setting Range
Default
Menu Path
Activate (allow) or
Inactive,
inactivate (disallow)
blocking of the
module/element.
Active
This parameter is
only effective if a
signal is assigned to
the corresponding
global protection
parameter. If the
signal becomes true,
those
modules/elements
are blocked that are
configured "ExBlo
Fc=active".
Inactive
[Protection Para
In order to prevent
0.10 - 1.00 In
faulty tripping of
phase selective
protection functions
that use the current
as tripping criterion.
If the difference of
the measured
ground current and
the calculated value
I0 is higher than the
pick up value I, an
pickup event is
generated after
expiring of the
excitation time. In
such a case, a fuse
failure, a broken wire
or a faulty measuring
circuit can be
assumed.
0.50 In
Pickup delay
1.0 s
0.1 - 9999.0 s
/<n>
/Supervision
/CTS]
[Protection Para
/<n>
/Supervision
/CTS]
[Protection Para
/<n>
/Supervision
/CTS]
Kd
476
Dynamic correction
factor for the
evaluation of the
difference between
calculated and
measured ground
current. This
correction factor
allows transformer
faults, caused by
higher currents, to
be compensated.
0.00 - 0.99
0.00
[Protection Para
/<n>
/Supervision
/CTS]
www.eaton.com
IM02602005E
EMR-3000
Description
Assignment Via
ExBlo1-I
[Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/Supervision
/CTS]
ExBlo2-I
[Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/Supervision
/CTS]
Description
Active
Signal: Active
ExBlo
Pickup
www.eaton.com
477
EMR-3000
IM02602005E
Disconnect the current of one phase from one of the measuring inputs (the symmetrical feeding at the
secondary side has to be maintained).
Make sure that the CTS.ALARM signal is generated.
Feed a three-phase, symmetrical current system (approx. nominal current) to the secondary side.
Feed a current that is higher than the threshold value for the measuring circuit supervision to the ground
current measuring input.
Make sure that the CTS.ALARM signal is generated.
478
www.eaton.com
EMR-3000
IM02602005E
In this case, the trip circuit supply voltage serves also as supply voltage for the digital inputs and so the supply
voltage failure of a trip circuit can be detected directly.
In order to identify a conductor failure in the trip circuit on the supply line or in the trip coil, the off-coil has to be
looped-in to the supervision circuit.
The time delay is to be set in a way that switching actions cannot cause false trips in this module.
www.eaton.com
479
IM02602005E
EMR-3000
X1
COM1
DI1
COM2
DI2
W1-52a
W1-52b
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
PE
V+
TC
V-
52a
52b
Trip
+DC
X1
6
5
AND
t-TCM
OR
DI-Threshold
X1
8
7
480
AND
www.eaton.com
t
0
TCM.Pickup
IM02602005E
EMR-3000
Trip Circuit Monitoring for One Breaker: Auxiliary Contacts (52a Only) in Trip Circuit.
Relay Control Voltage
V+
V-
X1
COM1
DI1
W1-52a
W1-52b
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
PE
V+
TC
V-
52a
52b
Trip
+DC
X1
6
5
t-TCM
AND
TCM.Pickup
Bkr.Pos CLOSE
www.eaton.com
481
IM02602005E
EMR-3000
Description
Options
Default
Menu Path
Mode
Mode
Do not use,
Use
[Device Planning]
Use
Description
Setting Range
Default
Menu Path
Criterion by which
the Breaker Switch
Position is to be
detected.
-.-,
-.-
[Protection Para
Bkr.State
Mode
Closed
[Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/Supervision
/TCM]
Input 1
-.-,
-.-
[Protection Para
DI Slot X1.DI 1,
DI Slot X1.DI 2,
/Supervision
DI Slot X1.DI 3,
/TCM]
DI Slot X1.DI 4
ExBlo1
External blocking of
the module, if
blocking is activated
(allowed) within a
parameter set and if
the state of the
assigned signal is
true.
[Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/Supervision
/TCM]
482
www.eaton.com
IM02602005E
EMR-3000
Parameter
Description
Setting Range
Default
ExBlo2
External blocking of
the module, if
blocking is activated
(allowed) within a
parameter set and if
the state of the
assigned signal is
true.
Menu Path
[Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/Supervision
/TCM]
Description
Setting Range
Function
Default
Menu Path
Inactive
[Protection Para
/<n>
/Supervision
/TCM]
ExBlo Fc
t-TCM
Activate (allow) or
Inactive,
inactivate (disallow)
blocking of the
module/element.
Active
This parameter is
only effective if a
signal is assigned to
the corresponding
global protection
parameter. If the
signal becomes true,
those
modules/elements
are blocked that are
configured "ExBlo
Fc=active".
Inactive
0.2 s
0.10 - 10.00 s
[Protection Para
/<n>
/Supervision
/TCM]
[Protection Para
/<n>
/Supervision
/TCM]
www.eaton.com
483
IM02602005E
EMR-3000
Description
Assignment Via
CinBkr-52a
[Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/Supervision
/TCM]
CinBkr-52b
[]
ExBlo1-I
[Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/Supervision
/TCM]
ExBlo2-I
[Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/Supervision
/TCM]
Description
Active
Signal: Active
ExBlo
Pickup
Not Possible
484
www.eaton.com
EMR-3000
IM02602005E
www.eaton.com
485
IM02602005E
EMR-3000
IRIG-B00X
Available Elements:
IRIG-B
Requirement: A IRIG-B00X time code receiver is needed. IRIG-B004 and
higher will support/transmit the year information.
If you are using an IRIG time code that does not support the year
information (IRIG-B000, IRIG-B001, IRIG-B002, IRIG-B003), you have to set
the year manually within the device. In these cases the correct year
information is a precondition for a properly working IRIG-B.
IRIG-B
Time Code Generator
Protective Relay
-
+
Twisted Pair Cable
To Other Devices
Based on the IRIG STANDARD 200-04, the device interface and software provides all time synchronization
formats IRIG-B00X (IRIG-B000 / B001 / B002 / B003 / B004 / B005 / B006 / B007) as described in the standard.
IRIG-B004 and higher will support/transmit the year information.
Time code B has a time frame of 1 second with an index count of 10 milliseconds and contains time-of-year and
year information in a binary code decimal (BCD) format, and seconds-of-day in straight binary seconds (SBS)
format.
Time accuracy of 1ms is a requirement to synchronize the different protection devices.
486
www.eaton.com
IM02602005E
EMR-3000
The location of the IRIG-B interface depends to the device type. Please see the wiring diagram supplied with the
protective device.
Function
The following IRIG-B parameters can be set within the Device Parameters menu.
Set the time zone parameter (choose one of the 36 UTC Time Zones).
Description
Options
Default
Menu Path
Mode
Mode
Do not use,
Use
[Device Planning]
Use
Description
Setting Range
Res IRIG-B Cr
Resetting of the
Inactive,
Diagnosis Counters:
IRIG-B
Active
Default
Menu Path
Inactive
[Operation
/Reset
/Counter]
www.eaton.com
487
IM02602005E
EMR-3000
Description
Function
IRIG-B00X
Setting Range
Default
Menu Path
Inactive
[Device Para
IRIB-000
IRIB-003,
IRIB-004,
IRIB-005,
IRIB-006,
IRIB-007
488
www.eaton.com
/IRIG-B]
[Device Para
/IRIG-B]
IM02602005E
EMR-3000
Parameter
Description
Setting Range
Time Zones
Time Zones
UTC+14 Kiritimati,
UTC+0 London
UTC+13 Rawaki,
UTC+12.75 Chatham Island,
UTC+12 Wellington,
UTC+11.5 Kingston,
UTC+11 Port Vila,
UTC+10.5 Lord
Howe Island,
UTC+10 Sydney,
UTC+9.5 Adelaide,
UTC+9 Tokyo,
UTC+8 Hong Kong,
UTC+7 Bangkok,
UTC+6.5 Rangoon,
UTC+6 Colombo,
UTC+5.75 Kathmandu,
UTC+5.5 New Delhi,
UTC+5 Islamabad,
UTC+4.5 Kabul,
UTC+4 Abu Dhabi,
UTC+3.5 Tehran,
UTC+3 Moscow,
UTC+2 Athens,
UTC+1 Berlin,
UTC+0 London,
UTC-1 Azores,
UTC-2 Fern. d.
Noronha,
UTC-3 Buenos
Aires,
UTC-3.5 St. Johns,
UTC-4 Santiago,
UTC-5 New York,
UTC-6 Chicago,
UTC-7 Salt Lake
City,
UTC-8 Los Angeles,
UTC-9 Anchorage,
UTC-9.5 Taiohae,
UTC-10 Honolulu,
UTC-11 Midway Islands
[Device Para
Inactive,
[Device Para
Daylight Saving
Time
Daylight Saving
Time
Active
www.eaton.com
Default
Inactive
Menu Path
/IRIG-B]
/IRIG-B]
489
IM02602005E
EMR-3000
Description
Active
Signal: Active
Inverted
Control Signal1
Control Signal2
Control Signal4
Control Signal5
Control Signal6
Control Signal7
Control Signal8
Control Signal9
Control Signal10
Control Signal11
Control Signal12
Control Signal13
Control Signal14
Control Signal15
Control Signal16
Control Signal17
Control Signal18
IRIG-B00X Values
Value
Description
Default
Size
Menu Path
NoOfFramesOK
0 - 65,535
[Operation
/Count and RevData
/IRIG-B]
NoOfFrameErrors
Total Number of
Frame Errors.
Physically corrupted
Frame.
0 - 65,535
[Operation
/Count and RevData
/IRIG-B]
Edges
Edges
0 - 65,535
[Operation
/Count and RevData
/IRIG-B]
490
www.eaton.com
EMR-3000
IM02602005E
Device Parameters
Available Elements:
Sys
If device data have not been downloaded recently, click Receive Data From The Device in the
Device menu.
From the working window, the User can now synchronize the date and time of the device with the PC
(i.e.: that means that the device accepts the date and time from the PC).
Version
Within theDevice parameters/Version menu, the User can obtain information on the software and hardware
versions.
TCP/IP Settings
Within Device Para / TCP/IP menu, the TCP/IP settings have to be set.
The first-time setting of the TCP/IP Parameters can be done at the panel (HMI) only.
Establishing a connection via TCP/IP to the device is only possible if the
device is equipped with an Ethernet interface (RJ45).
Contact your IT administrator in order to establish the network connection.
www.eaton.com
491
IM02602005E
EMR-3000
TCP/IP address;
Subnetmask; and
Gateway.
Description
Setting Range
Default
Menu Path
Inactive
[Operation
/Reset
/Flags]
Ack LED
Inactive
[Operation
/Reset
/Flags]
Ack RO
Inactive
[Operation
/Reset
/Flags]
Ack Comm
Communication will
be acknowledged.
Inactive,
Inactive
Active
[Operation
/Reset
/Flags]
Res OperationsCr
Inactive
[Operation
/Reset
/History]
Res AlarmCr
Inactive
[Operation
/Reset
/History]
492
www.eaton.com
IM02602005E
EMR-3000
Parameter
Description
Setting Range
Res TripCr
Default
Menu Path
Inactive
[Operation
Active
/Reset
/History]
Res TotalCr
Inactive
Active
[Operation
/Reset
/History]
Res All
Reset of all
Counters.
Inactive,
Inactive
Active
[Operation
/Reset
/History]
Reboot
Rebooting the
device.
No,
No
Yes
Maint Mode
Manually
/General]
[Service
[Service
/Maint Mode
Manually]
www.eaton.com
493
IM02602005E
EMR-3000
Description
Setting Range
PSet-Switch
Default
Menu Path
[Protection Para
PS2,
/PSet-Switch]
PS3,
PS4,
PSS via Inp fct,
PSS via Comm
PS1: Activated by
-.-,
-.-
DI Slot X1.DI 1,
DI Slot X1.DI 2,
DI Slot X1.DI 3,
DI Slot X1.DI 4,
Sys.Maint Mode Active,
Sys.Maint Mode Inactive
494
www.eaton.com
[Protection Para
/PSet-Switch]
IM02602005E
EMR-3000
Parameter
Description
Setting Range
Default
Menu Path
PS2: Activated by
-.-,
-.-
[Protection Para
DI Slot X1.DI 1,
/PSet-Switch]
DI Slot X1.DI 2,
DI Slot X1.DI 3,
DI Slot X1.DI 4,
Sys.Maint Mode Active,
Sys.Maint Mode Inactive
-.-,
-.-
DI Slot X1.DI 1,
[Protection Para
/PSet-Switch]
DI Slot X1.DI 2,
DI Slot X1.DI 3,
DI Slot X1.DI 4,
Sys.Maint Mode Active,
Sys.Maint Mode Inactive
www.eaton.com
495
IM02602005E
EMR-3000
Parameter
Description
Setting Range
Default
Menu Path
PS4: Activated by
-.-,
-.-
[Protection Para
DI Slot X1.DI 1,
/PSet-Switch]
DI Slot X1.DI 2,
DI Slot X1.DI 3,
DI Slot X1.DI 4,
Sys.Maint Mode Active,
Sys.Maint Mode Inactive
Ack RO
Ack Comm
Scaling
[Device Para
[Device Para
Communication will
be acknowledged if
the state of the
assigned signal
becomes true.
[Device Para
/Ex Acknowledge]
/Ex Acknowledge]
Display of the
Per unit values,
measured values as
primary, secondary,
or per unit values.
Primary values,
Secondary values
496
/Ex Acknowledge]
www.eaton.com
Primary values
[Operation
/General Settings]
IM02602005E
EMR-3000
Parameter
Description
Setting Range
Default
Menu Path
Maint Mode
Activation Mode of
Inactive,
Inactive
the Arc Flash
Reduction.
Switching into
Activation Manually,
another mode is only
possible when no
Activation Signal is
Activation via Comm,
active (pending).
[Service
/Maint Mode]
Activation via DI
Maint Mode
Activated by
-.-
[Service
/Maint Mode]
DI Slot X1.DI 2,
DI Slot X1.DI 3,
DI Slot X1.DI 4
Description
Assignment Via
Ack LED-I
[Device Para
/Ex Acknowledge]
Ack RO-I
[Device Para
/Ex Acknowledge]
Ack Comm-I
PS1-I
[Protection Para
[Protection Para
[Protection Para
PS2-I
PS3-I
www.eaton.com
/PSet-Switch]
/PSet-Switch]
/PSet-Switch]
497
IM02602005E
EMR-3000
Name
Description
Assignment Via
PS4-I
[Protection Para
[Service
Maint Mode-I
/PSet-Switch]
/Maint Mode]
Description
Reboot
Act Set
PS 1
PS 2
PS 3
PS 4
PSS manual
Maint Mode DI
Param to be saved
Ack LED
Ack RO
Ack Counter
Ack Comm
Ack TripCmd
Ack LED-HMI
498
www.eaton.com
IM02602005E
EMR-3000
Name
Description
Ack RO-HMI
Ack Counter-HMI
Ack Comm-HMI
Ack TripCmd-HMI
Ack LED-Comm
Ack RO-Comm
Ack Counter-Comm
Ack Comm-Comm
Ack TripCmd-Comm
Res OperationsCr
Res AlarmCr
Res TripCr
Res TotalCr
Description
Menu Path
Build
Build
[Device Para
/Version]
Version
Version
[Device Para
/Version]
Operating hours Cr
[Operation
/Count and RevData
/Sys]
Hours Counter
[Operation
/History
/Total Operations]
www.eaton.com
499
EMR-3000
IM02602005E
Commissioning
Before starting work on an open switchboard, it is required that the switchboard is de-energized and the following
five safety regulations have been met.
Safety precautions:
Disconnect the power supply;
Secure against reconnection;
Verify that the equipment is de-energized;
Connect to ground and short-circuit all phases; and
Cover or safeguard all live adjacent parts.
The secondary circuit of a current transformer must never be opened
during operation. The prevailing high voltages can cause severe injury or
death.
Even when the auxiliary voltage is switched off, it is likely that there are still
hazardous voltages at the component connections.
All locally applicable national and international installation and safety
regulations for working at electrical power installations MUST always to be
followed.
Prior to the initial voltage connection, the following must be guaranteed:
Commissioning/Protection Test
Commissioning/protection test must be carried out by authorized and
qualified personnel. Before the device is put into operation, the related
documentation MUST be read and understood.
With any test of the protection functions, the following has to be checked:
500
EMR-3000
IM02602005E
Check all general trip blockings. All general trip blockings MUST be tested.
Prior to the initial operation of the protection device, all tripping times and
values shown in the adjustment list MUST be confirmed by a secondary
test.
Any description of functions, parameters, inputs, or outputs that does not
match the device in hand can be ignored.
www.eaton.com
501
EMR-3000
IM02602005E
Service
Within the service menu various functions support maintenance and commissioning of the device.
General
Within the menu [Service/General], the User can initiate a reboot of the device.
Maintenance Mode
Principle General Use
The Maintenance Mode can be used to reduce arc flash levels.
Refer to Std. NFPA70E.
DO NOT attempt to install or perform maintenance on equipment while it is
energized. Severe personal injury or death can result from contact with
energized equipment. Verify that no voltage is present before opening
doors of the switchboard.
If maintenance will be performed on a device, special protective clothing
and equipment MUST BE USED and all industry standard procedures MUST
BE FOLLOWED. Failure to do so can result in severe personal injury or
death.
The Maintenance Mode can improve safety by providing a simple and reliable method to reduce fault clearing
time and lower incident energy levels at energized panels. The Maintenance Mode allows the User to switch to
more sensitive settings via the HMI/panel, Communication, or via a Digital Input while maintenance work is being
performed at an energized panel or device. The more sensitive settings provide greater security for
maintenance personnel and helps reduce the possibility of injury.
The status of the Maintenance Mode (active/inactive) is stored power fail-safe.
Manual activation is only possible via the HMI/panel (not via PowerPort-E).
Before Use
The sensitivity settings for the Maintenance Mode have to be calculated
and programmed into the device (according to Std. NFPA70E).
They are not part of the device by default.
502
www.eaton.com
EMR-3000
IM02602005E
When the Maintenance Mode is enabled and fault current causes its operation, the fault clearing time of the
associated breaker has to be very fast. Calculate the sensitivity setting on the basis of Std. NFPA70E.
Program those sensitivity settings either into a setting group or into Adaptive Parameters.
Switch to another setting group (in case the sensitivity settings are saved within this setting group);
Activate Adaptive Parameters (in case the sensitivity settings are saved within these adaptive
parameters); and/or
Block or activate dedicated functions.
Switch back to the standard setting group when Maintenance Mode should not be used.
For a fast access, the Maintenance Mode can be accessed by means of the Softkey Maint on the start screen
(root) of the device.
www.eaton.com
503
504
www.eaton.com
Activation via DI
Activation Manually
Inactive
Maint Mode
Sys
Comm Cmd
Active
Inactive
AND
AND
AND
OR
Sys.Maint Mode-I
Sys.Maint Mode DI
EMR-3000
IM02602005E
EMR-3000
IM02602005E
Permanent; or
Via timeout.
If they are set with a timeout, they will keep their Force Position only as long as this timer runs. If the timer
expires, the relay will operate normally. If they are set as Permanent, they will keep the Force Position
continuously.
There are two options available:
Forcing an entire group takes precedence over forcing a single relay output contact!
A relay output contact will NOT follow a force command as long as it is
disarmed at the same time.
Keep in mind, that the forcing of all relay output contacts (of the same
assembly group) takes precedence over the force command of a single
relay output contact.
505
EMR-3000
IM02602005E
contacts are disarmed, maintenance actions can be carried out without the risk of taking entire processes offline.
The User MUST ENSURE that the relay output contacts are ARMED AGAIN
after maintenance is complete. If they are not armed, the protective device
WILL NOT provide protection.
Zone Interlocking Output and the Supervision Contact cannot be disarmed.
Within this mode [Service/Test/DISARMED] entire groups of relay output contacts can be disarmed:
Permanent; or
Via timeout.
If they are set with a timeout, they will keep their Disarm Position only as long as this timer runs. If the timer
expires, the relay output contacts will operate normally. If they are set Permanent, they will keep the Disarm
State continuously.
A relay output contact will NOT be disarmed as long as:
A relay output contact will NOT be disarmed if its latched (and not
yet reset).
A relay output contact will NOT be disarmed as long as a running
t-OFF-delay timer is not yet expired (hold time of a relay output
contact).
If the Disarm Control is not set to active.
If the Direct Command is not applied.
Pre failure;
Failure; and
Post Failure Sstate (Phase).
Within the sub-menu [Configuration], the duration of each phase can be set. In addition, the measuring
quantities can be determined that are to be simulated (e.g.: voltages, currents and the corresponding angles) for
each phase (and ground).
506
www.eaton.com
EMR-3000
IM02602005E
Putting the device into the simulation mode means taking the protective
device out of work for the duration of the simulation. Do not use this
feature during operation of the device if you cannot guarantee that there is
a running and properly working backup protection.
Failure Simulation
post
t-PreFault
t-FaultSimulation
t-PostFault
www.eaton.com
507
EMR-3000
IM02602005E
Self Supervision
The System-OK contact (SC relay) cannot be configured. The system contact is a Form C contact that picks
up when the device is free from internal faults. While the device is booting up, the System OK relay (SC) remains dropped-off (unenergized). As soon as the system is properly started (and protection is active), the System Contact picks up and the assigned LED is activated accordingly (please refer to the Self Supervision
chapter).
The devices are continuously monitored and supervised through different methods during normal operation as
well as during the start-up phase.
Results of this supervision may be:
In case of failures that cannot be corrected immediately, 3 restarts within 20 minutes are accepted before the
device will be deactivated. In such a case, the device should be removed for service to ensure continuous
correct operation. The Eaton Customer Service contact information and address can be found at the front of this
manual.
In case of any failures, the recorders of the device should be left untouched to ensure an easy diagnosis and
proper repair at the factory. Besides the records and visible indications to the customer, there is internal
information about failures. These allow Eaton service personnel at the repair facility to make a detailed analysis
of files with failure reports.
Self supervision is applied by different functions at different cyclic or non-cyclic timings to the following parts and
functions of the device:
Faultless cyclic operation of the software is supervised by timing analysis and checking results of different
functions. Errors of the software function (watchdog function) lead to restarting the device and switching off the
self-supervision relay (life contact). In addition, the System-OK LED will blink red after 3 unsuccessful attempts
to restart the device within a time period of 20 minutes.
The main processor cyclically monitors the operation of the signal processor and initiates corrective actions or
restart of the device in case of faulty operation. Data and files are generally secured against unintended
overwriting or faulty changes by check-sums.
The measuring unit continuously checks the measured data by comparing received data with data from a
second channel sampled in parallel.
Monitoring of the auxiliary voltage is done by reset IC's. If the voltage of one of the different supply circuits falls
below a certain threshold, a restart of the device is initiated. There are three major supply groups (24 V, 3.3 V
and 1.6 V), each of them being monitored separately and forcing the processor to reset (stop of the device) until
the voltage again reaches nominal value. If the voltage staggers around the threshold, the device also starts
again after five s.
Independent of these separate monitoring functions, the intermediate voltage circuit is buffered for 100 ms until
508
www.eaton.com
EMR-3000
IM02602005E
all important and relevant operational and fault-data have been saved and the device initiates a restart. The
device will restart after five (5) seconds.
Reboot after clean switching off of the device - Normal reboot after clean shut-down of the
device.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
Reboot by SW-system abort (HOST-side) - Summary of several reboot reasons detected by the
software (i.e.: wrong pointer, corrupted files, etc.).
8.
Reboot by watchdog timeout (HOST-side) - Signaling if the protection-class-task hangs for more
than 800 ms.
9.
Reboot by system abort (DSP-side) - Summary of several reboot reasons detected by software
(i.e.: wrong pointer, DSP-side).
10.
Reboot by watchdog timeout (DS-side) - Appears when DSP sequence needs longer than 3 ms
for one cycle.
11.
Loss of auxiliary voltage or low voltage reboot after loss of auxiliary voltage or voltage dropping
below reboot level but not becoming zero.
12.
Faulty memory access - Message of MMU (memory mapping unit) that prohibited memory
access has occurred.
Analog Output
Output Current
Maximum Load Resistance
4 20 mA
1 k
www.eaton.com
509
EMR-3000
IM02602005E
Technical Data
Use Copper conductors only, 75C (167F). Conductor size AWG 14
[2.5 mm].
IP54
IP20
Routine Test
Insulation Test Acc. to IEC60255-5:
Aux. Voltage Supply, Digital Inputs,
Current Measuring Inputs, Signal Relay
Output Contacts:
Voltage Measuring Inputs:
All Wire-Bound Communication
Interfaces:
All tests to be carried out against ground and other input and
output circuits.
2.5 kV (eff.) / 50 Hz
3.0 kV (eff.) / 50 Hz
1.5 kV DC
Housing
Housing B1: Height/ Width
Housing Depth (Incl. Terminals):
Material, Housing:
Material, Front Panel:
Mounting Position:
Weight:
510
www.eaton.com
IM02602005E
EMR-3000
1A/5A
Up to 40 x In (phase currents)
Up to 25 x In (ground current standard)
0.1 A / 0.5 A
Up to 2.5 x In
4 x In/continuously
30 x In / 10 s
100 x In / 1 s
250 x In / 10 ms (1 half-wave)
Phase current inputs
At In = 1A S = 0.15 mVA
At In = 5A S = 0.15 mVA
Frequency Range:
Terminals:
Screws:
Connection Cross Sections: 1 x or 2 x 2.5 mm (2 x AWG 14) with wire end ferrule
1 x or 2 x 4.0 mm (2 x AWG 12) with ring cable sleeve or cable sleeve
1 x or 2 x 6 mm (2 x AWG 10) with ring cable sleeve or cable sleeve
The current measuring boards terminal blocks may be used as with 2
(double) conductors AWG 10,12,14 otherwise with single conductors only.
Voltage Supply
Aux. Voltage:
Buffer Time in Case of Supply Failure:
Max. Permissible Making Current:
2,5 A time-lag miniature fuse 5 x 20 mm (approx. 1/5 x 0.8 in.) according to IEC 60127
3,5 A time-lag miniature fuse 6,3 x 32 mm (approx. 1/4 x 1 in.) according to UL 248-14
Power Consumption
Power Supply Range:
24 - 270 Vdc:
48 - 230 Vac
(For Frequencies of 50-60 Hz):
Power consumption
in Idle Mode
Approx. 6 W
Approx. 6 VA
www.eaton.com
511
EMR-3000
Display
Display Type:
Resolution - Graphics Display:
LED - Type:
Number of LEDs, Housing B2:
115,200 Baud
RTS and CTS
9-pole D-Sub plug
1 year min.
Digital Inputs
Max. Input Voltage:
Input Current:
Reaction Time:
Dropout Time:
Un = 24 Vdc
Switching Threshold 1 ON:
Switching Threshold 1 OFF:
Un = 48 V / 60Vdc
Switching Threshold 2 ON:
Switching Threshold 2 OFF:
Terminals:
Screw-type terminal
512
www.eaton.com
IM02602005E
EMR-3000
IM02602005E
5 A ac / dc
25 A ac / 25 A dc for 4 s
30 A / 230Vac according to ANSI IEEE Std C37.90-2005
30 A / 250Vdc according to ANSI IEEE Std C37.90-2005
5 A ac up to 240 V ac
5 A dc up to 30 V (resistive)
0.3 A dc at 250 V (resistive)
250 V ac / 250 V dc
1,250 VA
Form C or normally open contact
Screw-type terminals
5V
Screw-type terminals (twisted pair)
www.eaton.com
513
EMR-3000
IM02602005E
Zone Interlocking
Only for Zone Interlock Tripping Outputs (Zone Interlock, semiconductor
output): 5 Vdc, <2 mA for connection to electronic inputs only.
Zone Out:
Output voltage (High)
Output voltage (Low)
Zone In:
Nominal input voltage
Max. input voltage
Switching threshold ON
Switching threshold OFF
+5 Vdc
+5.5 Vdc
min. 4.0 Vdc
max. 1.5 Vdc
Galvanic isolation
Connection:
Boot Phase
After switching on the power supply, the protection will be available in approximately 16 seconds. After
approximately 40 seconds, the boot phase is completed (HMI and Communication initialized).
RS485*
Master/Slave:
Connection:
Slave
6 screw-clamping terminals RM 3.5 mm (138 MIL)
(terminating resistors internal)
The RS485 interface is realized via terminals. The communication cable has
to be shielded. The shielding has to be fixed at the screw that is marked
with the ground symbol (rear side of the device).
Fiber Optic*
Master/Slave:
Connection:
Slave
ST-Plug
URTD-Interface*
Connection:
*
514
Versatile Link
www.eaton.com
IM02602005E
EMR-3000
Standards
Approvals
Design Standards
Generic Standard
Product Standard
EN 61000-6-2
EN 61000-6-3
IEC 60255-6
EN 50178
UL 508 (Industrial Control Equipment)
CSA C22.2 No. 14-95 (Industrial Control Equipment)
ANSI C37.90
1 kV/2 s
Circuit to ground
2.5 kV/2 s
Circuit to circuit
2.5 kV/2 s
Except interfaces
5 kV/0.5J, 1.2/50 s
Class 3
2 kV
Circuit to ground
4 kV
2 kV
www.eaton.com
515
IM02602005E
EMR-3000
8 kV
6 kV
10 V/m
35 V/m
10 V/m
30 A/m
300 A/m
Environmental Tests
Classification:
IEC 60068-1
Climatic
20/060/56
Classification
IEC 60721-3-1
IEC 60721-3-2
IEC 60721-3-3
516
1K5/1B1/1C1L/1S1/1M2
but min. -30C (-22F)
2K4/2B1/2C1/2S1/2M2
but min. -30C (-22F)
3K6/3B1/3C1/3S1/3M2
but min. -20C (-4F) / max 60C
(140F)
Temperature
Test duration
-20C (-4F)
16 h
Temperature
Relative humidity
Test duration
60C (140F)
<50%
72 h
www.eaton.com
IM02602005E
EMR-3000
40C (104F)
93%
56 d
60C (140F)
95%
2
Mechanical Tests
Test Fc: Vibration Response Test
IEC 60068-2-6
(10 Hz 59 Hz)
IEC 60255-21-1
Displacement
Class 1
(59Hz 150Hz)
Acceleration
1.0 gn
20
3 7 Hz:
Horizontal 0.394 in. (10
mm), 1 cycle each axis
7 35 Hz Horizontal: 2 gn,
1 cycle each axis
www.eaton.com
517
IM02602005E
EMR-3000
Specifications
Specifications of the Real Time Clock
Resolution:
1 ms
Tolerance:
Up to 40 x In (phase currents)
Up to 25 x In (ground current standard)
Frequency Range:
50 Hz / 60 Hz 10%
Accuracy:
Class 0.5
Resolution:
0.01 A
Harmonics:
Frequency Influence:
Temperature Influence:
Resetting Ratio
t
Range
Step
Accuracy
0.01 40.00 x In
0.01 x In
0.01 x s
DEFT
97% or 0.5% x In
Tripping delay
1% resp.. 10 ms
Operating Time
Disengaging Time
518
< +35 ms
< +45 ms
www.eaton.com
IM02602005E
EMR-3000
t-Multiplier
0.05 2.00
0.01
5%
0.01 x s
1% resp.
IEC NINV
IEC VINV
IEC EINV
IEC LINV
ANSI MINV
ANSI VINV
ANSI EINV
Flat
It
I2t
I4t
Reset Mode
10 ms
IEC VINV
IEC EINV
IEC LINV
Reset curves if ANSI
characteristics
5%
ANSI MINV
ANSI VINV
ANSI EINV
Flat
It
I2t
I4t
Ground Current
Elements: 50G[x],
50N[x], 51G[x],
51N[x]
Pickup
Range
Step
Accuracy
0.01 20.00 x In
0.01 x In
Resetting Ratio
t
97% or 0.5% x In
Tripping delay
0.01 x s
DEFT
1% resp.
10 ms
Operating Time
Disengaging Time
< +35 ms
< +45 ms
www.eaton.com
519
IM02602005E
EMR-3000
t-Multiplier
0.05 2.00
0.01
5%
0.01 x s
1% resp.
IEC NINV
IEC VINV
IEC EINV
IEC LINV
ANSI MINV
ANSI VINV
ANSI EINV
Flat
It
I2t
I4t
Reset Mode
10 ms
IEC VINV
IEC EINV
IEC LINV
Reset curves if ANSI characteristics
5%
ANSI MINV
ANSI VINV
ANSI EINV
Flat
It
I2t
I4t
Circuit Breaker
Failure Protection
50BF
I-BF>
Resetting Ratio
t-BF
Operating Time
Range
Step
Range
Accuracy
0.0 0.1 x In
0.01 x In
0.01 x s
1% resp.
0.5% x In
If the delay time is expired, an BF
alarm is given out.
0.03 10.00 x s
Disengaging Time
520
10 ms
<+40ms
< +40 ms
www.eaton.com
IM02602005E
EMR-3000
Overcurrent
Protection
Elements: 49/51[x],
49S/51P[x]
Pickup
Resetting Ratio
t
Range
Step
Accuracy
0.01 40.00 x In
0.01 x In
0.01 x s
DEFT
97% or 0.5% x In
Tripping delay
0.00...300.00 x s
1% resp.. 10 ms
Operating Time
< +35 ms
Disengaging Time
t-Multiplier
< +45 ms
Time multiplier / tripping
characteristic factor
0.05 2.00
0.01
5%
0.01 x s
1% resp.
IEC NINV
IEC VINV
IEC EINV
IEC LINV
ANSI MINV
ANSI VINV
ANSI EINV
Flat
It
I2t
I4t
Reset Mode
10 ms
IEC VINV
IEC EINV
IEC LINV
Reset curves if ANSI
characteristics
5%
ANSI MINV
ANSI VINV
ANSI EINV
Flat
It
I2t
I4t
www.eaton.com
521
IM02602005E
EMR-3000
Range
Overcurrent
Protection
Elements: 51J
Step
Accuracy
0.01 x In
0.01 x s
DEFT
Jam-Stall
Threshold
Resetting Ratio
t
Operating Time
97% or 0.5% x In
Tripping delay
0.00 1200.00 x
s
1% resp.. 10 ms
< +35 ms
Disengaging Time
< +45 ms
Range
Overcurrent
Protection
Elements: 37[x]
Step
Accuracy
0.01 x In
Tripping delay
0.01 x s
DEFT
0.04 1200.0 x s
1% resp.. 10 ms
Operating Time
< +35 ms
Disengaging Time
< +45 ms
Overcurrent
Protection
Elements: 66 [x]
Range
Step
Accuracy
1 hr.
N.A.
1 min.
Stop Declaration
> 280 ms
Fixed
+ .016ms, - 0 ms
Anti Backspin
1 -3600 sec.
1 sec.
1sec.
TBS Timer
1 -240 min.
1 min.
+ 1 sec.
522
www.eaton.com
IM02602005E
EMR-3000
Overcurrent
Protection
Elements: 49/38 [x]
Range
Step
Accuracy
0 200C
(32 - 392F)
1C
(1.8F)
1C (1.8F)
0 - 200 x In
1 x In
T-delay Alarm
Alarm delay
0 360 xs
1xs
DEFT
1% resp. 10 ms
Reset Hysteresis
- 2C (-3.6F) of
threshold
Fixed
1C (1.8F)
Overcurrent
Protection
Elements: 46 [x]
Range
Step
Accuracy
0.01 x In
0.01 x s
DEFT
Negative Sequence
Current/ Phase
unbalance and
reverse phase
protection
Threshold
% (I2/I1)
2 40%
Tripping delay
0.00 300.00 x s
1% resp. 10 ms
Operating Time
<+35 ms
Disengaging Time
<+45 ms
Overcurrent
Protection
Elements:
Range
Step
Accuracy
Start Delay
IOC Start Delay
.01 X s
+ 32 ms
.01 X s
+ 32 ms
Underload Start
Delay
0 - 1200 X sec.
1Xs
+ 60ms, - 0 ms
0 - 1200 X sec.
1Xs
+ 60ms, - 0 ms
0 - 1200 X sec.
1Xs
+ 60ms, - 0 ms
www.eaton.com
523
EMR-3000
IM02602005E
Appendix
The following terms, abbreviations, and acronyms are used in this manual. Please refer to this section for their
meanings / definitions.
A
AC
A/D
Ack.
AMP
AND
ANG
ANSI
AR
AUX
AVG, avg
AWG
BF
BFI
BKR, bkr
Blo
C
calc
CB
CD
Char
CHK
CHNL
Cmd.
CMND
CMN
COM
Comm
COMP
CONN
CONT
CPU
Cr.
CRT, CRNT
CSA
CT
Ctrl.
CTS
d
D/A
D-Sub-Plug
DC, dc
DEFT
DFLT
DGNST
DI
Diagn.
524
Ampere(s), Amp(s)
Alternating current
Analog to digital
Acknowledge
Ampere(s), Amp(s)
Logical gate (The output becomes true if all Input signals are true.)
Angle
American National Standards Institute
Automatic reclosure
Auxiliary
Average
American wire gauge
Breaker failure
Breaker failure initiate
Breaker
Blocking(s)
Degrees Celsius
Calculated
Circuit breaker
Compact disk
Curve shape
Check
Channel
Command
Command
Common input
Common input
Communication
Compensated, comparison
Connection
Continuous, contact
Central processing unit
Counter(s)
Current
Canadian Standards Association
Control transformer
Control
Current transformer supervision
Day
Digital to analog
Communication interface
Direct current
Definite time characteristic (Tripping time does not depend on the height of the current.)
Default
Diagnostics
Digital Input
Diagnosis
www.eaton.com
EMR-3000
Diagn Cr
DIFF
DIN
DIR, dir
DMD
DPO
DSP
dt
EINV
EMC
EN
err. / Err.
EVTcon
Ex
ExBlo
ExP
EXT
F
F
Fc
FIFO
FIFO Principal
FLA
FO
FTP
fund
FWD
G, g
gn
GND
GPS
h
HARM
HMI
HTL
HTTP
Hz
I
I
I0
I1
I2
IA
IAB
IB
IBC
I-BF
IC
IC's
ICA
ID
IEC
IED
IM02602005E
Diagnosis counter(s)
Differential
Deutsche Industrie Norm
Directional
Demand
Dropout
Digital signal processor
Rate of change
Extremely inverse tripping characteristic
Electromagnetic compatibility
Europische Norm
Error
Parameter determines if the residual voltage is measured or calculated.
External
External blocking(s)
External protection
Extension, external
Degrees Fahrenheit
Field
Function (Enable or disable functionality = allow or disallow.)
First in first out
First in first out
Full load current
Fiber optic
File transfer protocol
Fundamental (ground wave)
Forward
Generator
Acceleration of the earth in vertical direction (9.81 m/s2)
Ground
Global positioning system
Hour
Harmonic / harmonics
Human machine interface (Front of the protective relay)
Manufacturer internal product designation
Hyper text transfer protocol
Hertz
Fault current
Current
Zero current (symmetrical components), Zero sequence current
Positive sequence current (symmetrical components)
Negative sequence current (symmetrical components)
Phase A current
Phase A minus B current
Phase B current
Phase B minus C current
Tripping threshold
Phase C current
Manufacturer internal product designation
Phase C minus A current
Identification
International Electrotechnical Commission
Intelligent electronic device
www.eaton.com
525
EMR-3000
IEEE
IG
IG
Igd
IGnom
IH1
IH2
IINV
in.
incl.
Info.
Interl.
INV
IM02602005E
www.eaton.com
EMR-3000
ms
MTA
MTR
MV
mVA
MVA
MVA A
MVA B
MVA C
MVAR
MVAR A
MVAR B
MVAR C
MVARH
MW
MW A
MW B
MW C
MWH
N
N/A, n/a
N.C.
NEG
NINV
Nm
No
N.O.
NOM, Nom.
NT
O
OC, O/C
O/P, Op, OUT
OV
OVERFREQ
OVLD
P
Para.
PC
PCB
PE
PF
PF A
PF B
PF C
Ph
POS
PRESS
PRI, pri
PROT, Prot
PS1
PS2
PS3
PS4
IM02602005E
Milli-second(s)
Maximum torque angle
Motor
Medium voltage
Milli volt amperes (Power)
Mega volt-ampere (total 3-phase)
Mega volt-ampere (phase A)
Mega volt-ampere (phase B)
Mega volt-ampere (phase C)
Mega Var (total 3-phase)
Mega Var (phase A)
Mega Var (phase B)
Mega Var (phase C)
Mega Var-Hour
Megawatt(s) (total 3-phase)
Megawatt(s) (phase A)
Megawatt(s) (phase B)
Megawatt(s) (phase C)
Megawatt-Hour(s)
Neutral
Not applicable
Not connected
Negative
Normal inverse tripping characteristic
Newton-meter
Number
Normal open (Contact)
Nominal
Manufacturer internal product designation code
Over
Overcurrent
Output
Overvoltage
Overfrequency
Overload
Phase
Parameter
Personal computer
Printed circuit board
Protected Earth
Power factor (total 3-phase)
Power factor (phase A)
Power factor (phase B)
Power factor (phase C)
Phase
Positive
Pressure
Primary
Protection Module (Master Module), protection
Parameter set 1
Parameter set 2
Parameter set 3
Parameter set 4
www.eaton.com
527
EMR-3000
PSet
PSS
pu
PWM
PWR
R
rec.
REF
rel
REM
res
ResetFct
REV
RevData
RMS
RO
RO1
RO2
RO3
Rst
RTD
RX (Rx)
s
S
SAT
SC
Sca
SCADA
sec
SEC, sec
SENS
SEQ
Sig.
SNTP
SRC
StartFct
STATS
Sum
SUPERV
SW
SYNC
SYNCHCHK
Sys.
t or t.
t
T
Tcmd
TCP
TCP/IP
TEMP, temp
THD
TI
TOC
528
Parameter set
Parameter set switch (Switching from one parameter set to another)
Per unit
Pulse width modulated
Power
Reset
Record
Reference
Relative
Remote
Reset
Reset function
Reverse
Review data
Root mean square
Relay Output
1st Relay Output
2nd Relay Output
3rd Relay Output
Reset
Resistance-temperature detector
Receive, receiver
Second
Sensitive
CT saturation
Supervision contact
SCADA
Communication module, supervisory control and data acquisition
Second(s)
Secondary
Sensitive
Sequence
Signal
Simple network time protocol
Source
Start function
Statistics
Summation
Supervision
Software
Synchrocheck
Synchrocheck
System
Time
Tripping delay
Time, transformer
Trip command
Transmission control protocol
Communication protocol
Temperature
Total harmonic distortion
Manufacturer internal product designation code
Time overcurrent
www.eaton.com
IM02602005E
EMR-3000
TOV
TRANS
TripCmd
TX (Tx)
txt
UC
UL
UMZ
URTD
USB
V
V0
V1
V2
VA
VAB
Vac / V ac
VAG
VARH
VB
VBA
VBG
VC
VCA
VCG
Vdc / V dc
VDE
VDEW
VE
V/Hz
VINV
VT
VTS
W
WDC
WDG
WH
www
X
XCT
XInv
Z
IM02602005E
Time overvoltage
Transient
Trip command
Transmit, transmitter
Text
Undercurrent
Underwriters Laboratories
DEFT (definite time tripping characteristic)
Universal resistance-temperature detector
Universal serial bus
Volts
Zero sequence voltage
Positive sequence voltage
Negative sequence voltage
Phase A voltage
Phase A to B voltage
Volts alternating current
Phase A to ground voltage
Var-hour voltage
Phase B voltage
Phase B to A voltage
Phase B to ground voltage
Phase C voltage
Phase C to A voltage
Phase C to ground voltage
Volts direct current
Verband Deutscher Elektrotechnik
Verband der Elektrizittswirtschaft
Residual voltage
Volts per Hertz
Very inverse tripping characteristic
Voltage transformer
Voltage transformer supervision
Watt(s)
Watch dog contact (supervision contact)
Winding
Watt hour
World wide web
Reactance
4th current measuring input (ground or neutral current)
Inverse characteristic
Impedance, zone
www.eaton.com
529
IM02602005E
EMR-3000
t = Tripping delay
I = Fault current
Pickup = If the pickup value is exceeded, the module/element starts to time out to trip.
DEFT
100
I
10
0.01
Pickup
40
t [s]
1
300 s
t
0.1
0.0 s
0.01
10
I
Pickup
530
www.eaton.com
EMR-3000
IM02602005E
NINV (IEC/XInv);
VINV (IEC/XInv);
LINV (IEC/XInv);
EINV (IEC/XInv);
MINV (ANSI/XInv);
VINV (ANSI/XInv);
EINV (ANSI/XInv);
Thermal Flat;
Therm Flat IT;
Therm Flat I2T; and
Therm Flat I4T.
Explanation:
t = Tripping delay
t-multiplier = Time multiplier/tripping characteristic factor
I = Fault current
Pickup = If the pickup value is exceeded , the module/element starts to time out to trip .
www.eaton.com
531
IM02602005E
EMR-3000
IEC NINV
Notice!
Various Reset Modes are available
. Resetting via characteristic
, delayed, and
instantaneous.
Reset
t=
0.14
I
(Pickup) -1
Trip
*t-multiplier [s]
t=
0.14
I
0.02
(Pickup) -1
t [s]
t-multiplier
532
*t-multiplier [s]
www.eaton.com
IM02602005E
EMR-3000
IEC VINV
Notice!
Various Reset Modes are available . Resetting via characteristic , delayed, and
instantaneous .
Reset
t=
13.5
I
(Pickup) -1
Trip
*t-multiplier [s]
13.5
t=
*t-multiplier [s]
(Pickup) -1
t [s]
t-multiplier
www.eaton.com
533
IM02602005E
EMR-3000
IEC LINV
Notice!
Various Reset Modes are available
. Resetting via characteristic, delayed, and
instantaneous.
Reset
t=
120
I
(Pickup)-1
*t-multiplier [s]
Trip
120
t=
( Pickup)-1
t-multiplier
t [s]
534
*t-multiplier [s]
www.eaton.com
IM02602005E
EMR-3000
IEC EINV
Notice!
Various Reset Modes are available
. Resetting via characteristic
, delayed, and
instantaneous.
Reset
t=
80
I
(Pickup) -1
*t-multiplier [s]
Trip
t=
80
I
(Pickup) -1
t [s]
*t-multiplier [s]
t-multiplier
www.eaton.com
535
IM02602005E
EMR-3000
ANSI MINV
Notice!
Various Reset Modes are available
. Resetting via characteristic, delayed, and
instantaneous.
Reset
t=
4.85
I
*t-multiplier [s]
(Pickup)
-1
Trip
t=
0.0515
+ 0.1140
0.02
I
(Pickup) -1
*t-multiplier [s]
t-multiplier
t [s]
536
www.eaton.com
IM02602005E
EMR-3000
ANSI VINV
Notice!
Various Reset Modes are available
. Resetting via characteristic
, delayed, and
instantaneous.
Reset
t=
21.6
2
I
)-1
(Pickup
Trip
*t-multiplier [s]
t=
19.61
I
(Pickup)
t [s]
-1
+ 0.491
*t-multiplier [s]
t-multiplier
www.eaton.com
537
IM02602005E
EMR-3000
ANSI EINV
Notice!
Various Reset Modes are available. Resetting via characteristic, delayed, and
instantaneous.
Reset
t=
29.1
*t-multiplier [s]
2
I
(Pickup)-1
Trip
t=
28.2
I
(Pickup)
t [s]
-1
*t-multiplier [s]
t-multiplier
538
+ 0.1217
www.eaton.com
IM02602005E
EMR-3000
Therm Flat
Notice!
Various Reset Modes are available
. Resetting via characteristic
, delayed, and
instantaneous.
Reset
t=
5*3
I
In
Trip
2
2
0
5*1
t=
*t-multiplier[s]
I
In
*t-multiplier[s]
t = 45 *t-multiplier[s]
4
1 10
1 10
TM[s]=
10
5
100
2
1.0
t [s]
10
0.5
t-multiplier
0.05
0.1
0.01
0.01
0.1
10
100
www.eaton.com
539
IM02602005E
EMR-3000
IT
Notice!
Various Reset Modes are available
. Resetting via characteristic
, delayed, and
instantaneous.
Reset
Trip
t=
5*3
I
In
*t-multiplier[s]
5*3
t=
I
In
*t-multiplier[s]
1 10
1 10
100
TM[s]=
t [s]
10
10
5
2
1.0
0.5
0.1
0.05
0.01
0.01
0.1
10
540
www.eaton.com
100
t-multiplier
IM02602005E
EMR-3000
I2T
Notice!
Various Reset Modes are available. Resetting via characteristic, delayed, and
instantaneous.
Reset
Trip
t=
5*3
I
In
*t-multiplier [s]
t=
5*3
I
In
*t-multiplier [s]
1 10
1 10
100
t [s]
t-multiplier
10
TM[s]=
1
10
5
0.1
2
1.0
0.01
0.01
0.05
0.1
10
0.5
100
www.eaton.com
541
IM02602005E
EMR-3000
I4T
Notice!
Various Reset Modes are available
. Resetting via characteristic, delayed, and
instantaneous.
Reset
Trip
4
t=
5*3
I
In
t=
*t-multiplier [s]
5*3
I
In
*t-multiplier [s]
1 10
1 10
100
t [s]
t-multiplier
10
TM[s]=
10
5
2
0.1
1.0
0.5
0.05
0.01
0.01
0.1
542
www.eaton.com
10
100
IM02602005E
EMR-3000
Explanation:
t = Tripping delay
IG = Fault current
Pickup = If the pickup value is exceeded, the module/element starts to time out to trip.
The ground current can be measured either directly via a zero sequence transformer or detected by a residual
connection. The ground current can alternatively be calculated from the phase currents; but this is only possible
if the current transformers are Wye-connected.
DEFT
100
IR calc
Pickup
10
0.01
I/I>
20
40
t [s]
1
300 s
t
0.1
0.0 s
0.01
IR calc
10
Pickup
www.eaton.com
543
IM02602005E
EMR-3000
Explanation:
t = Tripping delay
IX = Fault current
Pickup = If the pickup value is exceeded, the module/element starts to time out to trip.
The ground current can be measured either directly via a zero sequence transformer or detected by a residual
connection. The ground current can alternatively be calculated from the phase currents; but this is only possible
if the current transformers are Wye-connected.
DEFT
100
IX
Pickup
10
0.01
I/I>
20
40
t [s]
1
300 s
t
0.1
0.0 s
0.01
IX
Pickup
544
www.eaton.com
10
EMR-3000
IM02602005E
NINV (IEC/XInv);
VINV (IEC/XInv);
LINV (IEC/XInv);
EINV (IEC/XInv);
MINV (ANSI/XInv);
VINV (ANSI/XInv);
EINV (ANSI/XInv);
Thermal Flat;
Therm Flat IT;
Therm Flat I2T; and
Therm Flat I4T.
Explanation:
t = Tripping delay
t-multiplier = Time multiplier/tripping characteristic factor
IG = Fault current
Pickup = If the pickup value is exceeded , the module/element starts to time out to trip .
The ground current can be measured either directly via a zero sequence transformer or detected by a residual
connection. The ground current can alternatively be calculated from the phase currents; but this is only possible
if the current transformers are Wye-connected.
www.eaton.com
545
IM02602005E
EMR-3000
IEC NINV
Notice!
Various Reset Modes are available
. Resetting via characteristic
, delayed, and
instantaneous.
Reset
t=
0.14
2
IG
(Pickup) -1
Trip
*t-multiplier [s]
t=
0.14
0.02
IG
(Pickup) -1
t [s]
t-multiplier
546
*t-multiplier [s]
www.eaton.com
IM02602005E
EMR-3000
IEC VINV
Notice!
Various Reset Modes are available
. Resetting via characteristic
, delayed, and
instantaneous.
Reset
t=
13.5
IG 2
(Pickup)-1
Trip
*t-multiplier [s]
t=
13.5
IG
(Pickup)-1
t [s]
*t-multiplier [s]
t-multiplier
www.eaton.com
547
IM02602005E
EMR-3000
IEC LINV
Notice!
Various Reset Modes are available
. Resetting via characteristic
, delayed, and
instantaneous.
Reset
t=
120
IG 2
)-1
(Pickup
Trip
*t-multiplier [s]
t=
120
IG
(Pickup)-1
t-multiplier
t [s]
548
*t-multiplier [s]
www.eaton.com
IM02602005E
EMR-3000
IEC EINV
Notice!
Various Reset Modes are available
. Resetting via characteristic
, delayed, and
instantaneous.
Reset
t=
80
IG 2
(Pickup) -1
*t-multiplier [s]
Trip
t=
80
IG 2
(Pickup) -1
t [s]
*t-multiplier [s]
t-multiplier
www.eaton.com
549
IM02602005E
EMR-3000
ANSI MINV
Notice!
Various Reset Modes are available. Resetting via characteristic, delayed, and
instantaneous.
Reset
t=
4.85
2
IG
(Pickup)
*t-multiplier [s]
-1
Trip
t=
0.0515
+ 0.1140
0.02
IG
(Pickup) -1
*t-multiplier [s]
t-multiplier
t [s]
550
www.eaton.com
IM02602005E
EMR-3000
ANSI VINV
Notice!
Various Reset Modes are available
. Resetting via characteristic
, delayed, and
instantaneous.
Reset
t=
21.6
IG 2
)-1
(Pickup
*t-multiplier [s]
t=
Trip
19.61
2
IG
(Pickup) -1
t [s]
+ 0.491
*t-multiplier [s]
t-multiplier
www.eaton.com
551
IM02602005E
EMR-3000
ANSI EINV
Notice!
Various Reset Modes are available
. Resetting via characteristic
, delayed, and
instantaneous.
Reset
t=
Trip
29.1
*t-multiplier [s]
IG 2
)-1
(Pickup
t=
28.2
+ 0.1217
2
IG
(Pickup) -1
t [s]
*t-multiplier [s]
t-multiplier
552
www.eaton.com
IM02602005E
EMR-3000
Therm Flat
Notice!
Various Reset Modes are available. Resetting via characteristic, delayed, and
instantaneous.
Reset
5*1
IG
t=
Trip
2
0
(IGnom)
t=
*t-multiplier [s]
5
IG
(IGnom)
*t-multiplier [s]
t = 5 *t-multiplier [s]
1 10
1 10
TM[s]=
10
5
100
t [s]
1.0
10
t-multiplier
0.5
0.05
0.1
0.01
0.01
0.1
10
100
www.eaton.com
553
IM02602005E
EMR-3000
IT
Notice!
Various Reset Modes are available. Resetting via characteristic, delayed, and
instantaneous.
Reset
Trip
5*1
IG
t=
(IGnom)
*t-multiplier [s]
t=
5*1
IG
(IGnom)
*t-multiplier [s]
1 104
1 10
100
t [s]
t-multiplier
TM[s]=
10
5
10
5
2
1.0
0.1
0.5
0.05
0.01
0.01
0.1
554
www.eaton.com
10
100
IM02602005E
EMR-3000
I2T
Notice!
Various Reset Modes are available. Resetting via characteristic, delayed, and
instantaneous.
Reset
Trip
2
t=
5*1
IG
5*1
IG
t=
*t-multiplier [s]
(IGnom)
(IGnom)
*t-multiplier [s]
1 10
1 10
100
t [s]
t-multiplier
10
TM[s]=
1
10
5
0.1
0.05
0.01
0.01
0.1
1.0
0.5
10
100
www.eaton.com
555
IM02602005E
EMR-3000
I4T
Notice!
Various Reset Modes are available
. Resetting via characteristic
, delayed, and
instantaneous.
Reset
Trip
5*1
IG
t=
(IGnom)
*t-multiplier [s]
5*1
IG
t=
(IGnom)
*t-multiplier [s]
1 10
1 10
100
t [s]
t-multiplier
10
TM[s]=
10
5
2
0.1
1.0
0.5
0.05
0.01
0.01
0.1
556
www.eaton.com
10
100
EMR-3000
Note:
IM02602005E
www.eaton.com
557
EMR-3000
IM02602005E
EMR-3000
E at o n Corpor a t i o n
Electrical Group
1000 Cherrington Parkway
Moon Township, PA 15108
United States
877-ETN-CARE (877-386-2273)
Eaton.com
2010 Eaton Corporation
All Rights Reserved
Printed in USA
Publication No. IM02602005E/66A2412
558
www.eaton.com